WO2007141796A2 - Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of rtp801l - Google Patents

Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of rtp801l Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007141796A2
WO2007141796A2 PCT/IL2007/000695 IL2007000695W WO2007141796A2 WO 2007141796 A2 WO2007141796 A2 WO 2007141796A2 IL 2007000695 W IL2007000695 W IL 2007000695W WO 2007141796 A2 WO2007141796 A2 WO 2007141796A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
rtp801l
strand
sirna
present
use according
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IL2007/000695
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2007141796A3 (en
Inventor
Elena Feinstein
Igor Mett
Original Assignee
Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. filed Critical Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
Priority to EP07736435A priority Critical patent/EP2026843A4/en
Publication of WO2007141796A2 publication Critical patent/WO2007141796A2/en
Priority to IL195722A priority patent/IL195722A0/en
Publication of WO2007141796A3 publication Critical patent/WO2007141796A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/14—Type of nucleic acid interfering N.A.
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
    • C12N2310/321—2'-O-R Modification
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2320/00—Applications; Uses
    • C12N2320/30—Special therapeutic applications
    • C12N2320/31—Combination therapy

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel siRNA molecules which inhibit the RTP801L gene and to the use of such molecules to treat respiratory disorders of all types (including pulmonary disorders), eye diseases and conditions, microvascular disorders, angiogenesis- and apoptosis- related conditions, and hearing impairments.
  • COPD Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • Pulmonary emphysema is a major manifestation of COPD. Permanent destruction of peripheral air spaces, distal to terminal bronchioles, is the hallmark of emphysema (Tuder RM, et al . Oxidative stress and apoptosis interact and cause emphysema due to vascular endothelial growth factor blocade. Am J Respir Cell MoI Biol, 29:88-97; 2003.). Emphysema is also characterized by accumulation of inflammatory cells such as macrophages and neutrophils in bronchioles and alveolar structures (Petty, 2003).
  • emphysema The pathogenesis of emphysema is complex and multifactorial.
  • a deficiency of inhibitors of proteases produced by inflammatory cells, such as alphal -antitrypsin has been shown to contribute to protease/antiprotease imbalance, thereby favoring destruction of alveolar extracellular matrix in cigarette-smoke (CS) induced emphysema (Eriksson, S. 1964. Pulmonary Emphysema and Alphal -Antitrypsin Deficiency. Acta Med Scand 175:197-205. Joos, L., Pare, P.D., and Sandford, AJ. 2002. Genetic risk factors of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
  • MMPs Matrix metalloproteinases
  • ROS reactive oxygen species
  • Oxidative stress-induced apoptosis is associated with alterations in mitochondrial caspase activity and Bcl-2-dependent alterations in mitochondrial pH (pHm). Brain Res Bull. 2004 Feb 15;62(6):497-504.; Taniyama Y, Griendling KK. Reactive oxygen species in the vasculature: molecular and cellular mechanisms. Hypertension. 2003 Dec;42(6): 1075-81. Epub 2003 Oct 27.; Higuchi Y. Chromosomal DNA fragmentation in apoptosis. and necrosis induced by oxidative stress. Biochem Pharmacol. 2003 Oct 15;66(8): 1527-35.; Punj V, Chakrabarty AM.
  • Redox proteins in mammalian cell death an evolutionarily conserved function in mitochondria and prokaryotes. Cell Microbiol. 2003 A ⁇ r;5(4):225-31.; Ueda S, Masutani H, Nakamura H, Tanaka T, Ueno M, Yodoi J. Redox control of cell death. Antioxid Redox Signal. 2002 Jun;4(3):405-14.).
  • ROS' s are not only cytotoxic per se but are also proinflammatory stimuli, being prominent activators of redox-sensitive transcription factors NFkB and AP-I (reviewed in Rahman I. Oxidative stress and gene transcription in asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: antioxidant therapeutic targets. Curr Drug Targets Jnflamm Allergy. 2002 Sep;l(3):291-315.). Both transcription factors are, in turn, strongly implicated in stimulation of transcription of proinflammatory cytokines (reviewed in Renard P, Raes M. Tire proinflammatory transcription factor NFkappaB: a potential target for novel therapeutical strategies. Cell Biol Toxicol.
  • ROS reactive oxygen species
  • VEGF receptors causes lung cell apoptosis and emphysema. J. Clin. Invest. 106:1311—1319 (2000). ; Voelkel NF, Cool CD. Pulmonary vascular involvement in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Eur Respir J Suppl. 2003 Nov;46:28s-32s).
  • AMD age-related macular degeneration
  • choroidal neovascularization CNV
  • CNV choroidal neovascularization
  • CNV occurs not only in wet AMD but also in other ocular pathologies such as ocular histoplasmosis syndrome, angiod streaks, ruptures in Bruch's membrane, myopic degeneration, ocular tumors and some retinal degenerative diseases.
  • risk factors for AMD such as smoking, aging, family history (Milton, Am J Ophthalmol 88, 269 (1979); Mitchell et al, Ophthalmology 102, 1450-1460 (1995); Smith et al., Ophthalmology 108, 697-704 (2001)) sex (7-fold higher likelihood in females: Klein et al., Ophthalmology 99, 933-943 (1992) and race (whites are most susceptible).
  • Additional risk factors may include eye characteristics such as farsightedness (hyperopia) and light-colored eyes, as well as cardiovascular disease and hypertension. Evidence of genetic involvement in the onset progression of the disease has also been documented (see Hamdi & Kenney above).
  • Glaucoma Two companies, Acuity Pharmaceuticals and Sirna Therapeutics, have both recently filed an IND for siRNA molecules inhibiting VEGF and VEGF-Rl (FIt-I) 5 respectively, for treatment of AMD. These molecules are termed Cand5 inhibitor and 027 inhibitor respectively. Glaucoma
  • Glaucoma is one of the leading causes of blindness in the world. It affects approximately 66.8 million people worldwide. At least 12,000 Americans are blinded by this disease each year (Kahn and Milton, Am J Epidemiol. 1980 l ll(6):769-76). Glaucoma is characterized by the degeneration of axons in the optic nerve head, primarily due to elevated intraocular pressure (IOP).
  • IOP intraocular pressure
  • POAG primary open-angle glaucoma
  • POAG primary open-angle glaucoma
  • TM trabecular meshwork
  • Microvascular disorders are composed of a broad group of conditions that primarily affect the microscopic capillaries and lymphatics and are therefore outside the scope of direct surgical intervention.
  • Microvascular disease can be broadly grouped into the vasospastic, the vasculitis and lymphatic occlusive. Additionally, many of the known vascular conditions have a microvascular element to them.
  • Vasospastic Disease a group of relatively common conditions where, for unknown reasons, the peripheral vasoconstrictive reflexes are hypersensitive. This results in inappropriate vasoconstriction and tissue ischaemia, even to the point of tissue loss. Vasospastic symptoms are usually related to temperature or the use of vibrating machinery but may be secondary to other conditions.
  • Vasculitic Disease are those that involve a primary inflammatory process in the microcirculation.
  • Vasculitis is usually a component of an autoimmune or connective tissue disorder and is not generally amenable to surgical treatment but requires immunosuppressive treatment if the symptoms are severe.
  • Lymphatic Occlusive Disease Chronic swelling of the lower or upper limb (lymphoedema) is the result of peripheral lymphatic occlusion. This is a relatively rare condition that has a large number of causes, some inherited, some acquired.
  • the mainstays of treatment are correctly fitted compression garments and the use of intermittent compression devices.
  • Microvascular pathologies associated with diabetes Diabetes is the leading cause of blindness, the number one cause of amputations and impotence, and one of the most frequently occurring chronic childhood diseases. Diabetes is also the leading cause of end-stage renal disease in the United States, with a prevalence rate of 31% compared with other renal diseases. Diabetes is also the most frequent indication for kidney transplantation, accounting for 22% of all transplantation operations.
  • diabetic complications can be classified broadly as microvascular or macrovascular disease.
  • Microvascular complications include neuropathy (nerve damage), nephropathy (kidney disease) and vision disorders (eg retinopathy, glaucoma, cataract and corneal disease).
  • neuropathy nerve damage
  • nephropathy kidney disease
  • vision disorders eg retinopathy, glaucoma, cataract and corneal disease.
  • retina, glomerulus, and vasa nervorum similar pathophysiologic features characterize diabetes- specific microvascular disease.
  • Microvascular pathologies associated with diabetes are defined as a disease of the smallest blood vessels (capillaries) that may occur e.g. in people who have had diabetes for a long time.
  • the walls of the vessels become abnormally thick but weak. They, therefore, bleed, leak protein and slow the flow of blood through the body.
  • Chronic hyperglycemia is the central initiating factor for all types of diabetic microvascular disease. Duration and magnitude of hyperglycemia are both strongly correlated with the extent and rate of progression of diabetic microvascular disease. Although all diabetic cells are exposed to elevated levels of plasma glucose, hyperglycemic damage is limited to those cell types (e.g., endothelial cells) that develop intracellular hyperglycemia. Endothelial cells develop intracellular hyperglycemia because, unlike many other cells, they cannot down-regulate glucose transport when exposed to extracellular hyperglycemia.
  • endothelial cells develop intracellular hyperglycemia because, unlike many other cells, they cannot down-regulate glucose transport when exposed to extracellular hyperglycemia.
  • the first is an abnormal leakage of periodic acid-Schiff (PAS)-positive, carbohydrate- containing plasma proteins, which are deposited in the capillary wall and which may stimulate perivascular cells such as pericytes and mesangial cells to elaborate growth factors and extracellular matrix.
  • PAS periodic acid-Schiff
  • TGF-/31 transforming growth factor /31
  • the third is hypertension-induced stimulation of pathologic gene expression by endothelial cells and supporting cells, which include glut-1 glucose transporters, growth
  • the progressive narrowing and occlusion of diabetic microvascular lumina are also accompanied by microvascular cell loss.
  • Li the retina, diabetes mellitus induces programmed cell death of M ⁇ iller cells and ganglion cells, pericytes, and endothelial cells.
  • M ⁇ iller cells and ganglion cells In the glomerulus, declining renal function is associated with widespread capillary occlusion and podocyte loss, but the mechanisms underlying glomerular cell loss are not yet known.
  • endothelial cell and pericyte degeneration occur, and these microvascular changes appear to precede the development of diabetic peripheral neuropathy.
  • the multifocal distribution of axonal degeneration in diabetes supports a causal role for microvascular occlusion, but hyperglycemia-induced decreases in neurotrophins may contribute by preventing normal axonal repair and regeneration.
  • hyperglycemic memory Another common feature of diabetic microvascular disease has been termed hyperglycemic memory, or the persistence or progression of hyperglycemia-induced microvascular alterations during subsequent periods of normal glucose homeostasis.
  • hyperglycemic memory Another common feature of diabetic microvascular disease has been termed hyperglycemic memory, or the persistence or progression of hyperglycemia-induced microvascular alterations during subsequent periods of normal glucose homeostasis.
  • hyperglycemia-induced increases in selected matrix gene transcription also persist for weeks after restoration of normoglycemia in vivo, and a less pronounced, but qualitatively similar, prolongation of hyperglycemia-induced increase in selected matrix gene transcription occurs in cultured endothelial cells.
  • Microvascular complications occur not only in overt diabetes but are also due to Impaired Glucose Tolerance (IGT). Microvascular complications of IGT: neuropathy, retinopathy, and renal microproteinuria.
  • Diabetic neuropathy Diabetic neuropathies are neuropathic disorders (peripheral nerve damage) that are associated with diabetes mellitus. These conditions usually result from diabetic microvascular injury involving small blood vessels that supply nerves (vasa nervorum). Relatively common conditions which may be associated with diabetic neuropathy include third nerve palsy; mononeuropathy; mononeuropathy multiplex; diabetic amyotrophy; a painful polyneuropathy; autonomic neuropathy; and thoracoabdominal neuropathy and the most common form, peripheral neuropathy, which mainly affects the feet and legs. There are four factors involved in the development of diabetic neuropathy: microvascular disease, advanced glycated end products, protein kinase C, and the polyol pathway.
  • Vascular and neural diseases are closely related and intertwined. Blood vessels depend on normal nerve function, and nerves depends on adequate blood flow. The first pathological change in the microvasculature is vasoconstriction. As the disease progresses, neuronal dysfunction correlates closely with the development of vascular abnormalities, such as capillary basement membrane thickening and endothelial hyperplasia, which contribute to diminished oxygen tension and hypoxia. Neuronal ischemia is a well-established characteristic of diabetic neuropathy.
  • Vasodilator agents e.g., angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibitors, alphal- antagonists
  • microvascular dysfunction occurs early in diabetes, parallels the progression of neural dysfunction, and may be sufficient to support the severity of structural, functional, and clinical changes observed in diabetic neuropathy.
  • Peripheral neuropathy legs
  • sensorimotor neuropathy is a significant component in the pathogenesis of leg ulcers in diabetes.
  • Neuropathy is a common complication of diabetes occurring over time in more than half of patients with type 2 diabetes. Nerve conduction studies demonstrate that neuropathy is already present in 10-18% of patients at the time of diabetes diagnosis, suggesting that peripheral nerve injury occurs at early stages of disease and with milder glycemic dysregulation. The concept that neuropathy is an early clinical sign of diabetes was proposed >40 years ago, and most studies report an association between IGT and neuropathy. Most patients with IGT and associated neuropathy have a symmetric, distal sensory polyneuropathy with prominent neuropathic pain. IGT neuropathy (Microvascular complications of impaired glucose tolerance - Perspectives in Diabetes, J.
  • the absence of pain leads to many problems in the insensate foot, including ulceration, unperceived trauma, and Charcot neuroarthropathy.
  • the patient may not seek treatment until after the wound has advanced.
  • a combination of sensory and motor dysfunction can cause the patient to place abnormal stresses on the foot, resulting in trauma, which may lead to infection.
  • Autonomic sympathetic neuropathy causes vasodilation and decreased sweating, which results in warm, overly dry feet that are particularly prone to skin breakdown, as well as functional alterations in microvascular flow.
  • Autonomic dysfunction and denervation of dermal structures
  • the neuropathic foot does not ulcerate spontaneously; rather, it is the combination of some form of trauma accompanied by neuropathy.
  • Microvascular dysfunction occurs early in diabetes, parallels the progression of neural dysfunction, and may be sufficient to support the severity of structural, functional, and clinical changes observed in diabetic neuropathy.
  • PKC Protein kinase C
  • Sensorimotor polyneuropathy Longer nerve fibers are affected to a greater degree than shorter ones, because nerve conduction velocity is slowed in proportion to a nerve's length. Ih this syndrome, decreased sensation and loss of reflexes occurs first in the toes bilaterally, then extends upward. It is usually described as glove-stocking distribution of numbness, sensory loss, dysesthesia and nighttime pain. The pain can feel like burning, pricking sensation, achy or dull. Pins and needles sensation is common. Loss of proprioception, that is, the sense of where a limb is in space, is affected early. These patients cannot feel when they are stepping on a foreign body, like a splinter, or when they are developing a callous from an ill-fitting shoe.
  • Autonomic neuropathy The autonomic nervous system is composed of nerves serving the heart, GI tract and urinary system. Autonomic neuropathy can affect any of these organ systems. The most commonly recognized autonomic dysfuction in diabetics is orthostatic hypotension, or the uncomfortable sensation of fainting when a patient stands up. In the case of diabetic autonomic neuropathy, it is due to the failure of the heart and arteries to appropriately adjust heart rate and vascular tone to keep blood continually and fully flowing to the brain. This symptom is usually accompanied by a loss of sinus respiratory variation, that is, the usual change in heart rate seen with normal breathing. When these two findings are present, cardiac autonomic neuropathy is present.
  • GI tract manifestations include delayed gastric emptying, gastroparesis, nausea, bloating, and diarrhea. Because many diabetics take oral medication for their diabetes, absorption of these medicines is greatly affected by the delayed gastric emptying. This can lead to hypoglycemia when an oral diabetic agent is taken before a meal and does not get absorbed until hours, or sometimes days later, when there is normal or low blood sugar already. Sluggish movement of the small instestine can cause bacterial overgrowth, made worse by the presence of hyperglycemia. This leads to bloating, gas and diarrhea. Urinary symptoms include urinary frequency, urgency, incontinence and retention. Again, because of the retention of sweet urine, urinary tract infections are frequent. Urinary retention can lead to bladder diverticula, stones, reflux nephropathy.
  • oculomotor When cranial nerves are affected, oculomotor (3rd) neuropathies are most common.
  • the oculomotor nerve controls all of the muscles that move the eye with the exception of the lateral rectus and superior oblique muscles. It also serves to constrict the pupil and open the eyelid.
  • the onset of a diabetic third nerve palsy is usually abrupt, beginning with frontal or periorbital pain and then diplopia. AU of the oculomotor muscles innervated by the third nerve may be affected, except for those that control pupil size.
  • the sixth nerve which innervates the lateral rectus muscle of the eye (moves the eye laterally), is also commonly affected but fourth nerve, the trochlear nerve, (innervates the superior oblique muscle, which moves the eye downward) involvement is unusual.
  • Mononeuropathies of the thoracic or lumbar spinal nerves can occur and lead to painful syndromes that mimic myocardial infarction, cholecystitis or appendicitis. Diabetics have a higher incidence of entrapment neuropathies, such as carpal tunnel syndrome.
  • PVD Peripheral Vascular Disease
  • POD Peripheral Arterial Disease
  • LEAD Lower Extremity Arterial Disease
  • Foot ulcers and gangrene are frequent comorbid conditions of PAD.
  • Concurrent peripheral neuropathy with impaired sensation make the foot susceptible to trauma, ulceration, and infection.
  • the progression of PAD in diabetes is compounded by such comorbidity as peripheral neuropathy and insensitivity of the feet and lower extremities to pain and trauma.
  • With impaired circulation and impaired sensation ulceration and infection occur. Progression to osteomyelitis and gangrene may necessitate amputation.
  • Diabetic foot ulcers may occur not only in conjunction with PAD but may also be associated with neuropathy, venous insufficiency (varicose veins), trauma, and infection. PAD contributes to these other conditions in producing or precipitating foot ulcers. Foot ulcers do not necessarily represent progression of PAD, as they may occur in the presence of adequate clinical peripheral arterial perfusion. Patient- based studies indicate an increased risk of foot ulceration in diabetic patients who have peripheral neuropathy and a high plantar foot pressure.
  • Amputations resulting from diabetes may arise from multiple etiologies, including foot ulcers, ischemia, venous leg ulcers (ie, those secondary to venous reflux), and heel ulcers (ie, those resulting from untreated pressure ulcers in the heel).
  • the majority of these amputations originate from ulcers.
  • the prevalence of foot ulcers among patients with diabetes is 12%.
  • the 20-year cumulative incidence of lower-extremity ulcers in patients with type 1 diabetes is 9.9%.
  • Diabetes-induced limb amputations result in a 5-year mortality rate of 39% to 68% and are associated with an increased risk of additional amputations.
  • the length of hospital stay is approximately 60% longer among patients with diabetic foot ulcers, as compared with those without ulcers.
  • Diabetic neuropathy impairs the nerve axon reflex that depends on healthy C-fiber nociceptor function and causes local vasodilation in response to a painful stimulus. This condition further compromises the vasodilatory response present in conditions of stress, such as injury or inflammation, in the diabetic neuropathic foot. This impairment may partially explain why some ulcers in the diabetic neuropathic foot are either slow to heal or fail to heal at all, despite successful lower-extremity revascularization.
  • the most common causal pathway to diabetic foot ulceration can thus be identified as the combination of neuropathy (sensory loss), deformity (eg, prominent metatarsal heads), and trauma (eg, ill-fitting footwear).
  • While diabetic ulcers / limb pathologies may be managed in some patients (by Debridement, antibiotic treatment, use of preparations to stimulate granulation tissue (new collagen and angiogenesis) and reduction of bacterial burden in the wound), it would be beneficial to have a pharmaceutical composition that could better treat these conditions and/or alleviate the symptoms.
  • Diabetic nephropathy (Renal dysfunction in patients with diabetes)
  • Diabetic nephropathy encompasses microalbuminuria (a microvascular disease effect), proteinuria and ESRD. Diabetes is the most common cause of kidney failure, accounting for more than 40 percent of new cases. Even when drugs and diet are able to control diabetes, the disease can lead to nephropathy and kidney failure. Most people with diabetes do not develop nephropathy that is severe enough to cause kidney failure. About 16 million people in the
  • apoptosis has been localized to glial cells such as Mueller cells and astrocytes and has been shown to occur within 1 month of diabetes in the STZ-induced diabetic rat model.
  • the cause of these events is multi-factorial including activation of the diacylglycerol/PKC pathway, oxidative stress, and nonenzymatic glycosylation. The combination of these events renders the retina hypoxic and ultimately leads to the development of diabetic retinopathy.
  • hypoxia inducible factor- 1 HIF-1
  • HRE hypoxia responsive elements
  • Diabetic Retinopathy is defined as the progressive dysfunction of the retinal vasculature caused by chronic hyperglycemia.
  • Key features of diabetic retinopathy include microaneurysms, retinal hemorrhages, retinal lipid exudates, cotton-wool spots, capillary nonperfusion, macular edema and neovascularization.
  • Associated features include vitreous hemorrhage, retinal detachment, neovascular glaucoma, premature cataract and cranial nerve palsies.
  • There are 16 million people in the US with Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes Within 15 years, 80% of Type 1 patients have developed diabetic retinopathy while 84% of Type 2 diabetic patients develop retinopathy within 19 years.
  • Diabetic retinopathy causes from 12,000 to 24,000 new cases of blindness in the US every year. Retinopathy is treated by surgical methods, effective in reducing severe vision loss, but the lasered portions of the retina are irreversibly destroyed. There are no drug treatments available.
  • Fluctuating visual acuity secondary to unstable blood sugar is a common ocular sign. Swelling within the crystalline lens results in large sudden shifts in refraction as well as premature cataract formation. Changes in visual acuity will depend upon the severity and stage of the disease.
  • IRMA intraretinal microvascular abnormalities
  • Proliferative diabetic retinopathy is the result of severe vascular compromise and is visible as neovascularization of the disc (NVD), neovascularization elsewhere (NVE) and neovascularization of the iris (NVI, or rubeosis irides).
  • Neurological complications include palsies of the third, fourth and sixth cranial nerves as well as diabetic papillitis and facial nerve paralysis.
  • Diabetes mellitus is a genetically influenced group of diseases that share glucose intolerance. It is characterized as a disorder of metabolic regulation as a result of deficient or malfunctioning insulin or deficient or malfunctioning cellular insulin receptors.
  • Biochemistry involving the formation of sorbitol plays a role in the destruction of pericytes, which are cells that support the vascular endothelium.
  • pericytes which are cells that support the vascular endothelium.
  • capillary endothelium becomes compromised, resulting in the vascular leakage of blood, protein and lipid.
  • This in combination with thickened, glucose-laden blood, produces vascular insufficiency, capillary nonperfusion, retinal hypoxia, altered structure and decreased function.
  • vasoproliferative factors which play a role in the genesis of retinal neovascularization are poorly understood.
  • Diabetic Macular Edema O)ME is a complication of diabetic retinopathy, a disease affecting the blood vessels of the retina. Diabetic retinopathy results in multiple abnormalities in the retina, including retinal thickening and edema, hemorrhages, impeded blood flow, excessive leakage of fluid from blood vessels and, in the final stages, abnormal blood vessel growth. This blood vessel growth can lead to large hemorrhages and severe retinal damage. When the blood vessel leakage of diabetic retinopathy causes swelling in the macula, it is referred to as DME. The principal symptom of DME is a loss of central vision.
  • DME Risk factors associated with DME include poorly controlled blood glucose levels, high blood pressure, abnormal kidney function causing fluid retention, high cholesterol levels and other general systemic factors.
  • diabetic retinopathy is the leading cause of blindness in working age adults and a leading cause of vision loss in diabetics.
  • the American Diabetes Association reports that there are approximately 18 million diabetics in the United States and approximately 1.3 million newly diagnosed cases of diabetes in the United States each year.
  • Prevent Blindness America and the National Eye Institute estimate that in the United States there are over 5.3 million people aged 18 or older with diabetic retinopathy, including approximately 500,000 with DME.
  • the CDC estimates that there are approximately 75,000 new cases of DME in the United States each year.
  • neuropathy In addition to diabetes, the common causes of neuropathy are herpes zoster infection, chronic or acute trauma (including surgery) and various neurotoxins. Neuropathic pain is common in cancer as a direct result of the cancer on peripheral nerves (e.g., compression by a tumor) and as a side effect of many chemotherapy drugs.
  • Microvascular- disease - Vascular and neural diseases are closely related and intertwined. Blood vessels depend on normal nerve function, and nerves depends on adequate blood flow. The first pathological change in the microvasculature is vasoconstriction. As the disease progresses, neuronal dysfunction correlates closely with the development of vascular abnormalities, such as capillary basement membrane thickening and endothelial hyperplasia, which contribute to diminished oxygen tension and hypoxia.
  • Vasodilator agents e.g., angiotensin-converting- enzyme inhibitors, al -antagonists
  • Neuropathy affects all peripheral nerves: pain fibers, motor neurons, autonomic nerves. It therefore necessarily can affect all organs and systems since all are innervated. There are several distinct syndromes based on the organ systems and members affected, but these are by no means exclusive. A patient can have sensorimotor and autonomic neuropathy or any other combination.
  • TCAs tricyclic antidepressants
  • SSRIs serotonin reuptake inhibitors
  • AEDs antiepileptic drugs None of these agents reverse the pathological processes leading to diabetic neuropathy and none alter the relentless course of the illness. Thus, it would be useful to have a pharmaceutical composition that could better treat these conditions and/or alleviate the symptoms.
  • Retinal micro vasculopathv AIDS retinopathy
  • Retinal microvasculopathy is seen in 100% of AIDS patients. It is characterized by intraretinal hemorrhages, microaneurysms, Roth spots, cotton-wool spots (microinfarctions of the nerve fiber layer) and perivascular sheathing. The etiology of the retinopathy is unknown though it has been thought to be due to circulating immune complexes, local release of cytotoxic substances, abnormal hemorheology, and HIV infection of endothelial cells. AIDS retinopathy is now so common that cotton wool spots in a patient without diabetes or hypertension but at risk for HIV should prompt the physician to consider viral testing. There is no specific treatment for AIDS retinopathy but its continued presence may prompt a physician to reexamine the efficacy of the HTV therapy and patient compliance.
  • Bone marrow transplantation CBMT bone marrow transplantation CBMT
  • Bone marrow transplantation retinopathy was first reported in 1983. It typically occurs within six months, but it can occur as late as 62 months after BMT. Risk factors such as diabetes and hypertension may facilitate the development of BMT retinopathy by heightening the ischemic microvasculopathy. There is no known age, gender or race predilection for development of BMT retinopathy. Patients present with decreased visual acuity and/or visual field deficit. Posterior segment findings are typically bilateral and symmetric. Clinical manifestations include multiple cotton wool spots, telangiectasia, microaneurysms, macular edema, hard exudates and retinal hemorrhages.
  • Fluorescein angiography demonstrates capillary nonperfusion and dropout, intraretinal microvascular abnormalities, microaneurysms and macular edema.
  • BMT retinopathy Although the precise etiology of BMT retinopathy has not been elucidated, it appears to be affected by several factors: cyclosporine toxicity, total body irradiation (TBI), and chemotherapeutic agents.
  • TBI total body irradiation
  • Cyclosporine is a powerful immunomodulatory agent that suppresses graft-versus-host immune response. It may lead to endothelial cell injury and neurologic side effects, and as a result, it has been suggested as the cause of BMT retinopathy.
  • BMT retinopathy can develop in the absence of cyclosporine use, and cyclosporine has not been shown to cause BMT retinopathy in autologous or syngeneic bone marrow recipients. Cyclosporine does not, therefore, appear to be the sole cause of BMT retinopathy.
  • Total body irradiation (TBI) has also been implicated as the cause of BMT retinopathy. Radiation injures the retinal microvasculature and leads to ischemic vasculopathy. Variables such as the total dose of radiation and the time interval between radiation and bone marrow ablation appear to be important.
  • BMT retinopathy can occur in patients who did not receive TBI, and BMT retinopathy is not observed in solid organ transplant recipients who received similar doses of radiation.
  • TBI is not the sole cause, but it is another contributing factor in development of BMT retinopathy.
  • Chemotherapeutic agents have been suggested as a potential contributing factor in BMT retinopathy. Medications such as cisplatin, carmustine, and cyclophosphamide can cause ocular side effects including papilledema, optic neuritis, visual field deficit and cortical blindness. It has been suggested that these chemotherapeutic drugs may predispose patients to radiation-induced retinal damages and enhance the deleterious effect of radiation.
  • BMT retinopathy In general, patients with BMT retinopathy have a good prognosis. The retinopathy usually resolves within two to four months after stopping or lowering the dosage of cyclosporine. In one report, 69 percent of patients experienced complete resolution of the retinal findings, and 46 percent of patients fully recovered their baseline visual acuity. Because of the favorable prognosis and relatively non-progressive nature of BMT retinopathy, aggressive intervention is usually not necessary.
  • Ischemia can be divided into 2 categories: the first involves the accelerated atherosclerosis that occurs commonly in patients with diabetes, i.e., in the femoral, popliteal, and posterior tibial arteries. These vessels, often only 1 or 2 cm in diameter, can develop atherosclerotic plaque, which seriously decreases blood flow. After large vessels become completely occluded, stroke, myocardial infarction, ischemia, and nonhealing diabetic foot ulcers can occur. This form of ischemia is essentially a large-vessel disease.
  • Very small strokes in the deep parts of the brain in this process seem to be essential in the process leading to an identified pattern of brain atrophy specific to post-stroke dementia.
  • OIS ocular ischemic syndrome
  • Males are affected twice as commonly as females.
  • the patient is only rarely asymptomatic. Decreased vision occurs at presentation in 90 percent of cases, and 40 percent of patients have attendant eye pain. There may also be an attendant or antecedent history of transient ischemic attacks or amaurosis fugax.
  • Patients also have significant known or unknown systemic disease at the time of presentation. The most commonly encountered systemic diseases are hypertension, diabetes, ischemic heart disease, stroke, and peripheral vascular disease. To a lesser extent, patients manifest OIS as a result of giant cell arteritis (GCA).
  • GCA giant cell arteritis
  • Unilateral findings are present in 80 percent of cases. Common findings may include advanced unilateral cataract, anterior segment inflammation, asymptomatic anterior chamber reaction, macular edema, dilated but non-tortuous retinal veins, mid-peripheral dot and blot hemorrhages, cotton wool spots, exudates, and neovascularization of the disc and retina. There may also be spontaneous arterial pulsation, elevated intraocular pressure, and neovascularization of the iris and angle with neovascular glaucoma (NVG). While the patient may exhibit anterior segment neovascularization, ocular hypotony may occur due to low arterial perfusion to the ciliary body. Occasionally, there is visible retinal emboli (Hollenhorst plaques).
  • the findings in OIS are caused by internal carotid artery atheromatous ulceration and stenosis at the bifurcation of the common carotid artery. Five percent of patients with internal artery stenosis develop OIS. However, OIS only occurs if the degree of stenosis exceeds 90 percent. Stenosis of the carotid artery reduces perfusion pressure to the eye, resulting in the above- mentioned ischemic phenomena. Once stenosis reaches 90 percent, the perfusion pressure in the central retinal artery (CRA) drops only to 50 percent. Often, the reduced arterial pressure manifests as spontaneous pulsation of the CRA.
  • the findings are variable and may include any or all of the above findings.
  • kidney The kidney is involved in a number of discreet clinicopathologic conditions that affect systemic and renal micro vasculature. Certain of these conditions are characterized by primary injury to endothelial cells, such as:
  • HUS and TTP are closely related diseases characterized by microangiopathic hemolytic anemia and variable organ impairment Traditionally, the diagnosis of HUS is made when renal failure is a predominant feature of the syndrome, as is common in children. In adults, neurologic impairment frequently predominates and the syndrome is then referred to as TTP. Thrombotic microangiopathy is the underlying pathologic lesion in both syndromes, and the clinical and laboratory findings in patients with either HUS or TTP overlap to a large extent. This has prompted several investigators to regard the two syndromes as a continuum of a single disease entity.
  • (i)Acute radiation nephritis occurs in approximately 40% of patients after a latency period of 6 to 13 months. It is characterized clinically by abrupt onset of hypertension, proteinuria, edema, and progressive renal failurein most cases leading to end-stage kidneys.
  • (ii)Chronic radiation nephritis conversely, has a latency period that varies between 18 months and 14 years after the initial insult. It is insidious in onset and is characterized by hypertension, proteinuria, and gradual loss of renal function.
  • Kidney involvement in systemic sclerosis manifests as a slowly progressing chronic renal disease or as scleroderma renal crisis (SRC), which is characterized by malignant hypertension and acute azotemia. It is postulated that SRC is caused by a Raynaud-like phenomenon in the kidney. Severe vasospasm leads to cortical ischemia and enhanced production of renin and angiotensin II, which in turn perpetuate renal vasoconstriction. Hormonal changes (pregnancy), physical and emotional stress, or cold temperature may trigger the Raynaud-like arterial vasospasm.
  • ESRD End-Stage Renal Disease
  • the renal microcirculation can also be affected in sickle cell disease, to which the kidney is particularly susceptible because of the low oxygen tension attained in the deep vessels of the renal medulla as a result of countercurrent transfer of oxygen along the vasa recta.
  • the smaller renal arteries and arterioles can also be the site of thromboembolic injury from cholesterol- containing material dislodged from the walls of the large vessels.
  • Acute Renal Failure Acute Renal Failure
  • AJRF can be caused by microvascular or microvascular disease (major renal artery occlusion or severe abdominal aortic disease).
  • the classic microvascular diseases often present with microangiopathic hemolysis and acute renal failure occurring because of glomerular capillary thrombosis or occlusion, often with accompanying thrombocytopenia.
  • Typical examples of these diseases include: a) Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura -
  • the classic pentad in thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura includes fever, neurologic changes, renal failure, microangiopathic hemolytic anemia and thrombocytopenia.
  • Hemolytic uremic syndrome - Hemolytic uremic syndrome is similar to thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura but does not present with neurologic changes.
  • HELLP syndrome hemolysis, elevated liver enzymes and low platelets.
  • HELLP syndrome is a type of hemolytic uremic syndrome that occurs in pregnant women with the addition of transaminase elevations.
  • Acute renal failure can present in all medical settings but is predominantly acquired in hospitals. The condition develops in 5 percent of hospitalized patients, and approximately 0.5 percent of hospitalized patients require dialysis. Over the past 40 years, the survival rate for acute renal failure has not improved, primarily because affected patients are now older and have more comorbid conditions. Infection accounts for 15 percent of deaths in patients with acute renal failure, and cardiorespiratory complications are the second most common cause of death. Depending on the severity of renal failure, the mortality rate can range from 7 percent to as high as 80 percent.
  • Acute renal failure can be divided into three categories: Prerenal, intrinsic and postrenal ARF. Intrinsic ARF is subdivided into four categories: tubular disease, glomerular disease, vascular disease (includes microvascular) and interstitial disease.
  • Main ototoxic drugs include the widely used chemotherapeutic agent cisplatin and its analogs, commonly used aminoglycoside antibiotics, e.g. gentamicin, for the treatment of infections caused by gram- negative bacteria, quinine and its analogs, salicylate and its analogs, and loop-diuretics.
  • antibacterial aminoglycosides such as gentamicins, streptomycins, kanamycins, tobramycins, and the like are known to have serious toxicity, particularly ototoxicity and nephrotoxicity, which reduce the usefulness of such antimicrobial agents (see Goodman and Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 6th ed., A. Goodman Gilman et al., eds; Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., New York, pp. 1169-71 (1980)).
  • ototoxicity is a dose- limiting side-effect of antibiotic administration. From 4 to 15% of patients receiving 1 gram per day for greater than 1 week develop measurable hearing loss, which slowly becomes worse and can lead to complete permanent deafness if treatment continues.
  • Ototoxicity is also a serious dose-limiting side-effect for cisplatin, a platinum coordination complex, that has proven effective on a variety of human cancers including testicular, ovarian, bladder, and head and neck cancer.
  • Cisplatin (Platinol®) damages auditory and vestibular systems.
  • Salicylates such as aspirin, are the most commonly used therapeutic drugs for their anti-inflammatory, analgesic, anti-pyretic and anti-thrombotic effects. Unfortunately, they too have ototoxic side effects. They often lead to tinnitus ("ringing in the ears") and temporary hearing loss. Moreover, if the drug is used at high doses for a prolonged time, the hearing impairment can become persistent and irreversible.
  • cisplatin drugs and other drugs that induce ototoxicity may induce the ototoxic effects via programmed cell death or apoptosis in inner ear tissue, particularly inner ear hair cells (Zhang et al, Neuroscience 120 (2003) 191-205; Wang et al., J. Neuroscience 23((24):8596-8607).
  • inner ear hair cells In mammals, auditory hair cells are produced only during embryonic development and do not regenerate if lost during postnatal life, therefore, a loss of hair cells will result in profound and irreversible deafness.
  • an effective therapy to prevent cell death of auditory hair cells would be of great therapeutic value. Pressure sores
  • Pressure sores or pressure ulcers are areas of damaged skin and tissue that develop when sustained pressure (usually from a bed or wheelchair) cuts off circulation to vulnerable parts of the body, especially the skin on the buttocks, hips and heels.
  • the lack of adequate blood flow leads to ischemic necrosis and ulceration of the affected tissue.
  • Pressure sores occur most often in patients with diminished or absent sensation or who are debilitated, emaciated, paralyzed, or long bedridden. Tissues over the sacrum, ischia, greater trochanters, external malleoli, and heels are especially susceptible; other sites may be involved depending on the patient's position.
  • Ischemic injury is the most common clinical expression of cell injury by oxygen deprivation.
  • the most useful models for studying ischemic injury involve complete occlusion of one of the end-arteries to an organ (e.g., a coronary artery) and examination of the tissue (e.g., cardiac muscle) in areas supplied by the artery.
  • Complex pathologic changes occur in diverse cellular systems during ischemia. Up to a certain point, for a duration that varies among different types of cells, the injury may be amenable to repair, and the affected cells may recover if oxygen and metabolic substrates are again made available by restoration of blood flow. With further extension of the ischemic duration, cell structure continues to deteriorate, owing to relentless progression of ongoing injury mechanisms.
  • Ischemia and reperfusion injury following lung transplantation Lung transplantation the only definitive therapy for many patients with end stage lung disease, has poor survival rates in all solid allograft recipients. Ischemia reperfusion injury is one of the leading causes of death in lung allograft recipients.
  • Reperfusion injury may occur in a variety of conditions, especially during medical intervention, including but not limited to angioplasty, cardiac surgery or thrombolysis; organ transplant; as a result of plastic surgery; during severe compartment syndrome; during re-attachment of severed limbs; as a result of multiorgan failure syndrome; in the brain as a result of stroke or brain trauma; in connection with chronic wounds such as pressure sores, venous ulcers and diabetic ulcers; during skeletal muscle ischemia or limb transplantation; as a result of mesenteric ischemia or acute ischemic bowel disease; respiratory failure as a result of lower torso ischemia, leading to pulmonary hypertension, hypoxemia, and noncardiogenic pulmonary edema; acute renal failure as observed after renal transplantation, major surgery, trauma, and septic as well as hemorrhagic shock; Sepsis; Retinal ischemia occuring as a result of acute vascular occlusion, leading to loss of vision in a number of ocular diseases such as
  • ischemia/reperfusion may be involved in the following conditions: hypertension, hypertensive cerebral vascular disease, rupture of aneurysm, a constriction or obstruction of a blood vessel- as occurs in the case of a thrombus or embolus, angioma, blood dyscrasias, any form of compromised cardiac function including cardiac arrest or failure, systemic hypotension, cardiac arrest, cardiogenic shock, septic shock, spinal cord trauma, head trauma, seizure, bleeding from a tumor; and diseases such as stroke, Parkinson's disease, epilepsy, depression, ALS, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease and any other disease-induced dementia (such as HIV induced dementia for example).
  • hypertension hypertensive cerebral vascular disease
  • rupture of aneurysm rupture of aneurysm
  • a constriction or obstruction of a blood vessel- as occurs in the case of a thrombus or embolus
  • angioma blood dyscrasias
  • any form of compromised cardiac function including cardiac arrest or failure
  • an ischemic episode may be caused by a mechanical injury to the Central Nervous System, such as results from a blow to the head or spine.
  • Trauma can involve a tissue insult such as an abrasion, incision, contusion, puncture, compression, etc., such as can arise from traumatic contact of a foreign object with any locus of or appurtenant to the head, neck, or vertebral column.
  • Other forms of traumatic injury can arise from constriction or compression of CNS tissue by an inappropriate accumulation of fluid (for example, a blockade or dysfunction of normal cerebrospinal fluid or vitreous humor fluid production, turnover, or volume regulation, or a subdural or intracarnial hematoma or edema).
  • traumatic constriction or compression can arise from the presence of a mass of abnormal tissue, such as a metastatic or primary tumor.
  • Traumatic injury can be due to automobile accidents, falls, gunshot, diving accidents inter alia, and diseases which can affect the spinal cord include polio, spina bifida, tumors and Friedreich's ataxia.
  • ARDS Acute respiratory distress syndrome
  • RDS respiratory distress syndrome
  • IRDS adult respiratory distress syndrome
  • ARDS is a serious reaction to various forms of injuries to the lung. This is the most important disorder resulting in increased permeability pulmonary edema.
  • ARDS is a severe lung disease caused by a variety of direct and indirect insults. It is characterized by inflammation of the lung parenchyma leading to impaired gas exchange with concomitant systemic release of inflammatory mediators causing inflammation, hypoxemia and frequently resulting in multiple organ failure. This condition is life threatening and often lethal, usually requiring mechanical ventilation and admission to an intensive care unit. A less severe form is called acute lung injury (ALI).
  • ALI acute lung injury
  • RTP801 was first reported by the assignee of the instant application. US Patent Nos. 6455674, 6555667, and 6740738, all assigned to the assignee of the instant application, disclose and claim per se the RTP801 polynucleotide and polypeptide, and antibodies directed toward the polypeptide.
  • RTP801 represents a unique gene target for hypoxia-inducible factor- 1 (HIF-I) that may regulate hypoxia-induced pathogenesis independent of growth factors such as VEGF. Further discoveries relating to gene RTP801, as discovered by the assignee of the instant application, were reported in: Tzipora Shoshani, et al.
  • RTP801/Reddl and RTP8O1L/Redd2 potently inhibit signaling through mTOR, by working downstream of AKT and upstream of TSC2 to inhibit mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) functions.
  • mTOR is a serine/threonine kinase that plays an essential role in cell " growth control. mTOR stimulates cell growth by phosphorylating p70 ribosomal S6 kinase (S 6K) and eukaryote initiation factor 4E-binding protein 1 (4EBP1).
  • S 6K phosphorylating p70 ribosomal S6 kinase
  • 4EBP1 eukaryote initiation factor 4E-binding protein 1
  • the mTOR pathway is regulated by a wide variety of cellular signals, including mitogenic growth factors, nutrients, cellular energy levels, and stress conditions.
  • SMHSl SMHSl
  • RTP801L was found to be upregulated in rat soleus muscle atrophied by restriction of activity. (Pisani et al., SMHSl is involved in oxidative/glycolytic-energy metabolism balance of muscle fibers. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 2005 Jan 28;326(4):788-93.). While the RTP801L amino acid sequence shares 65% similarity with RTP801-which is a cellular stress response protein regulated by HIF-I, RTP801L expression was demonstrated to be independent of HIF-I.
  • RTP801L was found to be mainly expressed in skeletal muscle, and comparisons of its expression in atrophied versus hypertrophied muscles and in oxidative versus glycolytic muscles suggested that RTP801L contributes to the muscle energy metabolism phenotypes.
  • RTP801L gene was found to be was strongly up-regulated as THP-I macrophages are converted to foam cells.
  • Transfection of U-937 and HMEC cells with a RTP801L expression vector increased the sensitivity of the cells for oxLDL-induced cytotoxicity, by inducing a shift from apoptosis toward necrosis.
  • suppression of niRNA expression using siRNA approach resulted in increased resistance to oxLDL treatment.
  • RTP801 and RTP801L have non-overlappong expreesion patterns in adult tissues, and that RTP801L rnRNA is absent in immortalized MEFs +/- Glucose and 2DG, thus demonstrating that RTP801 may function independently of RTP801L.
  • RTP801 and RTP801L share sequence homology of about 65% at the amino acid level, indicating a possible similarity of function, and while the assignee of the present invention has found that both RTP801 and RTP801L interact with TSC2 and affect the mTOR pathway, the inventors of the present invention have found that the embryological expression pattern of the two polypeptides differs, and that, contrary to RTP801, RTP801L is not induced by hypoxia in all conditions which induce RTP801 expression; it is, however, induced in MEFs as a result of H2O2 treatment (hypoxia treatment), and the induction follows kinetics similar to those of RTP801 expression induction under the same conditions.
  • RTP801 polypeptide is more abundantly expressed than RTP801L.
  • RTP801L may be used as a target in the treatment of conditions for which RTP801 is a target, and may have the added benefit of a similar - yet different - target.
  • Patent application / publication No.s EP1580263, WO2003029271, WO2001096391, WO2003087768, WO2004048938, WO2005044981, WO2003025138, WO2002068579, EPl 104808 and CA2343602 all disclose a nucleic acid or polypeptide which is homologous to RTP801L.
  • REDDl leads to increased production of reactive oxygen species.
  • SMHSl is involved in oxidative/glycolytic-energy metabolism balance of muscle fibers. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 2005 Jan 28;326(4):788-93.). Cuaz-perolin et al., REDD2 gene is upregulated by modified LDL or hypoxia and mediates human macrophage cell death. Arterioscler Thromb Vase Biol. 2004 Oct;24(10): 1830-5. Epub 2004 Aug 12.).
  • the present invention provides novel methods and compositions for treating microvascular disorders, macular degeneration , respiratory disorders, and spinal cord injury or disease.
  • novel molecules which inhibit RTP801L and can be used to treat various diseases and indications are provided.
  • the present invention provides a compound having structure A: 5' (N) x - Z 3' (antisense strand) 3' Z'-(N')y 5' (sense strand)
  • each N and N' is a ribonucleotide selected from the group consisting of a modified ribonucleotide or an unmodified ribonucleotide and each of (N) x and (N') y is an oligomer in which each consecutive N or N' is joined to the next N or N' by a covalent bond; wherein each of x and y is an integer between 18 and 40; wherein each of Z and Z' may be present or absent, but if present is dTdT and is covalently attached at the 3' terminus of the strand in which it is present; and wherein the sequence of (N) x comprises an antisense sequence having substantial identity to about 18 to about 40 consecutive ribonucleotides in the rnRNA transcribed from the RTP801L gene.
  • Preferred sense and antisense strands are set forth in Table A. Accoridng to one embodiment the compound consists of an antisense strand having an oligomer sequence set forth in SEQ ED NO: 1000 and a sense strand having an oligomer sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 75.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising an 801L inhibitor of the invention; and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the 80 IL inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of an siRNA molecule, an antisense molecule, an antibody (such as a neutralizing antibody), a dominant negative peptide, an aptamer and a ribozyme.
  • the 80 IL inhibitor is siRNA.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, macular degeneration or a respiratory disorder, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising an RTP801L inhibitor.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention concerns a method for treating a patient suffering from COPD, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of an siRNA molecule, an antisense molecule, an antibody (such as a neutralizing antibody), a dominant negative peptide, an aptamer and a ribozyme.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention concerns a method for treating a patient suffering from Acute Lung Injury (ALI), comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor selected from the group consisting of an siRNA molecule, an antisense molecule, an antibody (such as a neutralizing antibody), a dominant negative peptide, an aptamer and a ribozyme.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention concerns a method for treating a patient suffering from macular degeneration, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor is an siRNA molecule, an antisense molecule, an antibody (such as a neutralizing antibody), a dominant negative peptide or a ribozyme.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention concerns a method for treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor.
  • the inhibitor is an siRNA molecule, an antisense molecule, an antibody (such as a neutralizing antibody), a dominant negative peptide or a ribozyme.
  • An additional embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from a respiratory disorder.
  • the respiratory disorder is COPD and the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA.
  • the respiratory disorder is ALI and the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA.
  • An additional embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from macular degeneration.
  • the macular degeneration is AMD and the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA.
  • An additional embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP 80 IL inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from glaucoma.
  • the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA.
  • An additional embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder.
  • the microvascular disorder is diabetic retinopathy and the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA.
  • the disorder is Acute Renal Failure and the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA.
  • the present invention also relates generally to methods and compositions for treating or preventing the incidence or severity of hearing impairment (or balance impairment), particularly hearing impairment associated with cell death of the inner ear hair cells.
  • the methods and compositions involve administering to a mammal in need of such treatment a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly novel small interfering RNAs (siRNAs).
  • siRNAs novel small interfering RNAs
  • the present invention provides methods and compositions for treating a patient suffering from hearing impairment, or other oto-pathologies associated with cell death of inner ear hair cells.
  • Such oto-pathologies may be the result of acoustic trauma, mechanical trauma, age (presbycusis) or ototoxin-induced hearing loss.
  • the methods of the invention comprising administering to the patient one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly siRNAs that inhibit RTP801L typically as a pharmaceutical composition, in a therapeutically effective dose so as to thereby treat the patient.
  • the present invention provides for improved compositions and methods for treatments requiring administration of a pharmaceutical drug having an ototoxic, hearing- impairing side-effect, in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more siRNA molecules that inhibit RTP 80 IL, to treat or prevent the ototoxicity induced by the pharmaceutical drug.
  • the compositions of the invention can be administered at a suitable interval(s) either prior to, subsequent to, or substantially concurrent with the administration of the ototoxic, hearing-impairing drug that induces inner ear apoptotic tissue damage.
  • an improved composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of one or more siRNA molecules that inhibit RTP801L in combination with an ototoxic, hearing-impairing pharmaceutical drug for administration to a mammal.
  • Said combination drugs may be administered seperatly; the siRNA molecules that inhibit RTP801L would then be administerd locally while the ototoxic, hearing-impairing pharmaceutical drug is administered systemically.
  • the siRNA molecules may be administred prior to, simultaneously with or subsequent to the ototoxic drug.
  • Such combination compositions can further contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition will have lower ototoxicity than the ototoxic pharmaceutical alone, and preferably, will have a higher dosage of the ototoxic pharmaceutical than typically used.
  • Examples of such improved compositions include cisplatin or other ototoxic neoplastic agent or an aminoglycoside antibiotic(s) in combination with the therapeutically effective amount of one or more siRNA molecules that inhibit RTP801L.
  • the invention relates to the use of the compositions of the invention in cases where diuretics are needed.
  • the present invention provides a solution to the art that has long sought a therapy and a medicament which can treat the ototoxic effects currently associated with certain diuretics, and particular with the more popular and commonly used loop-diuretics, without sacrificing their diuretic effectiveness.
  • the invention relates to the use of the compositions of the invention in cases where quinine or quinine-like compounds are needed.
  • the present invention provides a solution to the art that has long sought a therapy and a medicament which can treat the ototoxic effects currently associated with certain quinines without sacrificing their effectiveness.
  • the present invention further relates to methods and compositions for treating or preventing the incidence or severity of pressure sores.
  • the methods and compositions involve administering to a mammal in need of such treatment a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly novel small interfering RNAs (siRNAs).
  • siRNAs novel small interfering RNAs
  • the present invention relates to methods and compositions for the treatment of any ischemic or ischemia-reperfuson injuries or conditions, as described herein.
  • Said methods and compositions involve administering to a mammal in need of such treatment a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly novel small interfering RNAs (siRNAs).
  • siRNAs novel small interfering RNAs
  • the present invention in some of its embodiments, concerns inhibition of the RTP801L gene or polypeptide for the treatment of eye diseases, respiratory disorders, microvascular disorders, hearing disorders and ischemic conditions, inter alia.
  • the preferred inhibitors to be used with the present invention are biological molecules.
  • RTP801L is involved in various disease states including microvascular disorders, eye diseases, respiratory disorders, hearing disorders, pressure sores, ischemic conditions and spinal cord injury and disease, and it would be beneficial to inhibit RTP801L in order to treat any of said diseases or disorders.
  • Methods, molecules and compositions which inhibit RTP801L are discussed herein at length, and any of said molecules and/or compositions may be beneficially employed in the treatment of a patient suffering from any of said conditions.
  • the present invention provides methods and compositions for inhibiting expression of the RTP801L gene in vivo.
  • the method includes administering oligoribonucleotides, such as small interfering RNAs (i. e., siRNAs) that are targeted to a particular mRNA and hybridise to it, or nucleic acid material that can produce siRNAs in a cell, in an amount sufficient to down-regulate expression of a target gene by an RNA interference mechanism.
  • siRNAs small interfering RNAs
  • the subject method can be used to inhibit expression of the RTP801L gene for treatment of respiratory disorders, microvascular disorders, eye disorders and hearing impairments.
  • the present invention provides for a method of treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, an eye disease a respiratory disorder, a hearing disorder or a spinal cord injury or other wound, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising an RTP801L inhibitor in a therapeutically effective amount so as to thereby treat the patient.
  • the invention further provides a method of treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, an eye disease, a respiratory disorder, a hearing disorder or a spinal cord injury or other wound, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising an RTP801L inhibitor, in a dosage and over a period of time sufficient to promote recovery.
  • the eye disease may be macular degeneration such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD), or glaucoma, inter alia.
  • the microvascular disorder may be diabetic retinopathy or acute renal failure, inter alia.
  • the respiratory disorder may be chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), acute lung injury (ALI), emphysema, chronic bronchitis, asthma and lung cancer, inter alia.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • ALI acute lung injury
  • emphysema chronic bronchitis
  • asthma and lung cancer inter alia.
  • the hearing disorder may be trauma-induced deafness, age-related deafness or cisplatin-induced deafness, inter alia.
  • the RTP801L inhibitor may be selected from a large variety of molecules, including but not limited to compounds such as polynucleotides, AS fragments, RNA molecules which target the RTP801L gene mRNA such as ribozymes or siRNAs (such as the siRNAs of Table A-, or expression vectors comprising them; polypeptides such as dominant negatives, antibodies (such as an antibody which specifically binds to an epitope present within a polypeptide which comprises consecutive amino acids, the sequence of which is set forth in Figure 2 (SEQ ED No:2), or, in some cases, enzymes.
  • compounds such as polynucleotides, AS fragments, RNA molecules which target the RTP801L gene mRNA such as ribozymes or siRNAs (such as the siRNAs of Table A-, or expression vectors comprising them; polypeptides such as dominant negatives, antibodies (such as an antibody which specifically binds to an epitope present within a polypeptide which comprises consecutive amino acids, the
  • the RTP801L inhibitor may be a chemical inhibitor such as a small molecule, e.g., chemical molecules with a low molecular weight e.g. a molecular weight below 2000 daltons. Specific RTP801L inhibitors are given below.
  • the present invention further provides a method for treating a patient suffering from macular degeneration, glaucoma, COPD, ALI, diabetic retinopathy, age-related deafness or cisplatin- induced deafness, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor comprising a polynucleotide which specifically hybridizes to mRNA transcribed from the RTP801L gene and / or down regulates the expression of the RTP801L gene so as to thereby treat the patient.
  • the polynucleotide may be an siRNA comprising consecutive nucleotides having a sequence identical to any one of the sequences set forth in Table A (SEQ ED NOs:3-1852).
  • an additional embodiment of the present invention concerns a method for treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, an eye disease, a respiratory disorder, a hearing disorder or a spinal cord injury or other wound, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor comprising an siRNA molecule, optionally an siRNA molecule detailed in any one of Table A, in a dosage and over a period of time so as to thereby treat the patient.
  • An additional method for treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, an eye disease, a respiratory disorder, a hearing disorder or a spinal cord injury or other wound comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective dose of an RNA molecule which targets the RTP801L gene mRNA in a dosage and over a period of time so as to thereby treat the patient.
  • the RNA molecule may be an siRNA molecule, such as an siRNA molecule detailed in Table A, preferably siRNA Nos:72 or 73, or a ribozyme or an AS molecule.
  • the present invention further provides a method for treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, an eye disease, a respiratory disorder, a hearing disorder or a spinal cord injury or other wound or any of the conditions disclosed herein, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective dose of an siRNA molecule which targets the RTP801L gene mRNA, optionally an siRNA molecule detailed in Table A, in a dosage and over a period of time so as to thereby treat the patient.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective dose of an siRNA molecule which targets the RTP801L gene mRNA, optionally an siRNA molecule detailed in Table A, in a dosage and over a period of time so as to thereby treat the patient.
  • the eye disease may be macular degeneration such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD) or glaucoma; the microvascular disorder may be diabetic retinopathy or acute renal failure; the respiratory disorder may be COPD or ALI; and the hearing disorder may be noise - induced deafnes, chemically induced deafness such as cisplatin-induced deafness or age-related deafness.
  • AMD age-related macular degeneration
  • glaucoma glaucoma
  • the microvascular disorder may be diabetic retinopathy or acute renal failure
  • the respiratory disorder may be COPD or ALI
  • the hearing disorder may be noise - induced deafnes, chemically induced deafness such as cisplatin-induced deafness or age-related deafness.
  • the present invention additionally relates to the use of the novel siRNAs disclosed herein in the treatment of hearing impairment in which inhibition of RTP801L expression is beneficial.
  • the present invention constitutes a method for treating a mammal having or prone to a hearing (or balance) impairment or treating a mammal prophylactically in conditions where inhibition of RTP801L expression is beneficial.
  • the method of this embodiment of the present invention would prevent or reduce the occurrence or severity of a hearing (or balance) impairment that would result from inner ear cell injury, loss, or degeneration, in particular caused by an ototoxic agent or by aging.
  • the method of the invention includes administering a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly the novel siRNAs of the present invention.
  • One embodiment is a method for treating a hearing disorder or impairment wherein the ototoxicity results from administration, of a therapeutically effective amount of an ototoxic pharmaceutical drug.
  • Typical ototoxic drugs are chemotherapeutic agents, e.g. antineoplastic agents, and antibiotics.
  • Other possible candidates include loop-diuretics, quinines or a quinine-like compound, and salicylate or salicylate-like compounds.
  • Ototoxic aminoglycoside antibiotics include but are not limited to neomycin, paromomycin, ribostamycin, lividomycin, kanamycin, amikacin, tobramycin, viomycin, gentamicin, sisomicin, netilmicin, streptomycin, dibekacin, fortimicin, and dihydrostreptomycin, or combinations thereof.
  • Particular antibiotics include neomycin B, kanamycin A, kanamycin B, gentamicin Cl, gentamicin CIa, and gentamicin C2.
  • the methods of the invention are also effective when the ototoxic compound is a neoplastic agent such as vincristine, vinblastine, cisplatin and cisplatin-like compounds and taxol and taxol-like compounds
  • the composition of the invention is co-administered with an ototoxin.
  • an improved method is provided for treatment of infection of a mammal by administration of an aminoglycoside antibiotic, the improvement comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene particularly novel siRNAs, to the patient in need of such treatment to reduce or prevent ototoxin-induced hearing impairment associated with the antibiotic.
  • the compounds which reduce or prevent the ototoxin-induced hearing impairment, particularly the novel siRNAs are preferably administered locally within the inner ear.
  • an improved method for treatment of cancer in a mammal by administration of a chemotherapeutic compound comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of the invention to the patient in need of such treatment to reduce or prevent ototoxin-induced hearing impairment associated with the chemotherapeutic drug.
  • the methods of treatment are applied to hearing impairments resulting from the administration of a chemotherapeutic agent to treat its ototoxic side-effect.
  • Ototoxic chemotherapeutic agents amenable to the methods of the invention include, but are not limited to an antineoplastic agent, including cisplatin or cisplatin-like compounds, taxol or taxol-like compounds, and other chemotherapeutic agents believed to cause ototoxin-induced hearing impairments, e.g., vincristine, an antineoplastic drug used to treat hematological malignancies and sarcomas.
  • an antineoplastic agent including cisplatin or cisplatin-like compounds, taxol or taxol-like compounds, and other chemotherapeutic agents believed to cause ototoxin-induced hearing impairments, e.g., vincristine, an antineoplastic drug used to treat hematological malignancies and sarcomas.
  • Cisplatin-like compounds include carboplatin (Paraplatin ®), tetraplatin, oxaliplatin, aroplatin and transplatin inter alia .
  • the methods of the invention are applied to hearing impairments resulting from the administration of quinine and its synthetic substitutes, typically used in the treatment of malaria, to treat its ototoxic side-effect.
  • the methods of the invention are applied to hearing impairments resulting from administration of a diuretic.
  • Diuretics particularly "loop" diuretics, i.e. those that act primarily in the Loop of Henle, are candidate ototoxins.
  • Illustrative examples, not limiting to the invention method include furosemide, ethacrylic acid, and mercurials.
  • Diuretics are typically used to prevent or eliminate edema.
  • Diuretics are also used in nonedematous states for example hypertension, hypercalcemia, idiopathic hypercalciuria, and nephrogenic diabetes insipidus.
  • the methods of the invention are applied to treating or preventing the incidence or severity of pressure sores.
  • the methods and compositions involve administering to a mammal in need of such treatment a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly novel small interfering RNAs (siRNAs).
  • the compounds which treat or prevent the incidence or severity of pressure sores, particularly the novel siRNAs are preferably administered locally within the damaged area.
  • the methods and compositions of the present invention are effective in the treatment and prevention of pressure sores or pressure ulcers developped when sustained pressure (usually from a bed or wheelchair) cuts off circulation to vulnerable parts of the body.
  • compositions are effective in patients with diminished or absent sensation or who are debilitated, emaciated, paralyzed, or long bedridden.
  • compositions of the present invention are effective also in improving the healing of pressure sores using the compositions.
  • the compositions may be used at any particular stage in the healing process including the stage before any healing has initiated or even before a specific sore is made (prophylactic treatment).
  • wounds to be treated according to the invention include also i) general wounds such as, e.g., surgical, traumatic, infectious, ischemic, thermal, chemical and bullous wounds; ii) wounds specific for the oral cavity such as, e.g., post-extraction wounds, endodontic wounds especially in connection with treatment of cysts and abscesses, ulcers and lesions of bacterial, viral or autoimmunological origin, mechanical, chemical, thermal, infectious and lichenoid wounds; herpes ulcers, stomatitis aphthosa, acute necrotising ulcerative gingivitis and burning mouth syndrome are specific examples; and iii) wounds on the skin such as, e.g., neoplasm, burns (e.g. chemical, thermal), lesions (bacterial, viral, autoimmunological), bites and surgical incisions.
  • general wounds such as, e.g., surgical, traumatic, infectious, ischemic, thermal, chemical and bullous wounds
  • the methods and compositions of the present invention are also effective in the treatment and prevention of any chronic wounds including inter alia pressure sores, venous ulcers, and diabetic ulcers.
  • the underlying precipitating event is a period of ischemia followed by a period of reperfusion.
  • These ischemia-reperfusion events are usually repetitive, which means the deleterious effects of ischemia-reperfusion are potentiated and eventually sufficient to cause ulceration.
  • the ischemic event is the result of prolonged pressure sufficient to prevent tissue perfusion, and when the pressure is finally relieved, the reperfusion injury occurs.
  • the present compositions are effective in inhibiting the damage caused by ischemia-reperfusion in chronic wounds.
  • compositions are also effective in other conditions associated with ischemia- reperfusion such as but not limited to: organ transplantation, intestinal and colon anastamoses, operations on large blood vessels, stitching detached limbs, balloon angioplasty or any cardiac surgery, stroke or brain trauma, limb transplantation, pulmonary hypertension, hypoxemia, and noncardiogenic pulmonary edema, acute renal failure, acute glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, hypertensive retinopathy, and retinal vascular occlusion, cochlear ischemia, microvascular surgery and ischemic lesions in scleroderma.
  • organ transplantation intestinal and colon anastamoses
  • operations on large blood vessels stitching detached limbs, balloon angioplasty or any cardiac surgery
  • stroke or brain trauma limb transplantation
  • pulmonary hypertension hypoxemia
  • noncardiogenic pulmonary edema acute renal failure
  • acute glaucoma diabetic retinopathy
  • hypertensive retinopathy and retinal vascular occlusion
  • compositions of the present invention are also effective in the treatment of accoustic trauma or mechanical trauma, preferably accoustic or mechanical trauma that leads to inner ear hair cell loss.
  • Accoustic trauma to be treated in the present invention may be caused by a single exposure to an extremely loud sound, or following long-term exposure to everyday loud sounds above 85 decibels.
  • Mechanical inner ear trauma to be treated in the present invention is for example the inner ear trauma following an operation of electronic device insertion in the inner ear.
  • the compositions of the present invention prevent or minimize the damage to inner ear hair cells associated with the operation.
  • the compounds which reduce or prevent the ototoxin-induced hearing impairment, particularly the novel siRNAs are preferably administered locally within the inner ear.
  • the compound of the present invention can be used to treat any condition in which ischemia is involved, optionally ischemia-reperfusion.
  • Such condition include ischmia or ischemia-reperfusion resulting from an angioplasty, cardiac surgery or thrombolysis; organ transplant; as a result of plastic surgery; during severe compartment syndrome; during re-attachment of severed limbs; as a result of multiorgan failure syndrome; in the brain as a result of stroke or brain trauma; in connection with chronic wounds such as pressure sores, venous ulcers and diabetic ulcers; during skeletal muscle ischemia or limb transplantation; as a result of mesenteric ischemia or acute ischemic bowel disease; respiratory failure as a result of lower torso ischemia, leading to pulmonary hypertension, hypoxemia, and noncardiogenic pulmonary edema; acute renal failure as observed after renal transplantation, major surgery, trauma, and septic as well as hemorrhagic shock; Sepsis; Retinal
  • ischemia/reperfusion may be involved in the following conditions: hypertension, hypertensive cerebral vascular disease, rupture of aneurysm, a constriction or obstruction of a blood vessel- as occurs in the case of a thrombus or embolus, angioma, blood dyscrasias, any form of compromised cardiac function including cardiac arrest or failure, systemic hypotension, cardiac arrest, cardiogenic shock, septic shock, spinal cord trauma, head trauma, seizure, bleeding from a tumor; and diseases such as stroke, Parkinson's disease, epilepsy, depression, ALS, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease and any other disease- induced dementia (such as HIV induced dementia for example).
  • hypertension hypertensive cerebral vascular disease
  • rupture of aneurysm rupture of aneurysm
  • a constriction or obstruction of a blood vessel- as occurs in the case of a thrombus or embolus
  • angioma blood dyscrasias
  • any form of compromised cardiac function including cardiac arrest or
  • an ischemic episode may be caused by a mechanical injury to the Central Nervous System, such as results from a blow to the head or spine.
  • Trauma can involve a tissue insult such as an abrasion, incision, contusion, puncture, compression, etc., such as can arise from traumatic contact of a foreign object with any locus of or appurtenant to the head, neck, or vertebral column.
  • Other forms of traumatic injury can arise from constriction or compression of CNS tissue by an inappropriate accumulation of fluid (for example, a blockade or dysfunction of normal cerebrospinal fluid or vitreous humor fluid production, turnover, or volume regulation, or a subdural or intracarnial hematoma or edema).
  • traumatic constriction or compression can arise from the presence of a mass of abnormal tissue, such as a metastatic or primary tumor.
  • Treating a disease refers to administering a therapeutic substance effective to ameliorate symptoms associated with a disease, to lessen the severity or cure the disease, or to prevent the disease from occurring. “Treatment” refers to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventative measures, wherein the object is to prevent or slow down (lessen) a disease or disorder.
  • a “therapeutically effective dose” refers to an amount of a pharmaceutical compound or composition which is effective to achieve an improvement in a patient or his physiological systems including, but not limited to, improved survival rate, more rapid recovery, or improvement or elimination of symptoms, and other indicators as are selected as appropriate determining measures by those skilled in the art.
  • the methods of treating the diseases disclosed herein and included in the present invention may include administering an RTP801L inhibitor in conjunction with an additional RTP801L inhibitor, a substance which improves the pharmacological properties of the active ingredient as detailed below, or an additional compound known to be effective in the treatment of the disease to be treated, such as macular degeneration, glaucoma, COPD, ALI, ARF, DR, cisplatin-induced deafness, and age-related deafness, inter alia.
  • an additional compound known to be effective in the treatment of the disease to be treated such as macular degeneration, glaucoma, COPD, ALI, ARF, DR, cisplatin-induced deafness, and age-related deafness, inter alia.
  • in conjunction with is meant prior to, simultaneously or subsequent to. Further detail on exemplary conjoined therapies is given below.
  • the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from macular degeneration, glaucoma, COPD, ALI, ARF, DR, cisplatin- induced deafness, age-related deafness or any eye disease, microvascular or respiratory condition or hearing disorder as detailed above, and the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for treating said diseases and conditions.
  • the RTP801L inhibitor may comprise a polynucleotide which comprises consecutive nucleotides having a sequence which comprises an antisense sequence to the sequence set forth in Figure 1 (SEQ ID No: 1).
  • the RTP801L inhibitor may be an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide having a sequence which is an antisense sequence to the sequence set forth in Figure 1 (SEQ ID No:l).
  • the RTP801L inhibitor according to said uses may also be an antibody, such as a neutralizing antibody which specifically binds to an epitope present within a polypeptide which comprises consecutive amino acids, the sequence of which is set forth in Figure 2 (SEQ ID No:2).
  • the RTP801L inhibitor may be an RNA molecule which targets the RTP801L gene mRNA such as a ribozyme or an siRNA, optionally an siRNA comprising consecutive nucleotides having a sequence identical to any one of the sequences set forth in Table A (SEQ ID NOs:3-1852) and preferably, siRNA Nos: 72 and 73 of Table A.
  • the RTP801L inhibitor to be used with any of the methods disclosed herein, in any of the uses disclosed herein and in any of the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be selected from the group consisting of an siRNA molecule, a vector comprising an siRNA molecule, a vector which can express an siRNA molecule and any molecule which is endogenously processed into an siRNA molecule.
  • said siRNA molecule is preferably an siRNA comprising consecutive nucleotides having a sequence identical to any one of the sequences set forth in Table A and preferably siRNA Nos:72 and 73 of Table A 5 .
  • Respiratory disorder refers to conditions, diseases or syndromes of the respiratory system including but not limited to pulmonary disorders of all types including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), acute lung injury (ALI), emphysema, chronic bronchitis, asthma and lung cancer, inter alia. Emphysema and chronic bronchitis may occur as part of COPD or independently.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • ALI acute lung injury
  • emphysema chronic bronchitis
  • Emphysema and chronic bronchitis may occur as part of COPD or independently.
  • Microvascular disorder refers to any condition that affects microscopic capillaries and lymphatics, in particular vasospastic diseases, vasculitic diseases and lymphatic occlusive diseases.
  • microvascular disorders include, inter alia: eye disorders such as Amaurosis Fugax (embolic or secondary to SLE), apla syndrome, Prot CS and ATIII deficiency, microvascular pathologies caused by IV drug use, dysproteinemia, temporal arteritis, anterior ischemic optic neuropathy, optic neuritis (primary or secondary to autoimmune diseases), glaucoma, von hippel lindau syndrome, corneal disease, corneal transplant rejection cataracts, Eales' disease, frosted branch angiitis, encircling buckling operation, uveitis including pars planitis, choroidal melanoma, choroidal hemangioma, optic nerve aplasia; retinal conditions such as retinal artery occlusion, retinal vein occlusion,
  • Microvascular disorders may comprise a neovascular element.
  • neovascular disorder refers to those conditions where the formation of blood vessels (neovascularization) is harmful to the patient.
  • ocular neovascularization include: retinal diseases (diabetic retinopathy, diabetic Macular Edema, chronic glaucoma, retinal detachment, and sickle cell retinopathy); rubeosis ulceris; proliferative vitreo-retinopathy; inflammatory diseases; chronic uveitis; neoplasms (retinoblastoma, pseudoglioma and melanoma); Fuchs 1 heterochromic iridocyclitis; neovascular glaucoma; corneal neovascularization (inflammatory, transplantation and developmental hypoplasia of the iris); neovascularization following a combined vitrectomy and lensectomy; vascular diseases (retinal ischemia, choroidal vascular insufficiency, choroidal
  • Eye disease refers to refers to conditions, diseases or syndromes of the eye including but not limited to any conditions involving choroidal neovascularization (CNV), wet and dry AMD, ocular histoplasmosis syndrome, angiod streaks, ruptures in Bruch's membrane, myopic degeneration, ocular tumors, retinal degenerative diseases, glaucoma, and retinal vein occlusion (RVO).
  • CNV choroidal neovascularization
  • AMD ocular histoplasmosis syndrome
  • angiod streaks ruptures in Bruch's membrane
  • myopic degeneration ocular tumors
  • retinal degenerative diseases glaucoma
  • retinal vein occlusion RVO
  • Hearing impairments relevant to the invention may be due to end-organ lesions involving inner ear hair cells, e.g., acoustic trauma, viral endolymphatic labyrinthitis, Meniere's disease.
  • Hearing impairments include tinnitus, which is a perception of sound in the absence of an acoustic stimulus, and may be intermittent or continuous, wherein there is diagnosed a sensorineural loss.
  • Hearing loss may be due to bacterial or viral infection, such as in herpes zoster oticus, purulent labyrinthitis arising from acute otitis media, purulent meningitis, chronic otitis media, sudden deafness including that of viral origin, e.g., viral endolymphatic labyrinthitis caused by viruses including mumps, measles, influenza, chicken pox, mononucleosis and adenoviruses.
  • viruses including mumps, measles, influenza, chicken pox, mononucleosis and adenoviruses.
  • the hearing loss can be congenital, such as that caused by rubella, anoxia during birth, bleeding into the inner ear due to trauma during delivery, ototoxic drugs administered to the mother, erythroblastosis fetalis, and hereditary conditions including Waardenburg's syndrome and Hurler's syndrome.
  • the hearing loss can be noise-induced, generally due to a noise greater than 85 decibels (db) that damages the inner ear.
  • the hearing loss is caused by aging (presbycusis) or an ototoxic drug that affects Hie auditory portion of the inner ear, particularly inner ear hair cells.
  • Hearing disorders or impairments (or balance impairment) to be treated or prevented in the context oif the opresent invention are preferably, without being bound by theory, trauma- induced deafness, age-related deafness and ototoxin-induced inner ear hair cells apoptotic damage.
  • Those in need of treatment include those already experiencing a hearing impairment, those prone to having the impairment, and those in which the impairment is to be prevented.
  • the hearing impairments may be due to apoptotic inner ear hair cell damage or loss, wherein the damage or loss is caused by infection , mechanical injury, loud sound, aging, or, in particular, chemical-induced ototoxicity.
  • Ototoxins include therapeutic drugs including antineoplastic agents, salicylates, quinines, and aminoglycoside antibiotics, contaminants in foods or medicinals, and environmental or industrial pollutants.
  • treatment is performed to prevent or reduce ototoxicity, especially resulting from or expected to result from administration of therapeutic drugs.
  • a therapeutically effective composition is given immediately after the exposure to prevent or reduce the ototoxic effect.
  • treatment is provided prophylactically, either by administration of the composition prior to or concomitantly with the ototoxic pharmaceutical or the exposure to the ototoxin.
  • the hearing impairment may be induced by chemotherapy.
  • hearing impairment may be caused by chemotherapeutic agents such as etoposide, 5-FU (5-fluorouracil), cis-platinum, doxorubicin, a vinca alkaloid, vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, taxol, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, chlorambucil, busulfan, mechlorethamine, mitomycin, dacarbazine, carboplatinum, thiotepa, daunorubicin, idarubicin, mitoxantrone, bleomycin, esperamicin Al, dactinomycin, plicamycin, carmustine, lomustine, tauromustine, streptozocin, melphalan, dactinomycin, procarbazine, dexamethasone, prednisone, 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine, cytarabine, docetaxel, fluorouraci
  • ototoxin in the context of the present invention is meant a substance that through its chemical action injures, impairs or inhibits the activity of the sound receptors of the nervous system related to hearing, which in turn impairs hearing (and/or balance).
  • ototoxicity includes a deleterious effect on the inner ear hair cells.
  • Ototoxic agents that cause hearing impairments include, but are not limited to, neoplastic agents such as vincristine, vinblastine, cisplatin and cisplatin-like compounds, taxol and taxol-like compounds, dideoxy-compounds, e.g., dideoxyinosine; alcohol; metals; industrial toxins involved in occupational or environmental exposure; contaminants of food or medicinals; and over-doses of vitamins or therapeutic drugs, e.g., antibiotics such as penicillin or chloramphenicol, and megadoses of vitamins A, D, or B6, salicylates, quinines and loop diuretics.
  • neoplastic agents such as vincristine, vinblastine, cisplatin and cisplatin-like compounds, taxol and taxol-like compounds, dideoxy-compounds, e.g., dideoxyinosine
  • alcohol metals
  • industrial toxins involved in occupational or environmental exposure contaminants of food or medicinals
  • Exposure to an ototoxic agent is meant that the ototoxic agent is made available to, or comes into contact with, a mammal. Exposure to an ototoxic agent can occur by direct administration, e.g., by ingestion or administration of a food, medicinal, or therapeutic agent, e.g., a chemotherapeutic agent, by accidental contamination, or by environmental exposure, e g., aerial or aqueous exposure.
  • RTP801L gene refers to the RTP801L coding sequence open reading frame, as shown in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1), or any homologous sequence thereof preferably having at least 70% identity, more preferable 80% identity, even more preferably 90% or 95% identity. This encompasses any sequences derived from SEQ ID NO:1 which have undergone mutations, alterations or modifications as described herein. Thus, in a preferred embodiment RTP801L is encoded by a nucleic acid sequence according to SEQ. ID. NO. 1.
  • nucleic acids according to the present invention are only complementary and identical, respectively, to a part of the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L as, preferably, the first stretch and first strand is typically shorter than the nucleic acid according to the present invention. It is also to be acknowledged that based on the amino acid sequence of RTP801L any nucleic acid sequence coding for such amino acid sequence can be perceived by the one skilled in the art based on the genetic code.
  • the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L is the one present in the organism, tissue and/or cell, respectively, where the expression of RTP801L is to be reduced.
  • RTP801L polypeptide refers to the polypeptide of the RTP801L gene, and is understood to include, for the purposes of the instant invention, the terms “RTP777", “DDIT4L” “REDD2”, and “SMHSl”, derived from any organism, optionally man, splice variants and fragments thereof retaining biological activity, and homologs thereof, preferably having at least 70%, more preferably at least 80%, even more preferably at least 90% or 95% homology thereto.
  • this term is understood to encompass polypeptides resulting from minor alterations in the RTP801L coding sequence, such as, inter alia, point mutations, substitutions, deletions and insertions which may cause a difference in a few amino acids between the resultant polypeptide and the naturally occurring RTP801L.
  • RTP801L Chemically modified RTP801L or chemically modified fragments of RTP801L are also included in the term, so long as the biological activity is retained.
  • RTP801L preferably has or comprises an amino acid sequence according to SEQ. ID. NO. 2. It is acknowledged that there might be differences in the amino acid sequence among various tissues of an organism and among different organisms of one species or among different species to which the nucleic acid according to the present invention can be applied in various embodiments of the present invention. However, based on the technical teaching provided herein, the respective sequence can be taken into consideration accordingly when designing any of the nucleic acids according to the present invention.
  • Particular fragments of RTP801L include amino acids 1-50, 51-100,101-150 and 151-193 of the sequence shown in Figure 2. Further particular fragments of RTP801L include amino acids 25-74, 75-124, 125-174 and 175-193 of the sequence shown in Figure 2.
  • RTP801L may be a factor acting in fine-tuning of cell response to energy disbalance. As such, it is a target suitable for treatment of any disease where cells should be rescued from apoptosis due to stressful conditions (e.g. diseases accompanied by death of normal cells) or where cells, which are adapted to stressful conditions due to changes in RTP801L expression (e.g. cancer cells), should be killed. Ih the latter case, RTP801L may be viewed as a survival factor for cancer cells and its inhibitors may treat cancer as a monotherapy or as sensitising drugs in compbination with chemotherapy or radiotherapy.
  • stressful conditions e.g. diseases accompanied by death of normal cells
  • RTP801L expression e.g. cancer cells
  • polynucleotide refers to any molecule composed of DNA nucleotides, RNA nucleotides or a combination of both types, i.e. that comprises two or more of the bases guanidine, cytosine, thymidine, adenine, uracil or inosine, inter alia.
  • a polynucleotide may include natural nucleotides, chemically modified nucleotides and synthetic nucleotides, or chemical analogs thereof.
  • the term includes "oligonucleotides” and encompasses "nucleic acids”.
  • amino acid refers to a molecule which consists of any one of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids, amino acids which have been chemically modified (see below), or synthetic amino acids.
  • polypeptide refers to a molecule composed of two or more amino acids residues.
  • the term includes peptides, polypeptides, proteins and peptidomimetics.
  • a "peptidomimetic” is a compound containing non-peptidic structural elements that is capable of mimicking the biological action(s) of a natural parent peptide. Some of the classical peptide characteristics such as enzyrnatically scissille peptidic bonds are normally not present in a peptidomimetic.
  • dominant negative peptide is meant a polypeptide encoded by a cDNA fragment that encodes for a part of a protein (see Herskowitz I: Functional inactivation of genes by dominant negative mutations. Nature. 1987 Sep 17-23;329(6136):219-22. Review; Roninson IB et al., Genetic suppressor elements: new tools for molecular or ⁇ co/ ⁇ gj ⁇ -thirteenth Cornelius P. Rhoads Memorial Award Lecture. Cancer Res. 1995 Sep 15;55(18):4023). This peptide can have a different function from the protein from which it was derived.
  • the peptide can interact with the full protein and inhibit its activity or it can interact with other proteins and inhibit their activity in response to the full-length (parent) protein.
  • Dominant negative means that the peptide is able to overcome the natural parent protein and inhibit its activity to give the cell a different characteristic, such as resistance or sensitization to death or any cellular phenotype of interest.
  • the peptide itself may be delivered as the active ingredient of a pharmaceutical composition, or the cDNA can be delivered to the cell utilizing known methods.
  • Polypeptides may be produced via several methods, for example:
  • Synthetic polypeptides can be made using a commercially available machine, using the known sequence of RTP801L or a portion thereof.
  • a preferred method of making the RTP801L polypeptides or fragments thereof is to clone a polynucleotide comprising the cDNA of the RTP801L gene into an expression vector and culture the cell harboring the vector so as to express the encoded polypeptide, and then purify the resulting polypeptide, all performed using methods known in the art as described in, for example,
  • the expression vector can include a promoter for controlling transcription of the heterologous material and can be either a constitutive or inducible promoter to allow selective transcription. Enhancers that can be required to obtain necessary transcription levels can optionally be included.
  • the expression vehicle can also include a selection gene.
  • Vectors can be introduced into cells or tissues by any one of a variety of methods known within the art. Such methods can be found generally described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Springs Harbor Laboratory, New York (1989, 1992), in Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, Baltimore, Maryland (1989), Vega et al, Gene Targeting, CRC Press, Ann Arbor, MI (1995), Vectors: A Survey of Molecular Cloning Vectors and Their Uses, Butterworths, Boston MA (1988) and Gilboa et al. (1986).
  • RTP801L polypeptide, or naturally occurring fragments thereof can be purified from natural sources (such as tissues) using many methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art, such as for example: immuno-precipitation with anti- RTP801L antibody, or matrix-bound affinity chromatography with any molecule known to bind RTP801 L.
  • Protein purification is practiced as is known in the art as described in, for example, Marshak et al., "Strategies for Protein Purification and Characterization. A laboratory course manual.” CSHL Press (1996).
  • RTP801L biological effect of RTP801L
  • RTP801L biological activity is meant, without being bound by theory, the effect of RTP801L on apoptosis, such as apoptosis of alveolar cells in respiratory disorders; apoptosis of inner ear hair cells in hearing disorders, apoptosis of macular cells in macular degeneration, apoptosis of cells related to ischemia in any diseases or conditions, inter alia.
  • the effect of RTP801L on apoptosis may be direct or indirect, and includes, without being bound by theory, any effect of RTP801L of induced by hypoxic or hyperoxic conditions.
  • the indirect effect includes, but is not limited to, RTP801L binding to or having an effect on one of several molecules, which are involved in a signal transduction cascade resulting in apoptosis.
  • Apoptosis refers to a physiological type of cell death which results from activation of some cellular mechanisms, i.e. death that is controlled by the machinery of the cell. Apoptosis may, for example, be the result of activation of the cell machinery by an external trigger, e.g. a cytokine or anti-FAS antibody, which leads to cell death or by an internal signal.
  • an external trigger e.g. a cytokine or anti-FAS antibody
  • programmed cell death may also be used interchangeably with “apoptosis”.
  • Apoptosis-related disease refers to a disease whose etiology is related either wholly or partially to the process of apoptosis.
  • the disease may be caused either by a malfunction of the apoptotic process (such as in cancer or an autoimmune disease) or by overactivity of the apoptotic process (such as in certain neurodegenerative diseases).
  • Many diseases in which RTP801L is involved are apoptosis-related diseases.
  • apoptosis is a significant mechanism in dry AMD, whereby slow atrophy of photoreceptor and pigment epithelium cells, primarily in the central (macular) region of retina takes place.
  • Neuroretinal apoptosis is also a significant mechanism in diabetic retinopathy.
  • an “inhibitor” is a compound which is capable of inhibiting the activity of a gene or the product of such gene to an extent sufficient to achieve a desired biological or physiological effect.
  • An “RTP801L inhibitor” is a compound which is capable of inhibiting the activity of the RTP801L gene or RTP801L gene product, particularly the human RTP801L gene or gene product. Such inhibitors include substances that affect the transcription or translation of the gene as well as substances that affect the activity of the gene product.
  • An RTP801L inhibitor may also be an inhibitor of the RTP801L promoter.
  • inhibitors may include, inter alia: polynucleotides such as AS fragments, siRNA, or vectors comprising them; polypeptides such as dominant negatives, antibodies, and enzymes; catalytic RNAs such as ribozymes; and chemical molecules with a low molecular weight e.g. a molecular weight below 2000 daltons. Specific RTP8 OIL inhibitors are given below.
  • “Expression vector” refers to a vector that has the ability to incorporate and express heterologous DNA fragments in a foreign cell. Many prokaryotic and eukaryotic expression vectors are known and/or commercially available. Selection of appropriate expression vectors is within the knowledge of those having skill in the art.
  • antibody refers to IgG, IgM, IgD, IgA, and IgE antibody, inter alia.
  • the definition includes polyclonal antibodies or monoclonal antibodies. This term refers to whole antibodies or fragments of antibodies comprising an antigen-binding domain, e.g. antibodies without the Fc portion, single chain antibodies, miniantibodies, fragments consisting of essentially only the variable, antigen-binding domain of the antibody, etc.
  • antibody may also refer to antibodies against polynucleotide sequences obtained by cDNA vaccination.
  • the term also encompasses antibody fragments which retain the ability to selectively bind with their antigen or receptor and are exemplified as follows, inter alia: (1) Fab, the fragment which contains a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule which can be produced by digestion of whole antibody with the enzyme papain to yield a light chain and a portion of the heavy chain;
  • (Fab') 2 the fragment of the antibody that can be obtained by treating whole antibody with the enzyme pepsin without subsequent reduction
  • F(ab' 2 ) is a dimer of two Fab fragments held together by two disulfide bonds
  • Fv defined as a genetically engineered fragment containing the variable region of the light chain and the variable region of the heavy chain expressed as two chains
  • Single chain antibody defined as a genetically engineered molecule containing the variable region of the light chain and the variable region of the heavy chain linked by a suitable polypeptide linker as a genetically fused single chain molecule.
  • epitopic determinants an antigenic determinant on an antigen to which the antibody binds.
  • Epitopic determinants usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids or sugar side chains and usually have specific three- dimensional structural characteristics, as well as specific charge characteristics.
  • Antibodies which bind to RTP801L or a fragment derived therefrom may be prepared using an intact polypeptide or fragments containing smaller polypeptides as the immunizing antigen. For example, it may be desirable to produce antibodies that specifically bind to the N- or C- terminal or any other suitable domains of the RTP801L.
  • the polypeptide used to immunize an animal can be derived from translated cDNA or chemical synthesis and can be conjugated to a carrier protein, if desired.
  • Such commonly used carriers which are chemically coupled to the polypeptide include keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), thyroglobulin, bovine serum albumin (BSA) and tetanus toxoid. The coupled polypeptide is then used to immunize the animal.
  • polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies can be further purified, for example by binding to and elution from a matrix to which the polypeptide or a peptide to which the antibodies were raised is bound.
  • a matrix to which the polypeptide or a peptide to which the antibodies were raised is bound.
  • Those skilled in the art know various techniques common in immunology for purification and/or concentration of polyclonal as well as monoclonal antibodies (Coligan et al, Unit 9, Current Protocols in Immunology, Wiley Interscience, 1994).
  • the antibodies may be humanized antibodies or human antibodies.
  • Antibodies can be humanized using a variety of techniques known in the art including CDR- grafting (EP239,400: PCT publication WO.91/09967; U.S. patent Nos.5,225,539;5,530,101; and 5,585,089, veneering or resurfacing (EP 592,106; EP 519,596; Padlan, Molecular Immunology 28(4/5):489-498 (1991); Studnicka et al., Protein Engineering 7(6):805-814 (1994); Roguska et al., PNAS 91:969-973 (1994)), and chain shuffling (U.S. Patent No. 5,565,332).
  • the monoclonal antibodies as defined include antibodies derived from one species (such as murine, rabbit, goat, rat, human, etc.) as well as antibodies derived from two (or more) species, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies.
  • Human antibodies are particularly desirable for therapeutic treatment of human patients.
  • Human antibodies can be made by a variety of methods known in the art including phage display methods using antibody libraries derived from human immunoglobulin sequences. See also U.S. Patent Nos. 4,444,887 and 4,716,111; and PCT publications WO 98/46645, WO 98/50433, WO 98/24893, WO 98/16654, WO 96/34096, WO 96/33735, and WO 91/10741, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • Neutralizing antibodies can be prepared by the methods discussed above, possibly with an additional step of screening for neutralizing activity by, for example, a survival assay.
  • chemical compound small molecule
  • chemical molecule small chemical molecule
  • small chemical compound refers to chemical moieties of any particular type which may be synthetically produced or obtained from natural sources and usually have a molecular weight of less than 2000 daltons, less than 1000 daltons or even less than 600 daltons.
  • the present invention also relates to functional nucleic acids comprising a double-stranded structure, their use for the manufacture of a medicament, a pharmaceutical composition comprising such functional nucleic acids and a method for the treatment of a patient.
  • hypoxia has been recognised as a key element in the pathomechanism of quite a number of diseases such as stroke, emphysema and infarct which are associated with sub-optimum oxygen availability and tissue damaging responses to the hypoxia conditions.
  • diseases such as stroke, emphysema and infarct which are associated with sub-optimum oxygen availability and tissue damaging responses to the hypoxia conditions.
  • a sub-optimum oxygen availability is compensated by undesired neo- angiogenesis. Therefore, at least in case of cancer diseases, the growth of vasculature is undesired.
  • VEGF angiogenesis and vascular growth, respectively.
  • some compounds which inhibit undesired angiogenesis and vascular growth.
  • Some of the more prominent compounds are those inhibiting VEGF and the VEGF receptor.
  • the effect of VEGF is avoided by either blocking VEGF as such, for example by using an antibody directed against VEGF such as pursued by Genentech's AVASTIN (monoclonal AB specific for VEGF) (Ferrara N.; Endocr Rev. 2004 Aug;25(4):581-611), or by blocking the corresponding receptor, i. e. the VEGF receptor (Traxler P; Cancer Res. 2004 JuI 15;64(14):4931-41; or Stadler WM et al., Clin Cancer Res. 2004 May 15;10(10):3365-70).
  • angiogenesis and the growth of vasculature is a very basic and vital process in any animal and human being, the effect of this kind of compound has to be focused at the particular site where angiogenesis and vascular growth is actually undesired which renders appropriate targeting or delivery a critical issue in connection with this kind of therapeutic approach.
  • RNA interference refers to the process of sequence-specific post transcriptional gene silencing in mammals mediated by small interfering RNAs (siRNAs) (Fire et al, 1998, Nature 391 . , 806). The corresponding process in plants is commonly referred to as specific post transcriptional gene silencing or RNA silencing and is also referred to as quelling in fungi.
  • RNA interference response may feature an endonuclease complex containing an siRNA, commonly referred to as an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC), which mediates cleavage of single-stranded RNA having sequence complementary to the antisense strand of the siRNA duplex. Cleavage of the target RNA may take place in the middle of the region complementary to the antisense strand of the siRNA duplex (Elbashir et al 2001, Genes Dev., 15, 188). For recent information on these terms and proposed mechanisms, see Bernstein E., Denli AM., Hannon GJ: The rest is silence. RNA.
  • RISC RNA-induced silencing complex
  • RNA-directed RNA polymerase acts as a key catalyst.
  • siRNA molecules which may be used in the present invention are given in Tables A.
  • RNAi has emerged as one of the most efficient methods for inactivation of genes (Nature Reviews, 2002, v.3, p.737-47; Nature, 2002, v.418, ⁇ .244-51). As a method, it is based on the ability of dsRNA species to enter a specific protein complex, where it is then targeted to the complementary cellular RNA and specifically degrades it. In more detail, dsRNAs are digested into short (17-29 bp) inhibitory RNAs (siRNAs) by type III RNAses
  • siRNAs for example Chalk AM, Wahlestedt C, Sonnliammer EL. Improved and automated prediction of effective siRNA Biochem. Biophys. Res. Cornmun. 2004 Jun 18;319(l):264-74; Sioud M, Leirdal M., Potential design rules and enzymatic synthesis of siRNAs, Methods MoI Biol.2004;252:457-69; Levenkova N, Gu Q, Rux JJ.: Gene specific siRNA selector Bioinformatics. 2004 Feb 12;20(3):430-2.
  • RNAi a chemical modification analysis
  • RNA 2003 Sep;9(9): 1034-48 and US Patent Nos.5898031 and 6107094 (Crooke) for production of modified/ more stable siRNAs.
  • DNA-based vectors capable of generating siRNA within cells have been developed.
  • the method generally involves transcription of short hairpin RNAs that are efficiently processed to form siRNAs within cells.
  • These reports describe methods to generate siRNAs capable of specifically targeting numerous endogenously and exogenously expressed genes.
  • siRNAs For delivery of siRNAs, see, for example, Shen et al (FEBS letters 539: 111-114 (2003)), Xia et al., Nature Biotechnology 20: 1006-1010 (2002), Reich et al., Molecular Vision 9: 210-216 (2003), Sorensen et al. (J.Mol.Biol. 327: 761-766 (2003), Lewis et al., Nature Genetics 32: 107- 108 (2002) and Simeoni et al., Nucleic Acids Research 31, 11: 2717-2724 (2003). siRNA has recently been successfully used for inhibition in primates; for further details see Tolentino et al., Retina 24(1) February 2004 pp 132-138.
  • siRNAs of the present invention are siRNAs of the present invention.
  • the oligoribonucleotide according to the present invention comprises modified siRNA.
  • the siRNA comprises an RNA duplex comprising a first strand and a second strand, whereby the first strand comprises a ribonucleotide sequence at least partially complementary to about 18 to about 40 consecutive nucleotides of a target nucleic acid, and the second strand comprises ribonucleotide sequence at least partially complementary to the first strand and wherein said first strand and/or said second strand comprises a plurality of groups of modified ribonucleotides having a modification at the 2'-position of the sugar moiety whereby within each strand each group of modified ribonucleotides is flanked on one or both sides by a group of flanking ribonucleotides whereby each ribonucleotide forming the group of flanking ribonucleotides is selected from an unmodified ribonucleotide or a ribonucle
  • the group of modified ribonucleotides and/or the group of flanking ribonucleotides comprise a number of ribonucleotides selected from the group consisting of an integer from 1 to 10. Accordingly, the group thus comprises one nucleotide, two nucleotides, three nucleotides, four nucleotides, five nucleotides, six nucleotides, seven nucleotides, eight nucleotides, nine nucleotides or ten nucleotides.
  • the groups of modified nucleotides and flanking nucleotides may be organized in a pattern on at least one of the strands.
  • first and second strands comprise a pattern of modified nucleotides.
  • pattern of modified nucleotides of said first strand is identical relative to the pattern of modified nucleotides of the second strand.
  • the pattern of modified nucleotides of said first strand is shifted by one or more nucleotides relative to the pattern of modified nucleotides of the second strand.
  • the middle ribonucleotide in the antisense strand is an unmodified nucleotide.
  • ribonucleotide number 10 is unmodified; in a 21 -oligomer antisense strand, ribonucleotide number 11 is unmodified; and in a 23 -oligomer antisense strand, ribonucleotide number 12 is unmodified.
  • the modifications or pattern of modification, if any, of the siRNA must be planned to allow for this.
  • the modifications on the 2' moiety of the sugar residue include amino, fluoro, methoxy alkoxy, alkyl, amino, fluoro, chloro, bromo, CN, CF, imidazole, caboxylate, thioate, C 1 to C 10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl or aralkyl, OCF 3 , OCN, O-, S-, or N- alkyl; O-, S, or N- alkenyl; SOCH 3 ; SO 2 CH 3 ; ONO 2 ; NO 2 , N 3 ; heterozycloalkyl; heterozyclo alkaryl; aminoalkylamino; polyalkylamino or substituted silyl, as, among others, described in European patents EP O 586 520 Bl or EP O 618 925 Bl.
  • the siRNA is blunt ended, on one or both ends. More specifically, the siRNA may be blunt ended on the end defined by the 5'- terminus of the first strand and the 3'- terminus of the second strand, or the end defined by the 3 '-terminus of the first strand and the 5'- terminus of the second strand.
  • At least one of the two strands may have an overhang of at least one nucleotide at the 5'-terminus; the overhang may consist of at least one deoxyribonucleotide. At least one of the strands may also optionally have an overhang of at least one nucleotide at the 3'- terminus.
  • the overhang may consist of from about 1 to about 4 nucleotides
  • the length of RNA duplex is from about 18 to about 40 ribonucleotides, preferably 19 or 23 ribonucleotides. Further, the length of each strand may independently have a length selected from the group consisting of about 15 to about 40 bases, preferably 18 to 23 bases and more preferably 19, 20 or 21 ribonucleotides.
  • the complementarity between said first strand and the target nucleic acid may be perfect.
  • the strands are substantially complementary, i.e. having one, two or up to three mismatches between said first strand and the target nucleic acid.
  • the first strand and the second strand each comprise at least one group of modified ribonucleotides and at least one group of flanking ribonucleotides, whereby each group of modified ribonucleotides comprises at least one ribonucleotide and whereby each group of flanking ribonucleotides comprises at least one ribonucleotide, wherein each group of modified ribonucleotides of the first strand is aligned with a group of flanking ribonucleotides on the second strand, and wherein the 5' most terminal ribonucleotide is selected from a group of modified ribonucleotides, and the 3' most terminal ribonucleotide of the second strand is a selected from the group of flanking ribonucleotide.
  • each group of modified ribonucleotides consists of a single ribonucleotide and each group of flanking ribon
  • the ribonucleotide forming the group of flanking ribonucleotides on the first strand is an unmodified ribonucleotide arranged in a 3' direction relative to the ribonucleotide forming the group of modified ribonucleotides
  • the ribonucleotide forming the group of modified ribonucleotides on the second strand is a modified ribonucleotide which is arranged in 5' direction relative to the ribonucleotide forming the group of flanking ribonucleotides.
  • the first strand of the siRNA comprises five to about twenty, eight to twelve, preferably nine to eleven, groups of modified ribonucleotides, and the second strand comprises seven to eleven, preferably eight to ten, groups of modified ribonucleotides.
  • the first strand and the second strand may be linked by a loop structure, which may be comprised of a non-nucleic acid polymer such as, inter alia, polyethylene glycol.
  • the loop structure may be comprised of a nucleic acid, including modified and non-modified ribonucleotides and modified and non-modified deoxyribonucleotides.
  • the 5'-terminus of the first strand of the siRNA may be linked to the 3'-tern ⁇ inus of the second strand, or the 3 '-terminus of the first strand may be linked to the 5'-terminus of the second strand, said linkage being via a nucleic acid linker typically having a length between 10-2000 nucleobases, preferably about 3 to about 50 nucleobases.
  • the present invention provides a compound having structure A:
  • each N and N' is a ribonucleotide selected from the group consisting of a modified ribonucleotide or an unmodified ribonucleotide and each of (N) x and (N') y is an oligomer in which each consecutive N or N' is joined to the next N or N' by a covalent bond; wherein each of x and y is an integer between 18 and 40; wherein each of Z and Z' may be present or absent, but if present is dTdT and is covalently attached at the 3' terminus of the strand in which it is present; and wherein the sequence of (N) x comprises an antisense sequence having substantial identity to about 18 to about 40 consecutive ribonucleotides in the mRNA transcribed from the RTP801L gene.
  • the antisense sequence is selected from a sequence presented in Table A. It will be readily understood by those skilled in the art that the compounds of the present invention consist of a plurality of ribonucleotides, which are linked through covalent linkages. Each such covalent linkage may be a phosphodiester linkage, a phosphothioate linkage, or a combination of both, along the length of the ribonucleotide sequence of the individual strand.
  • Other possible backbone modifications are described inter alia in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,587,361; 6,242,589; 6,277,967; 6,326,358; 5,399,676; 5,489,677; and 5,596,086.
  • x and y are independently an integer between about 18 to about 40, preferably from about 19 to about 23.
  • Z and Z' are both absent; in another embodiment one of Z or Z' is present. In one embodiment all of the ribonucleotides of the compound are unmodified in their sugar residues.
  • At least one ribonucleotide is modified in its sugar residue, preferably by the addition of a moiety at the 2' position.
  • a preferred moiety is selected from the group consisting of amino, fluoro, methoxy, alkoxy and alkyl groups.
  • the moiety at the 2' position is methoxy (2'-0-Me).
  • alternating ribonucleotides are modified in both the antisense and the sense strands of the compound.
  • siRNA has been modified such that a 2'-O-methyl (Me) group was present on the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth, seventeenth and nineteenth nucleotide of the antisense strand, whereby the very same modification, i. e. a 2'-0-Me group, was present at the second, fourth, sixth, eighth, tenth, twelfth, fourteenth, sixteenth and eighteenth nucleotide of the sense strand.
  • a 2'-O-methyl (Me) group was present on the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth, seventeenth and nineteenth nucleotide of the antisense strand, whereby the very same modification, i. e. a 2'-0-Me group, was present at the second, fourth, sixth, eighth, tenth, twelfth, fourteenth, sixteenth and eighteenth nucleotide of the sense strand.
  • siRNA compounds are also blunt ended.
  • the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified in their sugar residues, and the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified in their sugar residues.
  • the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are modified in their sugar residues, and the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are unmodified in their sugar residues.
  • the middle nucleotide of the antisense strand is unmodified.
  • the ribonucleic acid sequence is one of Table A, preferably of the sequences having E) No.s 72 and 73.
  • the present invention comprises a compound having the structure
  • alternating ribonucleotides in the antisense and the sense strands are modified to result in a 2'-O-methyl modification in the sugar residue of the ribonucleotides; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified to result in the 2'-O-methyl modification; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified; and wherein the antisense and the sense strands are non- phosphorylated at the 3' and 5' termini.
  • alternating ribonucleotides in the antisense and the sense strands are modified to result in a 2'-O-methyl modification in the sugar residue of the ribonucleotides; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified to result in the 2'-O-methyl modification; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified; and wherein the antisense and the sense strands are phosphorylated at the 3' termini.
  • alternating ribonucleotides in the antisense and the sense strands are modified to result in a 2'-O-methyl modification in the sugar residue of the ribonucleotides; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified to result in the 2'-O-methyl modification; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified; and wherein the antisense and the sense strands are phosphorylated at the 3 ' termini.
  • the present invention comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising any one of the above compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the antisense and the sense strands of the siRNA are phosphorylated only at the 3 '-terminus and not at the 5 '-terminus.
  • the antisense and the sense strands are non- phosphorylated.
  • the 5' most ribonucleotide in the sense strand is modified to abolish any possibility of in vivo 5'- phosphorylation.
  • the invention further provides a vector capable of expressing any of the aforementioned oligoribonucleotides in unmodified form in a cell after which appropriate modification may be made.
  • the cell is a mammalian cell, preferably a human cell.
  • the compounds of the present invention may be administered as the raw chemical, it is preferable to present them as a pharmaceutical composition.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more of the compounds of the invention; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This composition may comprise a mixture of two or more different siRNAs.
  • the invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of the invention covalently or non-covalently bound to one or more compounds of the invention in an amount effective to inhibit the the RTP801L gene; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compound may be processed intracellularly by endogenous cellular complexes to produce one or more oligoribonucleo tides of the invention.
  • the invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and one or more of the compounds of the invention in an amount effective to down-regulate expression in a cell of the human RTP801L gene of the present invention, the compound comprising a sequence substantially complementary to the sequence of (N) x
  • substantially complementary refers to complementarity of greater than about 84% to another sequence.
  • substantially identical refers to identity of greater than about 84%, to another sequence.
  • the invention provides a method of down-regulating the expression of the RTP801L gene by at least 50% as compared to a control comprising contacting an mRNA transcript of the RTP801L gene with one or more of the compounds of the invention.
  • the oligoribonucleotide is down-regulating the RTP801L gene, whereby the down-regulation is selected from the group comprising down-regulation of gene function, down- regulation of polypeptide and down-regulation of mRNA expression.
  • the compound is down-regulating the RTP 80 IL polypeptide, whereby the down-regulation is selected from the group comprising down-regulation of function (which may be examined by an enzymatic assay or a binding assay with a known interactor of the native gene / polypeptide, inter alia), down-regulation of protein (which may be examined by Western blotting, ELISA or immuno-precipitation, inter alia) and down-regulation of mRNA expression (which may be examined by Northern blotting, quantitative RT-PCR, in-situ hybridization or microarray hybridisation, inter alia).
  • the invention provides a method of treating a patient suffering from a disease accompanied by an elevated level of RTP801L, the method comprising administering to the patient a compound of the invention in a therapeutically effective dose thereby treating the patient.
  • the invention provides an oligoribonucleotide wherein one strand comprises consecutive nucleotides having, from 5' to 3', the sequence set forth in Table A, or a homolog thereof wherein in up to two of the ribonucleotides in each terminal region is altered.
  • the terminal region of the oligoribonucleotide refers to bases 1-4 and/or 16-19 in the 19-mer sequence and to bases 1-4 and/or 18-21 in the 21-mer sequence.
  • the invention provides oligoribonucleotides wherein one strand comprises consecutive nucleotides having, from 5' to 3', the sequence set forth in Table A or a homolog thereof wherein in up to two of the ribonucleotides in each terminal region is altered.
  • the siRNA is either phosphorylated at 3' termini of both sense and anti-sense strands, or non-phosphorylated at all (both phosphorylated and non- phosphorylated molecules have similar activity); or having the 5' most ribonucleotide in the on the sense strand specifically modified to abolish any possibility of in vivo 5'-phosphorylation.
  • the alternating ribonucleotides are modified at the 2' position of the sugar residue in both the antisense and the sense strands, wherein the moiety at the 2' position is methoxy (2'-O-methyl) and wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified in their sugar residues, and the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified in their sugar residues.
  • nucleic acids according to the present invention comprise at least 14 contiguous nucleotides of any one of the polynucleotides in Table A and more preferably 14 contiguous nucleotide base pairs at any end of the double-stranded structure comprised of the first strand and second strand as described above. Additionally, further nucleic acids according to the present invention comprise at least 14 contiguous nucleotides of any one of the sequences of Table A, and more preferably 14 contiguous nucleotide base pairs at any end of the double-stranded structure comprised of the first stretch and second stretch as described above.
  • An additional aspect of the present invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the above structure (A) for the treatment of any of the diseases and conditions mentioned herein.
  • this aspect provides for a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising two or more compounds of the above structure (A) for the treatment of any of the diseases and conditions mentioned herein, whereby said two compounds may be physically mixed together in the pharmaceutical composition in amounts which generate equal or otherwise beneficial activity, or may be covalently or non-covalently bound, or joined together by a nucleic acid linker of a length ranging from 2-100, preferably 2-50 or 2-30 nucleotides.
  • siRNA molecules are therefore comprised of a double-stranded nucleic acid structure as described herein, whereby two siRNA sequences selected from Table A, optionally siRNA Nos: 72 and 73 are covalently or non-covalently bound or joined by a linker to form a tandem siRNA molecule.
  • tandem siRNA molecules comprising two siRNA sequences would typically be of 38-150 nucleotides in length, more preferably 38 or 40- 60 nucleotides in length, and longer accordingly if more than two siRNA sequences are included in the tandem molecule.
  • a longer tandem molecule comprised of two or more longer sequences which encode siRNA produced via internal cellular processing, e.g., long dsRNAs, is also envisaged, as is a tandem molecule encoding two or more shRNAs.
  • tandem molecules are also considered to be a part of the present invention, and further information concerning them is given below.
  • Said combined or tandem structures have the advantage that toxicity and/or off-target effects of each siRNA are minimized, while the efficacy is increased.
  • siRNA used in the Examples has been such modified such that a 2' O-Me group was present on the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth, seventeenth and nineteenth nucleotide of the antisense strand, whereby the very same modification, i. e. a 2'- O-Me group was present at the second, fourth, sixth, eighth, tenth, twelfth, fourteenth, sixteenth and eighteenth nucleotide of the sense strand.
  • the first stretch is identical to the first strand and the second stretch is identical to the second strand and these nucleic acids are also blunt ended.
  • the terminal region of the oligonucleotide refers to bases 1-4 and/or 16-19 in the 19-mer sequences (Table A below).
  • siRNAs used in the present invention are oligoribonucleotides wherein one strand comprises consecutive nucleotides having, from 5' to 3', the sequence set forth SEQ DD NOS: 928-1852 (antisense strands) or a homolog thereof wherein in up to 2 of the nucleotides in each terminal region a base is altered.
  • the first strand of the siRNA comprises a sequence of at least 14 contiguous nucleotides of an oligonucleotide, whereby such oligonucleotide is selected from the group comprising SEQ. ED. Nos. 3-1852, optionally from the group comprising the oligoribonucleotides of having the sequence of any of the serial numbers 72 and 73 of Table A.
  • Additional specifications of the siRNA molecules used in the present invention may provide an oligoribonucleotide wherein the dinucleotide dTdT is covalently attached to the 3' terminus, and/or in at least one nucleotide a sugar residue is modified, possibly with a modification comprising a 2'-O-methyl modification.
  • the 2' OH group may be replaced by a group or moiety selected from the group comprising -H-OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -NH 2 , and F.
  • the preferable compounds of the present invention as disclosed above may be phosphorylated or non-phosphorylated, and both have essentially equal activity.
  • the siRNA used in the present invention may be an oligoribonucleotide wherein in alternating nucleotides modified sugars are located in both strands.
  • the oligoribonucleotide may comprise one of the sense strands wherein the sugar is unmodified in the terminal 5 'and 3' nucleotides, or one of the antisense strands wherein the sugar is modified in the terminal 5 'and 3' nucleotides.
  • a nucleic acid comprising a double-stranded structure which is specific for RTP801L is a suitable means of inhibiting angiogenesis/ growth of vasculature and vascular leakage, (both from the existing vasculature and from growing vasculature). Additionally, this application discloses (without being bound by theory) that RTP801L being a stress-inducible protein (induced by hypoxia, oxidative stress, thermal stress, ER stress) is a factor acting in fine- tuning of cell response to energy disbalance. Thus inhibition of RTP801L by such double-stranded nucleic acid is suitable for treatment of any disease where cells should be rescued from apoptosis due to stressful conditions (e.g.
  • the double-stranded nucleic acid according to the present invention may be effective alone in cancer treatment (monotherapy) and also as a supplementary therapy.
  • the nucleic acid according to the present invention is preferably a functional nucleic acid.
  • the term functional nucleic acid preferably means a nucleic acid the function of which is different from being active in the cell as a template for the transcription of any hnRNA, mRNA, or any other transcription product, whereby either said hnRNA, mRNA or any other transcription product, respectively, or the nucleic acid according to the present invention is subject to a translation process, preferably a cellular translation process, resulting in a biologically active RTP801L protein. It is to be acknowledged that a functional nucleic acid as preferably used herein is capable of reducing the expression of a target nucleic acid.
  • a most preferred form of the functional nucleic acid is an siRNA molecule or any further molecule having the same effect as an siRNA molecule.
  • Such further molecule is selected from the group comprising siRNAs, synthetic siRNAs, shRNAs and synthetic shRNAs.
  • siRNAs may additionally comprise expression vector derived siRNAs, whereby the expression vector is in a preferred embodiment a virus such as Adenoviruses, Adenoassociated viruses, Herpes viruses and Lentiviruses.
  • shRNA preferably means short hairpin RNAs.
  • Such shRNA can be made synthetically or can be generated using vector encoded expression systems, preferably using RNA polymerase III promoters.
  • the functional nucleic acid according to the present invention is directed to RTP 80 IL which is also preferably referred to herein as the target and the nucleic acid coding for said target as the target nucleic acid.
  • the double-stranded structure of the nucleic acid according to the present invention comprises any double-stranded structure, whereby such double-stranded structure is preferably generated by the first stretch and the second stretch provided by the nucleic acid having the basic design.
  • the double-stranded structure may comprise one or several mismatches.
  • Such double-stranded structure is formed by Watson-Crick-base pairing and/or Hoogsteen base pairing and/or similar base pairing mechanisms.
  • one stretch is in antisense orientation to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L or a part thereof, whereas the other stretch is in the sense orientation to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L or a part thereof. Because of this, one stretch is complementary to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L or a part thereof, and the other stretch is identical to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L or a part thereof.
  • the term identical means also partially identical, whereby the identity, expressed as homology, is at least 80%, preferably 90%, more preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100%. Similar to the definition of identity, complementarity can be defined in terms of homology, whereby such homology is of the same range as the identity if the complementary strand would be translated into the identical strand according to Watson-Crick base pairing rules.
  • one stretch is identical to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L or a part thereof and the other stretch is complementary to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801 L or a part thereof.
  • the nucleic acid according to the present invention is down- regulating RTP801L function.
  • Down-regulation of RTP801L function preferably happens by reduction in the level of expression at the protein level and/or the mRNA level, whereby such reduced level of expression, preferably at the protein level, can be as little as 5% and be as high as 100%, with reference to an expression under conditions where the nucleic acid according to the present invention is not administered or is not functionally active.
  • Such conditions are preferably the conditions of or as present in an expression system, preferably an expression system for RTP801L.
  • Such expression system is preferably a translation system which can be an in vitro translation system, more preferably a cell, organ and/or organism.
  • the organism is a multicellular organism, more preferably a mammal, whereby such mammal is preferably selected from the group comprising man, monkey, mouse, rat, guinea pig, rabbit, cat, dog, sheep, cow, horse, cattle and pig.
  • said down-regulation may be a function of time, i. e. the down-regulation effect is not necessarily observed immediately upon administration or functional activation of the nucleic acids according to the present invention, but may be deferred in time as well as in space, i. e. in various cells, tissues and/or organs. Such deferment may range from 5%-100%, preferably 10 to 50%.
  • a 5 % reduction for a longer time period might be as effective as a 100% reduction over a shorter time period. It will also be acknowledged by the ones skilled in the art that such deferment strongly depends on the particular functional nucleic acid actually used, as well as on the target cell population and thus, ultimately, on the disease to be treated and/or prevented according to the technical teaching of the present application. Insofar, a 5 % reduction over a longer time period might be as effective as 100% reduction over a shorter time period. It will also be acknowledged by the ones skilled in the art that the deferment can occur at any level as outlined above, i.e. a deferment in function, whereby such function is any function exhibited by RTP801L, a deferment in protein expression or a deferment at mRNA expression level.
  • the first stretch comprises at least 14 nucleotides, preferably 14 contiguous nucleotides. It will be acknowledged by the one skilled in the art that the first stretch should have a length which is suitable to allow for specifically addressing a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L and more specifically the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L as present in the translation system where the expression of RTP801L is to be reduced. Again without wishing to be bound by any theory or any mode of action of the nucleic acid according to the present invention, it seems that there is an interaction between the nucleic acid according to the present invention and the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L, preferably at the transcript level, i. e.
  • the length of the first stretch should thus be as long as to make sure that, under the assumption that some kind of base pairing between the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L and one of the strands of the nucleic acid according to the present invention actually occurs, only the sequence coding for RTP801L but no other coding sequence, preferably no other essential coding sequence, of the genome or the transcriptome is addressed for or by such base pairing.
  • this length the occurrence of off-target effects can be reduced and preferably eliminated.
  • the first stretch preferably has a length of at least 18 or 19 nucleotides.
  • the upper limit for the length of the first stretch is preferably less than 50 nucleotides, however, the length can be significantly longer and can comprise 100, 200 or even 500 nucleotides or any length in-between.
  • one skilled in the art will prefer to have a rather short first stretch, particularly in case the nucleic acid according to the present invention is chemically synthesised as the shorter the sequence is, the less time and material consuming the synthesis thereof will be and the lower will be the rate at which incorrect nucleotides are inserted into the respective sequence.
  • Another factor which is to be taken into consideration in connection with fixing the length of the first stretch is the fact that, typically at a length beyond 50 or more nucleotides, an unspecific interferon response may be observed. It depends on the particular condition to be treated whether this kind of unspecific interferon response is to be tolerated or not. For example, an interferon response could be tolerated if the interferon response and/or the expression of the interferon genes can be limited to the pathogenic cells.
  • more preferred lengths of the first stretch are from about 14 to 40 nucleotides, 18 to 30 nucleotides, 19 to 27 nucleotides, 21 to 25 nucleotides and 19 to 23 nucleotides.
  • first stretch is applicable to the second stretch which may thus comprise any length as described herein in connection with the first stretch. It is also within the present invention that the length of the first stretch is different from the length of the second stretch, however, it is preferred that both stretches have the same length.
  • the first stretch and second stretch are parts of the first strand and second strand, respectively, of the nucleic acid according to the present invention. It will be acknowledged that at either end, i. e. at the 5' end as well as the 3' end the first strand and/or second strand may comprise one or several nucleotides, preferably additional nucleotides, at any combination.
  • nucleotides of the individual strand going beyond the end(s) of the stretch corresponding to the respective strand can be used to further contribute to the complementarity and identity, respectively, of the stretch and thus to the specific addressing of the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L.
  • the nucleic acid according to the present invention can address any part of the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L, preferably coding for RTP801L in the translation system where the expression of RTP801L is to be reduced.
  • the present invention comprises any nucleic acid having the characteristics as defined herein, whereby the complementary and identical strands and stretches of the nucleic acid according to the present invention can basically start from any nucleotide of the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L. Accordingly, under the proviso that the first stretch of the nucleic acid according to the present invention is complementary to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L, i.
  • the first nucleotide of said stretch i. e. the most 5' terminal nucleotide corresponds, i. e. aligns to the last nucleotide of the sequence coding for RTP801L at the 3' end.
  • such most 5' terminal nucleotide corresponds to the penultimate nucleotide of the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L and so on until the last position is reached which, given the length of the antisense stretch, still allows that the antisense strand of the nucleic acid according to the present invention is complementary to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L.
  • any nucleic acid according to the present invention is within the present invention which could be generated by scanning the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L starting from the most 5' terminal nucleotide thereof and laying over the basic design of the nucleic acid according to the present invention and realising the characteristics for such nucleic acid according to the present invention.
  • the same considerations are applicable to the embodiments disclosed herein where the complementarity and identity of the nucleic acid according to the present invention is not only provided by the first stretch and second stretch, respectively, but such complementarity and identity also involves one or more nucleotides beyond the first stretch and second stretch, respectively, then being part of the first strand and second strand, respectively.
  • nucleic acids according to the present invention which can be used in both human and an animal model such as rat and/or mouse and /or chinchilla are particularly useful.
  • the surprising advantage of these particular nucleic acids according to the present invention resides in the fact that they are effective both in human and in an animal model which means that the test results obtained in the animal model can be immediately transferred from the animal model to the human being and more particularly without the necessity to make any changes to the human sequence which would otherwise become necessary in case the nucleic acid according to the present invention was designed such as to comprise (a) sequence(s) which differ(s) between the species, more particularly the species used for animal model testing and man as the ultimate preferred organisms or patient. It is further preferred that these nucleic acids have a modification pattern as also described in the examples.
  • any of the sequences according to SEQ. TD. NOs. 3-1852 and respective combinations resulting in the nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention only partially contained in a further nucleic acid according to the present invention.
  • the further nucleic acids according to the present invention comprise at least 14 contiguous nucleotides of the SEQ. ID. NO.s 3-1852, and more preferably 14 contiguous nucleotide base pairs at any end of the double-stranded structure comprised of the first stretch and second stretch as outlined in the preceding table.
  • the first stretch and the first strand have the same length.
  • the second strand has the same length as the second stretch, whereby it is even more preferred that the first stretch and the second stretch have the same length.
  • the first strand only comprises the first stretch and the second strand only comprises the second stretch.
  • neither the first stretch, and thus the first strand, nor the second stretch, and thus the second strand comprise an overhang.
  • the double-stranded nucleic acids according to the present invention are blunt ended, preferably at each end of the double-stranded structure of the nucleic acids according to the present invention.
  • Such blunt ended structure can be realized in connection with any other embodiments of the nucleic acids according to the present invention, particularly those embodiments where the nucleic acids according to the present invention have a modification pattern, more preferably a modification pattern as described herein.
  • the nucleic acid according to the present invention has thus a basic design which provides for blunt ends at both ends of the double-stranded structure of the nucleic acid according to the present invention.
  • there is a overhang i. e. a stretch of one or more nucleotides protruding from the double-stranded structure.
  • the overhang can be, in principle, at the 5' end of the antisense strand, at the 3' end of the antisense strand, at the 5' end of the sense strand and/or the 3' end of the sense strand. It is to be noted that realising any single of said options as well as any combination thereof is within the present invention. More preferred is a combination, whereby the overhang is located at the 3' end of the antisense strand and at the 3' end of the sense strand. It is also within the present invention that the overhang is at the 5' end of the antisense strand and at the 5' end of the sense strand. Furthermore it is within the present invention that the overhang is located only at the antisense strand of double-stranded structure, more preferably at the 3' end of the antisense strand of the double-stranded structure.
  • the overhang plus the stretch preferably form the strand and the lengths provided for the stretches herein apply also to these embodiments.
  • the individual overhang can, independent of its location, consist of at least one nucleotide. However, the individual overhang can comprise as many as 10 and is preferably two nucleotides long.
  • the respective nucleotide(s) forming the overhang(s) is/are also complementary to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L in case of the first strand being complementary to said nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L, and the overhang being at the 3' or 5' end of the antisense strand, or that the overhang(s) is/are identical to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L in case the first strand is identical to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L.
  • any overhang located at the second stretch of the basic design of the nucleic acid according to the present invention whereby it is to be acknowledged that the overhang design at the second stretch can be independent from the overhang design of the first stretch.
  • the overhang forming nucleotides are neither complementary nor identical to the corresponding nucleotides of the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L.
  • "corresponding" means the respective nucleotides which follow at the 5' end and/or the 3' end of the stretch having a nucleotide counterpart on the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L.
  • the first strand comprises at its 3' end two nucleotides, preferably deoxynucleotides and more preferably two TT and/or this kind of nucleotides also at the 3' end of the second strand, whereby more preferably the length of the first stretch and the second stretch is 19 nucleotides.
  • the strands are thus comprised of the stretch and the overhang.
  • the double-stranded structure consists of 19 base pairs and an overhang of two nucleotides at each end of 3' end of the individual stretch.
  • the first stretch and/or the first strand comprise(s) ribonucleotides, whereby it is particularly preferred that the first stretch consists in its entirety of ribonucleotides.
  • each and any of the nucleotides of the first stretch and second stretch, respectively is modified in a preferred embodiment.
  • the terminal nucleotides irrespective whether they are ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides, can have an OH-group which as such can be modified.
  • Such OH-group may stem from either the sugar moiety of the nucleotide, more preferably from the 5 'position in case of the 5 'OH-group and/or from the 3 'position in case of the 3 'OH-group, or from a phosphate group attached to the sugar moiety of the respective terminal nucleotide.
  • the phosphate group may in principle be attached to any OH-group of the sugar moiety of the nucleotide.
  • the phosphate group is attached to the 5 'OH-group of the sugar moiety in case of the free 5 'OH-group and/or to the 3 'OH-group of the sugar moiety in case of the free
  • end modification means a chemical entity added to the most 5' or 3' nucleotide of the first and/or second strand.
  • examples for such end modifications include, but are not limited to, 3' or 5' phosphate, inverted (deoxy) abasics, amino, fluoro, chloro, bromo, CN, CF, methoxy, imidazole, caboxylate, thioate, C 1 to C 10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl or aralkyl, OCF 3 , OCN, O-, S-, or N-alkyl; O-, S-, or N-alkenyl; SOCH 3 ; SO 2 CH 3 ; ONO 2 ; NO 2 , N 3 ; heterocycloalkyl; heterocycloalkaryl; aminoalkylamino; polyalkylamino or substituted silyl, as, among others,
  • alkyl or any term comprising "alkyl” preferably means any carbon atom chain comprising 1 to 12, preferably 1 to 6 and more, preferably 1 to 2 C atoms.
  • a further end modification is a biotin group.
  • biotin group may preferably be attached to either the most 5' or the most 3' nucleotide of the first and/or second strand or to both ends.
  • the biotin group is coupled to a polypeptide or a protein. It is also within the scope of the present invention that the polypeptide or protein is attached through any of the other aforementioned end modifications.
  • the polypeptide or protein may confer further characteristics to the nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention. Among others the polypeptide or protein may act as a ligand to another molecule. If said other molecule is a receptor the receptor's function and activity may be activated by the binding ligand.
  • the receptor may show an internalization activity which allows an effective transfection of the ligand bound nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention.
  • An example for the ligand to be coupled to the inventive nucleic acid molecule is VEGF and the corresponding receptor is the VEGF receptor.
  • RNAi of the present invention having different kinds of end modification(s) are presented in the following Table 1.
  • the various end modifications as disclosed herein are preferably located at the ribose moiety of a nucleotide of the nucleic acid according to the present invention. More particularly, the end modification may be attached to or replace any of the OH-groups of the ribose moiety, including but not limited to the 2 'OH, 3 'OH and 5 'OH position, provided that the nucleotide thus modified is a terminal nucleotide.
  • Inverted abasics are nucleotides, either desoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides which do not have a nucleobase moiety.
  • RNAi any of the aforementioned end modifications may be used in connection with the various embodiments of RNAi depicted in Table 1; it is to be noted that the 5' end modifications mentioned above are usually only present in the sense strand of the siRNA molecule Further modifications can be related to the nucleobase moiety, the sugar moiety or the phosphate moiety of the individual nucleotide.
  • Such modification of the nucleobase moiety can be such that the derivatives of adenine, guanine, cytosine and thymidine and uracil, respectively, are modified.
  • Particularly preferred modified nucleobases are selected from the group comprising inosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine,
  • the sugar moiety of the nucleotide is modified, whereby such modification preferably is at the 2' position of the ribose and desoxyribose moiety, respectively, of the nucleotide.
  • the 2' OH group is replaced by a group or moiety selected from the group comprising amino, fluoro, alkoxy and alkyl.
  • alkoxy is either methoxy or ethoxy.
  • alkyl means methyl, ethyl, propyl, isobutyl, butyl and isobutyl. It is even more preferred that, regardless of the type of modification, the nucleotide is preferably a ribonucleotide.
  • the modification of the phosphate moiety is preferably selected from the group comprising phosphothioates.
  • nucleic acid of the present invention which consists of a multitude of nucleotides may thus be formed by nucleotides which are linked through a phosphodiester linkage or through a phosphothioate linkage, or a combination of both along the length of the nucleotide sequence of the individual strand and stretch, respectively.
  • a further form of nucleotides used may be siNA which is, among others, described in international patent application WO 03/070918.
  • the nucleotides forming the first stretch and first strand, respectively, of the nucleic acid according to the present invention can comprise one or more modified nucleotides, whereby the individual modified nucleotide has a modification which is preferably a modification as disclosed herein.
  • the modification can be or comprise some sort of label, whereby the label is selected from the group chemilurm ' nescent labels, fluorescent labels and radio labels.
  • These kinds of labels are known to the one skilled in the art and, e. g., described in Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, Baltimore, Maryland, 1998.
  • the thus labelled nucleic acid according to the present invention may be used also for diagnostic purposes or for monitoring the site of action as well as for the staging of any treatment, preferably related to any of the diseases disclosed herein.
  • the nucleic acid according to the present invention is modified such that the pyrimidine nucleotides in the sense stretch or strand are 2' O-methyl pyrimidine nucleotides and, either additionally or alternatively, the purine nucleotides in the sense stretch or strand are 2'-deoxypurine nucleotides, hi a further embodiment the pyrimidine nucleotides present in the sense stretch or sense strand are 2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides.
  • the modification is not based on the chemistry of the nucleotide, i. e. the modification depends on whether the nucleotide to be modified is either a purine nucleotide or a pyrimidine nucleotide, but is predominantly based on the individual nucleotide's spatial arrangement in the overall double-stranded structure of the basic design of the nucleic acid according to the present invention.
  • first strand and first stretch, respectively, or the second strand and second stretch, respectively show a spatial pattern of modification of the nucleotides forming said stretches and strands, respectively.
  • Focusing on the first stretch first there is a pattern of groups of modified nucleotides and groups of non-modified nucleotides. These groups of non-modified nucleotides are also referred to herein as flanking groups of nucleotides. More preferably, the pattern consists of groups of modified nucleotides and non-modified nucleotides. Even more preferably, the pattern is a regular pattern and even more preferably an alternating pattern along the length of the first stretch of the nucleic acid according to the present invention.
  • the group of modified nucleotides may either consist of one or of several nucleotides which are modified and which are preferably nucleotides which are modified at the 2' position, i. e. have a modification at the sugar moiety. More preferably, this modification is a 2'-0-Me modification.
  • the group of non-modified nucleotides may either consist of one or of several nucleotides which are either not modified, whereby the not-modified nucleotides are preferably ribonucleotides, or the not modified nucleotides are nucleotides having a modification, whereby such modification is different from the modification shown by the nucleotides forming the group of modified nucleotides. Even more preferably, the not modified nucleotides are ribonucleotides. It is to be noted that the term not modified and non-modified nucleotide are used in an interchangeable manner if not indicated to the contrary.
  • the first stretch of the nucleic acid according to the present invention may either start with a group of modified nucleotides or start with a group of non-modified nucleotides as defined herein. However, it is preferred that the first stretch starts with a group of modified nucleotides. Most preferably, the group of modified nucleotides consists of a single nucleotide. In connection with this embodiment the first stretch is preferably in antisense orientation to the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L. It is also within the present invention that the modification as exhibited by the nucleotides forming the group of modified nucleotides is the same for all groups of modified nucleotides present on the first stretch. However, it is also within the present invention that some group of modified nucleotides have a different modification than one or several groups of modified nucleotides present on the first stretch.
  • the second strand of the nucleic acid according to the present invention On the second strand of the nucleic acid according to the present invention, a pattern as described for the first stretch can also be realised.
  • the same characteristics as described in connection with the first stretch can be realized in an embodiment on the second stretch as well, whereby it is preferred that, under the proviso that the second stretch is in sense orientation relative to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L, the second strand of the nucleic acid according to the present invention starts with a group of non-modified nucleotides.
  • the nucleic acid according to the present invention comprising a double-stranded structure may comprise a first stretch having the modification pattern as described herein.
  • the double-stranded nucleic acid according to the present invention may comprise a second stretch having the modification pattern as outlined above. It is, however, most preferred that the double- stranded nucleic acid according to the present invention consists of a first stretch and a second stretch, whereby both the first stretch and the second stretch have a spatial modification pattern as described herein.
  • the characteristics of the spatial modification pattern is the same on both stretches in terms of size of the groups of modified nucleotides and groups of non- modified nucleotides and the kind of modifications actually used.
  • the spatial pattern of modification on the first stretch is shifted such that a group of modified nucleotides on the first stretch is opposing a group of non-modified nucleotides on the second stretch and vice versa.
  • the patterns are exactly aligned, i. e.
  • a group of modified nucleotides on the first stretch is opposing a group of non-modified nucleotides
  • on the second stretch and a group of non-modified nucleotides on the first stretch is opposing a group of non-modified nucleotides on the second stretch.
  • the spatial pattern of modification on the first stretch and the second stretch is shifted relative to each other so that only a first portion of a group of modified nucleotides on one stretch is opposing a portion of a group of non-modified nucleotides on the other stretch, whereas the second portion of the group of modified nucleotides is opposing another group of modified nucleotides.
  • the disclosure provided herein on the spatial modification pattern of the stretch(es) of the nucleic acid according to the present invention applies also to the strand(s) of the nucleic acid according to the present invention.
  • the stretches of the nucleic acid comprise the spatial modification pattern and the strands comprise such stretches and one or more overhang(s) as disclosed herein.
  • the phosphate group is a phosphate group as defined herein.
  • the nucleic acid according to the present invention may exhibit a linker connecting the first and the second strand.
  • linker is preferably a polymer.
  • the polymer can be any synthetic or natural polymer. Possible synthetic linkers are, among others, PEG or a polynucleotide. Such linker is preferably designed such as to allow the either partial or complete folding back of the first stretch onto the second stretch and vice versa.
  • nucleic acid according to the present invention is a synthetic one, a chemically synthesised one, an isolated one, or one derived from any natural sources such as, for example, prepared by means " of recombinant technology.
  • any modification as disclosed herein can be introduced either prior, during or subsequent to the preparation of the respective nucleic acid according to the present invention as known to the ones skilled in the art.
  • the vector according to the present invention comprises a nucleic acid according to the present invention. Additionally, the vector may include elements to control targeting, expression and transcription of said nucleic acid in a cell selective manner as is known in the art.
  • the plasmid can include a promoter for controlling transcription of the heterologous material, i. e. the nucleic acid according to the present invention, and can be either a constitutive or an inducible promoter to allow selective transcription. Enhancers that may be required to obtain necessary transcription levels can optionally be included. Enhancers are generally any non-translated DNA sequences which work contiguously with the coding sequence, thus in cis, to change the basal transcription level dictated by the promoter.
  • constructs are known to the one skilled in the art and may be done, e. g., by providing a respective tandem construct or by having different promoters transcribing for the first and second strand and first and second stretch, respectively, of the nucleic acid according to the present invention.
  • nucleic acid according to the present invention When the nucleic acid according to the present invention is manufactured or expressed, preferably expressed in vivo, more preferably in a patient who is in need of the nucleic acid according to the present invention, such manufacture or expression preferably uses an expression vector, preferably a mammalian expression vector.
  • Expression vectors are known in the art and preferably comprise plasmids, cosmids, viral expression systems.
  • Preferred viral expression systems include, but are not limited to, adenovirus, retrovirus and lentivirus.
  • Suitable methods comprise, among others, transfection, lipofection, electroporation and infection with recombinant viral vectors.
  • an additional feature of the vector is in one embodiment an expression limiting feature such as a promoter and regulatory element, respectively, that are specific for the desired cell type thus allowing the expression of the nucleic acid sequence according to the present invention only once the background is provided which allows the desired expression.
  • the present invention is related to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid according to the present invention and/or a vector according to the present invention and, optionally, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or adjuvants or other vehicle(s).
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluents, adjuvants and vehicles are inert, and non-toxic.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in its various embodiments adapted for administration in various ways. Such administration comprises systemic and local administration as well as oral, subcutaneous, parenteral, intravenous, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraperitonial, intranasal, and intrategral.
  • the amount of the pharmaceutical composition and the respective nucleic acid and vector, respectively depends on the clinical condition of the individual patient, the site and method of administration, scheduling of administration, patient age, sex, bodyweight and other factors known to medical practitioners.
  • the pharmaceutically effective amount for purposes of prevention and/or treatment is thus determined by such considerations as are known in the medical arts.
  • the amount is effective to achieve improvement including but limited to improve the diseased condition or to provide for a more rapid recovery, improvement or elimination of symptoms and other indicators as are selected as appropriate measures by those skilled in the medical arts.
  • the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention may comprise other pharmaceutically active compounds.
  • such other pharmaceutically active compounds are selected from the group comprising compounds which allow for uptake intracellular cell delivery, compounds which allow for endosomal release, compounds which allow for, longer circulation time and compounds which allow for targeting of endothelial cells or pathogenic cells.
  • Preferred compounds for endosomal release are chloroquine, and inhibitors of ATP dependent H + pumps.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is preferably formulated so as to provide for a single dosage administration or a multi-dosage administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention can be used for any disease which involves undesired development or growth of vasculature including angiogenesis, as well as any of the diseases and conditions described herein.
  • these kind of diseases are tumor diseases.
  • tumor diseases the following tumors are most preferred: endometrial cancer, colorectal carcinomas, gliomas, endometrial cancers, adenocarcinomas, endometrial hyperplasias, Cowden's syndrome, hereditary non- polyposis colorectal carcinoma, Li-Fraumene's syndrome, breast-ovarian cancer, prostate cancer (AH, I. U., Journal of the National Cancer Institute, Vol. 92, no.
  • Bannayan-Zonana syndrome LDD (Lhe ⁇ nitte-Duklos' syndrome) (Macleod, K., supra) hamartoma-macrocephaly diseases including Cow disease (CD) and Bannayan-Ruvalcaba-Rily syndrome (BRR), mucocutaneous lesions (e. g. trichilemmonmas), macrocephaly, mental retardation, gastrointestinal harmatomas, lipomas, thyroid adenomas, fibrocystic disease of the breast, cerebellar dysplastic gangliocytoma and breast and thyroid malignancies (Vazquez, F., Sellers, W. R., supra).
  • any of the tumor disease to be treated with the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention is preferably a late stage tumor disease.
  • the tumor disease involves cells which are tumor suppressor negative, whereby more preferably the tumor suppressor is PTEN.
  • the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention can also be used in a method for preventing and/or treating a disease as disclosed herein, whereby the method comprises the administration of a nucleic acid according to the present invention, a vector according to the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition or medicament according to the present invention for any of the diseases described herein.
  • the present invention is related to a method for designing or screening a nucleic acid which is suitable to down-regulate RTP801L, more particularly to down-regulate RTP801L function.
  • This method comprises the use of a nucleic acid sequence as disclosed herein and the assessment of such nucleic acid in a suitable assay.
  • a suitable assay is known in the art and, for example, described in the example part of this application.
  • a double- stranded nucleic acid is designed, preferably according to the design principles as laid down herein, which is suitable to down-regulate RTP801L, preferably in connection with a post transcriptional gene silencing mechanism such as RNA interference. Also the thus obtained, i. e.
  • nucleic acid is assessed in the respective assay and the result, i. e. the effect of both the nucleic acid according to the present invention as well as the newly designed or screened nucleic acid in such assay compared.
  • the designed or screened nucleic acid is more suitable in case it is either more stable or more effective, preferably both. It will be acknowledged that the method will be particularly effective if any of the nucleic acids according to the present invention is used as a starting point.
  • new nucleic acid molecules will be designed based on the principles disclosed herein, whereby the target sequence on the RTP801L mRNA will be slightly shifted relative to the target sequence on the RTP801L mRNA for the corresponding nucleic acid according to the present invention.
  • the new nucleic acid will be shifted by at least one or more nucleotides relative to the stretch on the target mRNA in either the 5' or the 3' direction of the mRNA coding for RTP801L. It is however with in the present invention that the shift occurs in both directions simultaneously which means that the new nucleic acid incorporates the nucleic acid according to the present invention used as a starting point.
  • the elongation of the nucleic acid according to the present invention and used as a starting point is biased to either the 3' end or the 5' end.
  • either the 3' end or the 5' end of the new nucleic acid is longer, i.e more extended than the other end.
  • the 3' end of the antisense strand has to be extended by the number of Hie nucleotides by which the 5' end of the mRNA of RTP801L is shifted.
  • the nucleotide(s) thus to be added to the 3' end of the antisense strand of the new nucleic acid is/are complementary to those nucleotides following at the 5' end of the target sequence on the RTP801L mRNA used for the nucleic acid molecule according to the present invention used as a starting point. The same has to be done to the sense strand. However the nucleotides to be added to the sense strand have to correspond, i.e.
  • the sense strand shall be shifted, which is the case in preferred embodiments of the present invention.
  • this shifting can be done to an extent defined by the ones skilled in the art, more preferably the shift shall be done such that also the new nucleic acid still contains a strech of at least 14 nucleotides, preferably 14 contiguous nucleotides as exhibited by any of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein.
  • any of the nucleic acids described herein is within the skills of the one of the art. Such synthesis is, among others, described in Beaucage SX. and Iyer R.P., Tetrahedron 1992; 48: 2223-2311, Beaucage SX. and Iyer R.P., Tetrahedron 1993; 49: 6123-6194 and Caruthers M.H. et. al., Methods Enzymol. 1987; 154: 287-313, the synthesis of thioates is, among others, described in Eckstein F., Annu. Rev. Biochem. 1985; 54: 367-402, the synthesis of RNA molecules is described in Sproat B., in Humana Press 2005 Edited by Herdewijn P.; Kap.
  • siRNA for RTP801L can be made using methods known in the art as described above, based on the known sequence of RTP801L (SEQ ID NO:1), and can be made stable by various modifications as described above. For further information, see Example 5.
  • inhibitory RNA molecules of the present invention include single stranded oligoribonucleotides preferably comprising stretches of at least
  • oligoribonucleotides being capable of forming [and/or comprising] double stranded regions in particular conformations that are recognized by intracellular complexes, leading to the degradation of said oligoribonucleotides into smaller RNA molecules that are capable of exerting inhibition of their corresponding endogenous gene, and DNA molecules encoding such
  • the corresponding endogenous gene is preferably the 801L gene and may additionally be the RTP801 gene (described in US Patent No. 6,555,667), the VEGF gene and
  • the invention also provides a composition comprising the above single stranded oligoribonucleotide in a carrier, preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention provides for combination therapy for all the conditions disclosed herein and in particular conditions involving choroidal neovascularization.
  • both the RTP801L and VEGFR genes are inhibited in order to ameliorate the symptoms of the disease being treated.
  • These genes may be inhibited with a combination of siRNAs or antibodies (including aptamer antibodies) or both.
  • the present invention therefore also provides for a novel pharmaceutical composition
  • a novel pharmaceutical composition comprising an RTP801L inhibitor and a VEGF or VEGFR-I inhibitor
  • the RTP801L inhibitor preferable being an siRNA, more preferably an siRNA molecule detailed in Table A, optionally -selected from the group consisting of siRNAs Nos: 72 and 73, and the VEGF/ VEGFR-I inhibitor optionally being an antibody or aptamer.
  • the combined use of said compounds i.e., RTP801L siRNA and VEGF antibody or any other combined example disclosed herein
  • RTP801L siRNA and VEGF antibody or any other combined example disclosed herein is also part of the present invention.
  • RTP801L siRNA such as an siRNA molecule detailed in Table A and optionally siRNA Nos: 72 and 73, may be administered in conjunction with agents which target VEGF or VEGF receptor 1 (VEGFRl).
  • agents which target VEGF or VEGF receptor 1 (VEGFRl).
  • Such agents currently exist on the market or in various stages of approval and work through different mechanisms.
  • Antibodies and antibody fragments such as ranibizumab (Lucentis, Genentech) attach to released VEGF to inhibit binding of VEGF to active receptors.
  • An aptamer which can act like a ligand/antibody (Macugen, Eyetech/Pfizer, approved recently by the FDA for wet AMD) is also a possibility. Macugen bonds with extracellular VEGF to block its activity. These drugs are administered locally by intravitreal injection.
  • Ami- VEGF siRNA based compounds (such as Acuity's Cand5 inhibitor of VEGF or SIRNA' s 027 inhibitor of VEGFR-I) are also available. Additionally, the small molecule aminosterol Squalamine (Genaera) which is administered systemically reportedly interferes in multiple facets of the angiogenic process, including inhibiting VEGF and other growth factor signaling in endothelial cells.
  • RTP801L inhibitor preferably an siRNA
  • any of the above VEGF / VEGFR-I inhibitory agents can have an additive or even synergistic effect whereby said combined treatment is more effective than treatment by any of these individual compositions, irrespective of dosage in the single therapy option.
  • RTP801L siRNA has a different mechanism of action and is potentially additive or even synergistic with VEGF- VEGFR inhibitors.
  • any of the siRNA molecules disclosed herein, or any long double-stranded RNA molecules (typically 25-500 nucleotides in length) which are processed by endogenous cellular complexes (such as DICER - see above) to form the siRNA molecules disclosed herein, or molecules which comprise the siRNA molecules disclosed herein, can be employed in the treatment of the diseases or disorders described herein.
  • CNV choroidal neovascularization
  • An additional aspect of the present invention provides for methods of treating an apoptosis related disease.
  • Methods for therapy of diseases or disorders associated with uncontrolled, pathological cell growth e.g. cancer, psoriasis, autoimmune diseases, inter alia, and methods for therapy of diseases associated with ischemia and lack of proper blood flow, e.g. myocardial infarction (MT) and stroke, are provided.
  • MT myocardial infarction
  • MT myocardial infarction
  • cancer- type diseases include, inter alia: carcinoma (e.g.: breast, colon and lung), leukemia such as B cell leukemia, lymphoma such as B-cell lymphoma, blastoma such as neuroblastoma and melanoma and sarcoma.
  • carcinoma e.g.: breast, colon and lung
  • leukemia such as B cell leukemia
  • lymphoma such as B-cell lymphoma
  • blastoma such as neuroblastoma and melanoma and sarcoma.
  • the invention also provides a composition comprising one or more of the compounds of the invention in a carrier, preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • This composition may comprise a mixture of two or more siRNAs for different genes or different siRNAs for the same gene.
  • a composition comprising siRNA for the RTP801L gene and siRNA for the VEGF gene and /or the VEGF-Rl gene is envisaged.
  • Another compound of the invention comprises the above compound of the invention (structure A) covalently or non-covalently bound to one or more compounds of the invention (structure A)
  • This compound may be delivered in a carrier, preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and may be processed intracellularly by endogenous cellular complexes to produce one or more siRNAs of the invention.
  • Another compound of the invention comprises the above compound of the invention (structure A) covalently or non-covalently bound to an siRNA for another gene, especially the VEGF gene and/or the VEGF-Rl gene.
  • This invention also comprises a novel chemical entity which is an RTP 80 IL inhibitor, preferably an siRNA, chemically bound, covalently or non-covalently, to any of the above VEGF / VEGFR-I inhibitory agents.
  • RTP 80 IL inhibitor preferably an siRNA
  • a particular chemical entity envisaged is an siRNA RTP801L inhibitor covalently bound to an antibody to VEGF or VEGF receptor- 1. Methods of production of such novel chemical entities are known to those skilled in the art.
  • This invention also comprises a tandem double-stranded structure which comprises two or more siRNA sequences, which is processed intracellularly to form two or more different siRNAs, one inhibiting 801 and a second inhibiting VEGF / VEGFR-I
  • this invention also comprises a tandem double-stranded structure which comprises two or more siRNA sequences, which is degraded intraceliularly to form two or more different siRNAs, both inhibiting 801.
  • a long oligonucleotide (typically about 80-500 nucleotides in length) comprising one or more stem and loop structures, where stem regions comprise the sequences of the oligonucleotides of the invention, may be delivered in a carrier, preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and may be processed intracellularly by endogenous cellular complexes (e.g. by DROSHA and DICER as described above) to produce one or more smaller double stranded oligonucleotides (siRNAs) which are oligonucleotides of the invention.
  • This oligonucleotide can be termed a tandem shRNA construct.
  • this long oligonucleotide is a single stranded oligonucleotide comprising one or more stem and loop structures, wherein each stem region comprises a sense and corresponding antisense siRNA sequence of an 801 gene.
  • this oligonucleotide comprises sense and antisense siRNA sequences as depicted in Table A.
  • the tandem shRNA construct may comprise sense and complementary antisense siRNA sequence corresponding to an 80 IL gene and additionally sense and complementary antisense siRNA sequence corresponding to a different gene such as 801, VEGF or VEGF-Rl .
  • siRNA against RTP801L may be the main active component in a pharmaceutical composition, or may be one active component of a pharmaceutical composition containing two or more siRNAs (or molecules which encode or endogenously produce two or more siRNAs, be it a mixture of molecules or one or more tandem molecule which encodes two or more siRNAs), said pharmaceutical composition further being comprised of one or more additional siRNA molecule which targets one or more additional gene.
  • Simultaneous inhibition of RTP801L and said additional gene(s) has an additive or synergistic effect for treatment of the diseases disclosed herein, according to the following:
  • the pharmaceutical composition for treatment of ARF may be comprised of the following compound combinations: 1) RTP801L siRNA and p53 siRNA dimers; 2) RTP801L and Fas siRNA dimers; 3) RTP801L and Bax siRNA dimers; 4) p53 and Fas siRNA dimers; 5) RTP801L and Bax siRNA dimers; 6)
  • RTP801L and Noxa siRNA dimers 7) RTP801L and Puma siRNA dimers; 8) RTP801L
  • RTP801LsiRNA Fas siRNA and any of RTP801LL siRNA ⁇ 53 siRNA, Bax siRNA, Noxa siRNA or Puma siRNA to form trimers or polymers (i.e., tandem molecules which encode three siRNAs).
  • Macular degeneration (MD), diabetic retinopathy (DR), spinal cord injury pharmaceutical compositions for treatment of MD, DR and spinal cord injury may be comprised of the following compound combinations: 1) RTP801L siRNA combined with either of VEGF siRNA, VEGF-Rl siRNA, VEGF R2 siRNA, PKCbeta siRNA, MCPl siRNA, eNOS siRNA, KLF2 siRNA, RTP801 siRNA (either physically mixed or in a tandem molecule); 2) RTP801L siRNA in combination with two or more siRNAs of the above list (physically mixed or in a tandem molecule encodimg three siRNAs, or a combination thereof).
  • the pharmaceutical composition for treatment of respiratory disorders may be comprised of the following compound combinations: RTP801L siRNA combined with siRNA against one or more of the following genes: elastases, matrix metalloproteases, phospholipases, caspases, sphingomyelinase, RTP801 and ceramide synthase.
  • a combination (tandem) siRNA directed against both RTP801 and RTP801L can be used to treat any of the conditions disclosed herein.
  • the siRNA directed against RTP801 termed REDD14 can be joined in tandem with any of the RTP801L siRNAs disclosed herein, such as siRNA No.s 72 or 73 in Table A, or any other siRNA present in Table A
  • RTP801L siRNA or any nucleic acid molecule comprising or encoding RTP801L siRNA can be linked (covalently or non-covalently) to antibodies, in order to achieve enhanced targeting for treatment of the diseases disclosed herein, according to the following:
  • ARF anti-Fas antibody (preferably neutralizing antibodies).
  • the antibodies should be preferably be neutralizing antibodies.
  • any molecules such as, for example, antisense DNA molecules which comprise the siRNA sequences disclosed herein (with the appropriate nucleic acid modifications) are particularly desirable and may be used in the same capacity as their corresponding siRNAs for all uses and methods disclosed herein.
  • the invention also comprises a method of treating a patient suffering from a disorder such as the disorders described herein comprising administering to the patient the above composition or compound in a therapeutically effective dose so as to thereby treat the patient.
  • AS antisense
  • AS antisense fragment
  • An AS polynucleotide is a polynucleotide which comprises consecutive nucleotides having a sequence of sufficient length and homology to a sequence present within the sequence of the target gene to permit hybridization of the AS to the gene.
  • AS oligonucleotide sequences may be short sequences of DNA, typically 15-30 mer but may be as small as 7 mer (Wagner et al, 1996), designed to complement a target mRNA of interest and form an RNA:AS duplex. This duplex formation can prevent processing, splicing, transport or translation of the relevant mRNA.
  • AS nucleotide sequences can elicit cellular RNase H activity when hybridized with their target mRNA, resulting in mRNA degradation (Calabretta et al, 1996 Semin Oncol. 23(l):78-87). In that case, RNase H will cleave the RNA component of the duplex and can potentially release the AS to further hybridize with additional molecules of the target RNA.
  • An additional mode of action results from the interaction of AS with genomic DNA to form a triple helix which can be transcriptionally inactive.
  • the sequence target segment for the antisense oligonucleotide is selected such that the sequence exhibits suitable energy related characteristics important for oligonucleotide duplex formation with their complementary templates, and shows a low potential for self-dimerization or self- complementation [Anazodo et al., 19961.
  • the computer program OLIGO Primary Analysis Software, Version 3.4
  • OLIGO Primary Analysis Software, Version 3.4
  • the program allows the determination of a qualitative estimation of these two parameters (potential self-dimer formation and self- complimentary) and provides an indication of "no potential” or "some potential” or "essentially complete potential”.
  • segments are generally selected that have estimates of no potential in these parameters. However, segments can be used that have "some potential" in one of the categories. A balance of the parameters is used in the selection as is known in the art. Further, the oligonucleotides are also selected as needed so that analogue substitution do not substantially affect function.
  • Phosphorothioate antisense oligonucleotides do not normally show significant toxicity at concentrations that are effective and exhibit sufficient pharmacodynamic half-lives in animals (Agarwal et al., 1996) and are nuclease resistant. Antisense induced loss-of-function phenotypes related with cellular development were shown for the glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP), for the establishment of tectal plate formation in chick (Galileo et al., 1991) and for the N-myc protein, responsible for the maintenance of cellular heterogeneity in neuroectodermal cultures (ephithelial vs.
  • GFAP glial fibrillary acidic protein
  • N-myc protein responsible for the maintenance of cellular heterogeneity in neuroectodermal cultures (ephithelial vs.
  • bFgF basic fibroblast growth factor
  • a "ribozyme” is an RNA molecule that possesses RNA catalytic ability (see Cech for review) and cleaves a specific site in a target RNA.
  • ribozymes which cleave mRNA may be utilized as inhibitors. This may be necessary in cases where antisense therapy is limited by stoichiometric considerations (Sarver et al., 1990, Gene Regulation and Aids, pp. 305-325). Ribozymes can then be used that will target the a gene associated with a bone marrow disease.
  • the number of RNA molecules that are cleaved by a ribozyme is greater than the number predicted by stochiochemistry.
  • Ribozymes catalyze the phosphodiester bond cleavage of RNA.
  • ribozyme structural families include Group I introns, RNase P, the hepatitis delta virus ribozyme, hammerhead ribozymes and the hairpin ribozyme originally derived from the negative strand of the tobacco ringspot virus satellite RNA (sTRSV) (Sullivan, 1994; US Patent No. 5,225,347).
  • the latter two families are derived from viroids and virusoids, in which the ribozyme is believed to separate monomers from oligomers created during rolling circle replication (Symons, 1989 and 1992).
  • ribozyme motifs are most commonly adapted for trans-cleavage of mRNAs for gene therapy (Sullivan, 1994).
  • the ribozyme has a length of from about 30-100 nucleotides. Delivery of ribozymes is similar to that of AS fragments and/or siRNA molecules.
  • nuclease resistance is provided by any method known in the art that does not interfere with biological activity of the AS polynucleotide, siRNA, cDNA and/or ribozymes as needed for the method of use and delivery (Iyer et al., 1990; Eckstein, 1985; Spitzer and Eckstein, 1988; Woolf et al., 1990; Shaw et al., 1991).
  • Modifications that can be made to oligonucleotides in order to enhance nuclease resistance include modifying the phophorous or oxygen heteroatom in the phosphate backbone. These include preparing methyl phosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates and morpholino oligomers. In one embodiment it is provided by having phosphorothioate bonds linking between the four to six 3'- terminus nucleotide bases. Alternatively, phosphorothioate bonds link all the nucleotide bases. Other modifications known in the art may be used where the biological activity is retained, but the stability to nucleases is substantially increased.
  • AU analogues of, or modifications to, a polynucleotide may be employed with the present invention, provided that said analogue or modification does not substantially affect the function of the polynucleotide.
  • the nucleotides can be selected from naturally occurring or synthetic modified bases. Naturally occurring bases include adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine and uracil.
  • Modified bases of nucleotides include inosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2- aminoadenine, 6-methyl, 2-propyl and other alkyl adenines, 5-halo uracil, 5-halo cytosine, 6-aza cytosine and 6-aza thymine, psuedo uracil, 4- thiuracil, 8-halo adenine, 8-aminoadenine, 8-thiol adenine, 8- thiolalkyl adenines, 8-hydroxyl adenine and other 8-substituted adenines, 8-halo guanines, 8- amino guanine, 8-thiol guanine, 8-thioalkyl guanines, 8- hydroxyl guanine and other substituted guanines, other aza and deaza adenines, other aza and deaza guanines, 5-trifiuoromethyl uracil and
  • analogues of polynucleotides can be prepared wherein the structure of the nucleotide is fundamentally altered and that are better suited as therapeutic or experimental reagents.
  • An example of a nucleotide analogue is a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) wherein the deoxyribose (or ribose) phosphate backbone in DNA (or RNA is replaced with a polyamide backbone which is similar to that found in peptides.
  • PNA analogues have been shown to be resistant to degradation by enzymes and to have extended lives in vivo and in vitro. Further, PNAs have been shown to bind stronger to a complementary DNA sequence than a DNA molecule.
  • oligonucleotides include polymer backbones, cyclic backbones, or acyclic backbones, as well as LNA ("locked nucleic acid").
  • polypeptides employed in the present invention may also be modified, optionally chemically modified, in order to improve their therapeutic activity.
  • "Chemically modified" when referring to the polypeptides, means a polypeptide where at least one of its amino acid residues is modified either by natural processes, such as processing or other post-translational modifications, or by chemical modification techniques which are well known in the art.
  • modifications typical, but not exclusive examples include: acetylation, acylation, amidation, ADP-ribosylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation, covalent attachment of a lipid or lipid derivative, methylation, myristlyation, pegylation, prenylation, phosphorylation, ubiqutination, or any similar process.
  • polypeptide modifications include the following:
  • Constant substitution refers to the substitution of an amino acid in one class by an amino acid of the same class, where a class is defined by common physicochemical amino acid side chain properties and high substitution frequencies in homologous polypeptides found in nature, as determined, for example, by a standard Dayhoff frequency exchange matrix or BLOSUM matrix.
  • Six general classes of amino acid side chains have been categorized and include: Class I (Cys); Class II (Ser, Thr, Pro, Ala, GIy); Class III (Asn, Asp, GIn, GIu); Class IV (His, Arg, Lys); Class V (He, Leu, VaI, Met); and Class VI (Phe, Tyr, Tip).
  • Non-conservative substitution refers to the substitution of an amino acid in one class with an amino acid from another class; for example, substitution of an Ala, a class II residue, with a class III residue such as Asp, Asn, GIu, or GIn.
  • “Deletion” - is a change in either nucleotide or amino acid sequence in which one or more nucleotides or amino acid residues, respectively, are absent.
  • “Insertion” or “addition” - is that change in a nucleotide or amino acid sequence which has resulted in the addition of one or more nucleotides or amino acid residues, respectively, as compared to the naturally occurring sequence.
  • substitution - replacement of one or more nucleotides or amino acids by different nucleotides or amino acids, respectively. As regards amino acid sequences the substitution may be conservative or non- conservative.
  • the RTP801L polypeptide or polynucleotide may be used to diagnose or detect macular degeneration in a subject.
  • a detection method would typically comprise assaying for RTP801L mRNA or RTP801L polypeptide in a sample derived from a subject.
  • Detection refers to a method of detection of a disease. This term may refer to detection of a predisposition to a disease, or to the detection of the severity of the disease.
  • homolog/homology is meant at least about 70%, preferably at least about 75% homology, advantageously at least about 80% homology, more advantageously at least about 90% homology, even more advantageously at least about 95%, e.g., at least about 97%, about 98%, about 99% or even about 100% homology.
  • the invention also comprehends that these polynucleotides and polypeptides can be used in the same fashion as the herein or aforementioned polynucleotides and polypeptides.
  • homology can refer to the number of positions with identical nucleotides or amino acid residues, divided by the number of nucleotides or amino acid residues in the shorter of the two sequences, wherein alignment of the two sequences can be determined in accordance with the Wilbur and Lipman algorithm ((1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:726); for instance, using a window size of 20 nucleotides, a word length of 4 nucleotides, and a gap penalty of 4, computer-assisted analysis and interpretation of the sequence data, including alignment, can be conveniently performed using commercially available programs (e.g., IntelligeneticsTM Suite, Intelligenetics Inc., CA).
  • RNA sequences are said to be similar, or to have a degree of sequence identity or homology with DNA sequences, thymidine (T) in the DNA sequence is considered equal to uracil (U) in the RNA sequence.
  • RNA sequences within the scope of the invention can be derived from DNA sequences or their complements, by substituting thymidine (T) in the DNA sequence with uracil (U).
  • amino acid sequen ⁇ e similarity or homology can be determined, for instance, using the BlastP program (Altschul et al, Nucl. Acids Res. 25:3389-3402) and available at NCBI.
  • An additional embodiment of the present invention concerns a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising an RTP801L inhibitor in a therapeutically affective amount as an active ingredient and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the inhibitor may be a biological inhibitor, an organic molecule, a chemical molecule, etc.
  • said pharmaceutical composition may comprise an RTP801L inhibitor which is a polynucleotide which comprises consecutive nucleotides having a sequence which is an antisense sequence to the sequence set forth in Figure 1 (SEQ ID No: 1).
  • the RTP801L inhibitor may be a vector comprising these polynucleotides.
  • the RTP801L inhibitor may be a monoclonal antibody which specifically binds to an epitope comprising 4-25 amino acids set forth in Figure 2 (SEQ ID No:2), or an RNA molecule which targets the RTP801L gene niRNA such as an siRNA molecule (optionally depicted in Table A) or a ribozyme.
  • the active ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition can include oligonucleotides that are nuclease resistant needed for the practice of the invention or a fragment thereof shown to have the same effect targeted against the appropriate sequence(s) and/or ribozymes. Combinations of active ingredients as disclosed in the present invention can be used, including combinations of antisense sequences.
  • An additional embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from any of the diseases or conditions described herein eg spinal cord disease or injury.
  • the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA.
  • the inhibitor is preferably Structure A depicted herein.
  • Fig. 1 details the coding sequence of the RTP801L gene (SEQ ID NO: 1);
  • Fig. 2 details the amino acid sequence of the RTP801L polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:2)
  • Fig. 3 details the activity results of REDD2 siRNAs on the endogenous REDD2 gene in wt MEF cells following H2O2 treatment;
  • Fig. 4 demonstrates dose dependent activity of REDD2 siRNAs as measured in 801 wt MEF cells
  • Fig. 5 shows activity results of REDD2 siRNAs on the endogenous REDD2 gene in wt
  • Fig. 6 demonstrates dose dependent activity of RTP801L siRNA as measured in 293T cells.
  • the first human cell line namely HeLa cells (American Type Culture Collection) were cultured as follows: HeIa cells (American Type Culture Collection) were cultured as described in Czauderna F et al. (Czauderna, F., Fechtner, M., Aygun, H., Arnold, W., Klippel, A., Giese, K. & Kaufmann, J. (2003). Nucleic Acids Res, 31, 670-82).
  • the second human cell line was a human keratinozyte cell line which was cultivated as follows: Human keratinocytes were cultured at 37 0 C in Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM) containing 10% FCS.
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium
  • the mouse cell line was B 16V (American Type Culture Collection) cultured at 37 0 C in Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM) containing 10% FCS. Culture conditions were as described in Methods Find Exp Clin Pharmacol. 1997 May; 19(4) :231 -9 :
  • the cells were subject to the experiments as described herein at a density of about 50,000 cells per well and the double-stranded nucleic acid according to the present invention was added at 20 nM, whereby the double-stranded nucleic acid was complexed using 1 ⁇ g/ml of a proprietary lipid.
  • siRNA transfections were carried out in 10-cm plates (30-50% confluency) as described by (Czauderna et al., 2003; Kretschmer et al., 2003). Briefly, siRNA were transfected by adding a preformed 10x concentrated complex of GB and lipid in serum-free medium to cells in complete medium. The total transfection volume was 10 ml. The final lipid concentration was 1.0 ⁇ g/ml; the final siRNA concentration was 20 nM unless otherwise stated. Induction of the hypoxic responses was carried out by adding CoCl 2 (lOO ⁇ M) directly to the tissue culture medium 24 h before lysis. Preparation of cell extracts and immuno blotting
  • the compounds of the present invention are tested in the following animal model of Choroidal neovascularization (CNV). This hallmark of wet AMD is induced in model animals by laser treatment.
  • CNV Choroidal neovascularization
  • CNV Choroidal neovascularization
  • Choroid neovascularization a hallmark of wet AMD, is triggered by laser photocoagulation (532 nm, 200 mW, 100 ms, 75 ⁇ m) (OcuLight GL, Mdex, Mountain View, CA) performed on both eyes of each mouse on day 0 by a single individual masked to drug group assignment. Laser spots are applied in a standardized fashion around the optic nerve, using a slit lamp delivery system and a cover slip as a contact lens.
  • CNV CNV is induced in the following groups of mice (males 6-8 weeks of age):
  • the experiment is terminated at day 14.
  • the eyes are enucleated and fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde for 30 min at 4 0 C.
  • the neurosensory retina is detached and severed from the optic nerve.
  • the remaining RPE-choroid-sclera complex is flat mounted in Immu-Mount (Vectashield Mounting Medium, Vector) and coverslipped.
  • WT mice are used for evaluating RTP801L mRNA expression in CNV (as well as the expression of other genes relevant to AMD) (untreated and treated with siRNA) using real-time PCR on RNA extracted from RPE/choroids, or from neural retina.
  • Choroidal neovascularization is induced by perimacular laser treatment of both eyes prior to doseadministration.
  • a laser [OcuLight GL (532 nm) Laser Photo-coagulator with an IRIS Medical® Portable Slit Lamp Adaptor]
  • laser spots in the right eye mirror the placement in the left eye.
  • the approximate laser parameters are as follows: spot size: 50-100 ⁇ m diameter; laser power: 300-700 milliwatts; exposure time: 0.1 seconds.
  • both eyes of all animals are subjected to a single intravitreal injection.
  • Left eye is typicallly dosed with 350 ug of synthetic stabilized siRNA against RTP801L in the final volume of 50 ul, whereas the contralateral eye receives 50 ul of PBS (vehicle).
  • Fluorescein angiograms are performed pre-study, and at the end of weeks 1, 2, and 3 following CNV induction. Photographs are taken, using a fundus camera (TRC-50EX Retina Camera). Images are captured using the TOPCON EvlAGEnetTM system. Fluorescein dye (10% fluorescein sodium, approximately 0.1 mL/kg) is injected via vascular access ports. Photographs are taken at several timepoints following dye injection, to include the arterial phase, early arteriovenous phase and several late arteriovenous phases in order to evaluate neovascularization snd to monitor leakage of fluorescein associated with CNV lesions. Interpretation and analysis of the fluorescein angiograms is independently conducted by two ophthalmologists.
  • Neovascularization is assessed in early angiograms and every spot is graded according to the following scheme:
  • Leakage is assessed according to the following scheme: 0 - no leakage
  • Electroretinograms are recorded using an Epic 2000 electroretinograph according to Sierra's SOPs and the study-specific SOP, including the use of the Ganzfield apparatus, at prestudy and in the end of week 3.
  • the tabulated ERG data are evaluated by a veterinary ophthalmologist.
  • CNV volume studies The volume of choroidal neovascularization (CNV) 3 weeks after laser injury is computed byconfocal fluorescence microscopy as previously described (Sakurai et al. IOVS 2003;44: 3578-85 & Sakurai et al. /OPS 2003; 44: 2743-2749).
  • VEGF-A antibody reduced CNV volume in a dose dependent fashion.
  • a dose of 1 ng of VEGF-A Ab was chosen for the RTP801L siRNA+VEGF-A Ab combination studies because this dose had an intermediate inhibitory effect: VEGF-A Ab (1 ng) reduced the size of CNV by 26 ⁇ 6%.
  • RTP801L siRNA 0.25 mg CNV is induced by laser treatment as described above on day zero; the test material is also injected on day zero, and the effect evaluated by qPCR analysis of gene expression in RPE and neural retina on days zero and 5.
  • Ccl-2 or Ccr-2 deficient animals - deficiency in either of these proteins causes the development of some of the main features of AMD. Animals deficient in these proteins can be used to test the methods of the present invention.
  • the compounds of the present invention are tested in the following an animal models and are shown to prevent emphysema:
  • Cigarette smoke-induced emphysema model chronic exposure to cigarette smoke causes emphysema in several animals such as, inter alia, mouse, guinea pig.
  • emphysema models may be generated through genetic means (e.g., mice carrying the TSK mutation), and emphysematous animals may be generated by known modifiers of susceptibility to emphysema such as, inter alia, lung injury, alveolar hypoplasia, hyperoxia, glucocorticoid treatment and nutrition.
  • genetic means e.g., mice carrying the TSK mutation
  • emphysematous animals may be generated by known modifiers of susceptibility to emphysema such as, inter alia, lung injury, alveolar hypoplasia, hyperoxia, glucocorticoid treatment and nutrition.
  • CS-induced inflammation is induced by 7 day smoking in 2 groups of C57BL6 mice, 10 mice per group.
  • Group 1 CS + delivery of control siRNA
  • Group 2 CS + RTP801L siRNA.
  • Control groups of mice are instilled with either type of siRNA but kept in room air conditions.
  • the lungs are subsequently agarose-inflated, fixed and imbedded in paraffin, and development oxidative stress in the KO mice is assessed by: a) immunohistochemical localization and quantitation of 8-oxo-dG in the lung sections; b) immunohistochemical localization and quantitation of active caspase 3 in the lung sections using specific antibodies, or quantitative evaluation of the number of TUNEL-positive cells; c) measurement of ceramide concentration in the lung extracts; d) measurement of caspase activity in the lung extracts.
  • Exposure is carried out (7 h/day, 7 days/week) by burning 2R4F reference cigarettes (2.45 mg nicotine per cigarette; purchased from the Tobacco Research Institute, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USA) using a smoking machine (Model TE-IO, Teague Enterprises, Davis, CA, USA). Each smoldering cigarette is puffed for 2 s, once every minute for a total of eight puffs, at a flow rate of 1.05 L/min, to provide a standard puff of 35 cm3. The smoke machine is adjusted to produce a mixture of sidestream smoke (89%) and mainstream smoke (11%) by burning five cigarettes at one time. Chamber atmosphere is monitored for total suspended particulates and carbon monoxide, with concentrations of 90 mg/m3 and 350 ppm, respectively.
  • mice After exposing the mice to CS or instillation of RTP801L expressing plasmid, the mice are anesthetized with halothane and the lungs are inflated with 0.5% low-melting agarose at a constant pressure of 25 cm as previously described. The inflated lungs are fixed in 10% buffered formalin and embedded in paraffin. Sections (5 ⁇ m) are stained with hematoxylin and eosin. Mean alveolar diameter, alveolar length, and mean linear intercepts are determined by computer-assisted morphometry with the Image Pro Plus software (Media Cybernetics, Silver Spring, MD, USA).
  • the lung sections in each group are coded and representative images (15 per lung section) are acquired by an investigator masked to the identity of the slides, with a Nikon E800 microscope, 2OX lens.
  • the results show that siRNA to 801L prevents emphysema caused by smoking as measured by the four parameters described above..
  • mice Following exposure to CS or instillation of RTP801L expressing plasmid, the mice are anesthetized with sodium pentobarbital.
  • the BAL fluid collected from the lungs of the mice is centrifuged (500 'g at 4°C), and the cell pellet is resuspended in phosphate-buffered saline.
  • the total number of cells in the lavage fluid is determined, and 2 x 104 cells are cytocentrifuged (Shandon Southern Products, Pittsburgh, PA, USA) onto glass slides and stained with Wright- Giemsa stain. Differential cell counts are performed on 300 cells, according to standard cytologic techniques .
  • the lung sections are rinsed in PBS and then incubated with the streptavidin-Texas red conjugated complex.
  • the apoptotic macrophages in the lungs are identified by incubating the sections first with the rat anti-mouse Mac-3 antibody and then with the anti-rat Texas red antibody.
  • DAPI is applied to all lung sections, incubated for 5 minutes, washed and mounted with Vectashield HardSet mounting medium. DAPI and fluorescein are visualized at 330-380 nm and 465-495 run, respectively. Images of the lung sections are acquired with the Nikon E800 microscope, 40X lens.
  • Immunohistochemical staining of active caspase-3 assay is performed using anti— active caspase- 3 antibody and the active caspase-3-positive cells are counted with a macro, using Image Pro Plus program.
  • the counts are normalized by the sum of the alveolar profiles herein named as alveolar length and expressed in ⁇ m.
  • Alveolar length correlates inversely with mean linear intercept, i.e., as the alveolar septa are destroyed, mean linear intercepts increases as total alveolar length, i.e., total alveolar septal length decreases.
  • results are expressed as the rate of specific caspase-3 substrate cleavage, expressed in units of caspase 3 enzymatic activity, normalized by total protein concentration.
  • Active recombinant caspase 3 was utilized as the assay standard (0-4 U). Tissue lysates without substrate, assay buffer alone, and lysates with caspase 3 inhibitor were utilized as negative controls.
  • lung sections from the mice exposed to CS or instilled with RTP801L expressing plasmid are incubated with anti-8- oxo-dG antibody and stained using InnoGenexTM Iso-IHC DAB kit using mouse antibodies.
  • the 8-oxo-dG-positive cells are counted with a macro (using Image Pro Plus), and the counts were normalized by alveolar length as described.
  • Plasmid DNA of RTP801L expressing and control vectors are prepared under endotoxin-free DNA isolation kit.
  • 50 ug of plasmid DNA is delivered in 80 ul sterile perfluorocarbon.
  • the oxygen carrying properties of perfluorocarbon make it well- tolerated at these volumes, while its physical-chemical properties allow for extremely efficient distal lung delivery when instilled intratracheally.
  • Mice are anesthetized by brief inhalational halothane exposure, the tongue is gently pulled forward by forceps and the trachea instilled with perfluorocarbon solution applied at the base of the tongue via a blunt angiocatheter.
  • mice are anesthetized with an intra-peritoneal injection of Ketamine/Xylazine (115/22 mg/kg). 50 ⁇ g of siRNA is instilled intranasally in 50 ⁇ l volume of 0.9% NaCl by delivering five consecutive 10 ⁇ l portions. At the end of the intranasal instillation, the mouse's head is held straight up for 1 minute to ensure that all the instilled solution drains inside.
  • Models and results relating to microvascular disorders The compounds of the present invention are tested in animal models of a range of microvascular disorders as described below.
  • RTP801L promotes neuronal cell apoptosis and generation of reactive oxygen species in vitro.
  • the inventor of the current invention also found that in RTP801 knockout (KO) mice subjected to the model of retinopathy of prematurity (ROP), pathologic neovascularization NV was reduced under hypoxic conditions, despite elevations in VEGF, whereas the lack of this gene did not influence physiologic neonatal retinal NV. Moreover, in this model, lack of RTP801 was also protective against hypoxic neuronal apoptosis and hyperoxic vaso-obliteration.
  • ROP retinopathy of prematurity
  • Diabetes is induced in RTP801L knockout and in control wild type mice with the matched genetic background. In addition, it is induced in C57B16 mice, which are subsequently used for intravitreal injection of anti-RTP801L and control siRNAs.
  • the mice are injected with streptozotocin (STZ 90 mg/kg/d for 2 days after overnight fast). Animal physiology is monitored throughout the study for changes in blood glucose, body weight, and hematocrit. Vehicle-injected mice serve as controls. The appropriate animals are treated by intravitreal injections of lug of REDD14 anti-RTP801L siRNA or lug of anti-GFP control siRNA.
  • siRNA is injected twice in the course of the study - on day 0, when the first STZ injection is performed, and on day 14 after the STZ injection.
  • Retinal vascular leakage is measured using the Evans-blue (EB) dye technique on the animals after 4 weeks duration of diabetes. Mice have a catheter implanted into the right jugular vein 24 hours prior to Evans Blue (EB) measurements. Retinal permeability measurements in both eyes of each animal follows a standard Evans-blue protocol.
  • EB Evans-blue
  • Retinopathy of prematurity Retinopathy of prematurity is induced by exposing the test animals to hypoxic and hyperoxic conditions, and subsequently testing the effects on the retina.
  • Myocardial infarction is induced by Left Anterior Descending artery ligation in mice, both short term and long term.
  • Animal models for assessing ischemic conditions include:
  • CHI Closed Head hijury
  • Transient middle cerebral artery occlusion a 90 to 120 minutes transient focal ischemia is performed in adult, male Sprague Dawley rats, 300-370 gr.
  • the method employed is the intraluminal suture MCAO (Longa et al., Stroke, 30, 84, 1989, and Dogan et al., J. Neurochem. 72, 765, 1999).
  • a 3-0-nylon suture material coated with Poly-L-Lysine is inserted into the right internal carotid artery (ICA) through a hole in the external carotid artery.
  • the nylon thread is pushed into the ICA to the right MCA origin (20-23 mm).
  • Permanent middle cerebral artery occlusion (MCAO) - occlusion is permanent, unilateral-induced by electrocoagulation of MCA. Both methods lead to focal brain ischemia of the ipsilateral side of the brain cortex leaving the contralateral side intact (control). The left MCA is exposed via a temporal craniectomy, as described for rats by Tamura A.et al., J
  • the MCA and its lenticulostriatal branch are occluded proximally to the medial border of the olfactory tract with microbipolar coagulation.
  • the wound is sutured, and animals returned to their home cage in a room warmed at 26°C to 28 0 C. The temperature of the animals is maintained all the time with an automatic thermostat.
  • Acute Renal Failure Acute Renal Failure
  • Testing active siRNA for treating ARF may be done using sepsis-induced ARF or ischemia- reperfusion-induced ARF.
  • Ischemia-reperfusion injury is induced in rats following 45 minutes bilateral kidney arterial clamp and subsequent release of the clamp to allow 24 hours of reperfusion.
  • anti RTP801L siRNA or GFP siRNA negative control
  • GFP siRNA negative control
  • Additional siRNA is given via the tail vein at 4 and 8 hrs after the clamp.
  • ARF progression is monitored by measurement of serum creatinine levels before and 24 hrs post surgery.
  • the rats are perfused via an indwelling femoral line with warm PBS followed by 4% paraformaldehyde.
  • the left kidneys are removed and stored in 4% paraformaldehyde for subsequent histological analysis.
  • Acute renal failure is frequently defined as an acute increase of the serum creatinine level from baseline. An increase of at least 0.5 mg per dL or 44.2 ⁇ mol per L of serum creatinine is considered as an indication for acute renal failure. Serum creatinine is measured at time zero before the surgery and at 24 hours post ARF surgery. siRNA to 80 IL prevents production of ARF in this model
  • RTP801L transcript level is decreased in the ARF- lOhr group relative to the control group transcript level.
  • RTP801L transcript level is also elevated (up-regulated) in the kidney medulla, 3 and 6 hrs following the ARF operation (bilateral renal artery clamp).
  • siRNA molecules according to the above specifications were prepared essentially as described herein.
  • siRNAs of the present invention can be synthesized by any of the methods which are well- known in the art for synthesis of ribonucleic (or deoxyribonucleic) oligonucleotides.
  • a commercially available machine available, inter alia, from Applied Biosystems
  • the oligonucleotides are prepared according to the sequences disclosed herein.
  • Overlapping pairs of chemically synthesized fragments can be ligated using methods well known in the art (e.g., see U.S. Patent No. 6,121,426).
  • the strands are synthesized separately and then are annealed to each other in the tube.
  • siRNAs are separated from the single-stranded oligonucleotides that were not annealed (e.g. because of the excess of one of them) by HPLC.
  • siRNAs or siRNA fragments of the present invention two or more such sequences can be synthesized and linked together for use in the present invention.
  • the siRNA molecules of the invention may be synthesized by procedures known in the art e.g. the procedures as described in Usman et al, 1987, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 109, 7845; Scaringe et al., 1990, Nucleic Acids Res., 18, 5433; Wincott et al., 1995, Nucleic Acids Res.
  • nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can be synthesized separately and joined together post-synthetically, for example, by ligation (Moore et al., 1992, Science 256, 9923; Draper et al., International PCT publication No.
  • siRNA molecules of the invention can also be synthesized via a tandem synthesis methodology, as described in US patent application publication No.
  • siRNA duplex US2004/0019001 (McSwiggen) wherein both siRNA strands are synthesized as a single contiguous oligonucleotide fragment or strand separated by a cleavable linker which is subsequently cleaved to provide separate siRNA fragments or strands that hybridize and permit purification of the siRNA duplex.
  • the linker can be a polynucleotide linker or a non-nucleotide linker.
  • the siRNAs consisting of the sequences set forth in Table A (below) were constructed such that alternate sugars have 2'-O-methyl modification i.e. alternate nucleotides were thus modified.
  • the modified nucleotides were numbers 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17 and 19 and in the opposite strand the modified nucleotides were numbers 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 and 18.
  • these siRNAs are blunt-ended 19- mer RNA molecules with alternate 2-0'-methyl modifications as described above.
  • the sense strands of siRNAs 1-925 have SEQ ID NOS: 3-927 respectively, and the antisense strands of siRNAs 1-925 have SEQ ID NOS: 928-1852 respectively.
  • the coding region of gene RTP801L is between nucleotides 204-785. Therefore, any siRNA within this region targets the coding region of RTP801L, and any siRNA outside this region targets the non-coding region of RTP801L i.e. the 5'UTR or the 3' UTR.
  • the exact region targeted by each siRNA is given in Table A (column 5).
  • nucleotide sequences of the present invention are delivered either directly or with viral or non-viral vectors. When delivered directly the sequences are generally rendered nuclease resistant. Alternatively the sequences can be incorporated into expression cassettes or constructs such that the sequence is expressed in the cell as discussed herein below. Generally the construct contains the proper regulatory sequence or promoter to allow the sequence to be expressed in the targeted cell.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are administered and dosed in accordance with good medical practice, taking into account the clinical condition of the individual patient, the disease to be treated, the site and method of administration, scheduling of administration, patient age, sex, body weight and other factors known to medical practitioners.
  • the pharmaceutically "effective amount” for purposes herein is thus determined by such considerations as are known in the art.
  • the amount must be effective to achieve improvement including but not limited to improved survival rate or more rapid recovery, or improvement or elimination of symptoms and other indicators as are selected as appropriate measures by those skilled in the art.
  • the treatment generally has a length proportional to the length of the disease process and drug effectiveness and the patient species being treated. It is noted that humans are treated generally longer than the mice or other experimental animals exemplified herein.
  • the compounds of the present invention are administered by any of the conventional routes of administration.
  • the compound can be administered as the compound or as pharmaceutically acceptable salt and can be administered alone or as an active ingredient in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, solvents, diluents, excipients, adjuvants and vehicles.
  • the compounds can be administered orally, subcutaneously or parenterally including intravenous, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraperitoneally, and intranasal administration as well as intrathecal and infusion techniques. Implants of the compounds are also useful. Liquid forms may be prepared for injection, the term including subcutaneous, transdermal, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal, and other parental routes of administration.
  • the liquid compositions include aqueous solutions, with and without organic cosolvents, aqueous or oil suspensions, emulsions with edible oils, as well as similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
  • the compositions for use in the novel treatments of the present invention may be formed as aerosols, for intranasal and like administration.
  • the patient being treated is a warm-blooded animal and, in particular, mammals including man.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, solvents, diluents, excipients, adjuvants and vehicles as well as implant carriers generally refer to inert, non-toxic solid or liquid fillers, diluents or encapsulating material not reacting with the active ingredients of the invention.
  • compositions suitable for injection include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersing medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
  • solvent or dispersing medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
  • Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Nonaqueous vehicles such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, soybean oil, corn oil, sunflower oil, or peanut oil and esters, such as isopropyl myristate, can also be used as solvent systems for compound compositions.
  • various additives which enhance the stability, sterility, and isotonicity of the compositions including antimicrobial preservatives, antioxidants, chelating agents, and buffers, can be added.
  • antibacterial and antifungal agents for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like.
  • isotonic agents for example, sugars, sodium chloride, and the like.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin. According to the present invention, however, any vehicle, diluent, or additive used have to be compatible with the compounds.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the compounds utilized in practicing the present invention in the required amount of the appropriate solvent with various of the other ingredients, as desired.
  • a pharmacological formulation of the present invention can be administered to the patient in an injectable formulation containing any compatible carrier, such as various vehicle, adjuvants, additives, and diluents; or the compounds utilized in the present invention can be administered parenterally to the patient in the form of slow-release subcutaneous implants or targeted delivery systems such as monoclonal antibodies, vectored delivery, iontophoretic, polymer matrices, liposomes, and microspheres. Examples of delivery systems useful in the present invention include U. S. Patent Nos.
  • a pharmacological formulation of the compound utilized in the present invention can be administered orally to the patient.
  • Conventional methods such as administering the compound in tablets, suspensions, solutions, emulsions, capsules, powders, syrups and the like are usable.
  • Known techniques which deliver it orally or intravenously and retain the biological activity are preferred.
  • the compound of the present invention can be administered initially by intravenous injection to bring blood levels to a suitable level.
  • the patient's levels are then maintained by an oral dosage form, although other forms of administration, dependent upon the patient's condition and as indicated above, can be used.
  • the active dose of compound for humans is in the range of from lng/kg to about 20- 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably about 0.01 mg to about 2-10 mg/kg body weight per day, in a regimen of one dose per day or twice or three or more times per day for a period of 1-2 weeks or longer, preferably for 24-to 48 hrs or by continuous infusion during a period of 1-2 weeks or longer.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be administered to the eye topically or in the form of an injection, such as an intravitreal injection, a sub-retinal injection or a bilateral injection. Further information on administration of the compounds of the present invention can be found in Tolentino et al, Retina 24 (2004) 132-138; Reich et al, Molecular vision 9 (2003) 210-216.
  • compositions of the present invention are preferably administered into the lung by inhalation of an aerosol containing these compositions / compounds, or by intranasal or intratracheal instillation of said compositions.
  • Formulating the compositions in liposomes may benefit absorption.
  • the compositions may include a PFC liquid such as perflubron, and the compositions may be formulated as a complex of the compounds of the invention with polyethylemeimine (PEI).
  • PEI polyethylemeimine
  • the compounds of the present invention may be administered topically where appropriate (such as in the case of diabetic foot ulcers for example), optionally in a lipid / liposome formulation.
  • a preferred administration mode is topical delivery of the RTP801L inhibitors onto the round window membrane of the cochlea as disclosed for example in Tanaka et al. (Hear Res. 2003 Mar;177(l-2):21-31).
  • the administration of the pharmaceutical composition is preferably by topical application to the damages area, but the compositions may also be administered systemically.
  • Additional formulations for improved delivery of the compounds of the present invention can include non-formulated compounds, compounds covalently bound to cholesterol, and compounds bound to targeting antibodies (Song et al., Antibody mediated in vivo delivery of small interfering RNAs via cell-surface receptors, Nat Biotechnol. 2005 Jun;23(6):709-17).
  • Pressure sores or pressure ulcers including diabetic ulcers are areas of damaged skin and tissue that develop when sustained pressure (usually from a bed or wheelchair) cuts off circulation to vulnerable parts of the body, especially the skin on the buttocks, hips and heels.
  • the lack of adequate blood flow leads to ischemic necrosis and ulceration of the affected tissue.
  • Pressure sores occur most often in patients with diminished or absent sensation or who are debilitated, emaciated, paralyzed, or long bedridden. Tissues over the sacrum, ischia, greater trochanters, external malleoli, and heels are especially susceptible; other sites may be involved depending on the patient's situation.
  • Traumatic injury can be due to automobile accidents, falls, gunshot, diving accidents . inter alia , and diseases which can affect the spinal cord include polio, spina bifida, tumors and Friedreich's ataxia.
  • Model systems for Glaucoma Testing the active inhibitors of the invention (such as siRNA) for treating or preventing Glaucoma is done in the animal model for example as described by Pease et al., J. Glaucoma, 2006, 15(6):512-9 (Manometric calibration and comparison of TonoLab and TonoPen tonometers in rats with experimental glaucoma and in normal mice).
  • testing the active inhibitors of the invention for treating or preventing Ischemia and reperfusion injury following lung transplantation is done in the animal model for example as described by Mizobuchi et al., J. Heart Lung Transplant 2004:23:889-93.
  • LPS Lipopolysaccharide
  • ALI acute lung injury
  • Model systems for Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Testing the active inhibitors of the invention for treating Acute respiratory distress syndrome is done in the animal model as described by Chen et al. in J Biomed Sci. 2003;10(6 Pt l):588-92.
  • Cy3- PTEN siRNA (total of 0.3-0.4 ⁇ g) PBS was applied to the round window of chinchillas.
  • the Cy3-labelled cells within the treated cochlea were analyzed 24-48 hours post siRNA round window application after sacrifice of the chinchillas.
  • the pattern of labeling within the cochlea was similar following 24h and 48 h and includes labeling in the basal turn of cochlea, in the middle turn of cochlea and in the apical turn of cochlea.
  • Application of Cy3-PTEN siRNA onto scala tympani revealed labelling mainly in the basal turn of the cochlea and the middle turn of the cochlea.
  • the Cy3 signal was persistence to up to 15 days after the application of the Cy3- PTEN siRNA.
  • Chinchillas are pre-treated by direct administration of specific siRNAs to 801L (siRNA Nos: 72 or 73 in Table A) in saline to the left ear of each animal. Saline is given to the right ear of each animal as placebo. Two days following the administration of the specific siRNA, the animals are treated with carboplatin (75 mg/kg ip) or cisplatin (intraperitoneal infusion of 13mg/kg over 30 minutes).
  • the percentage of dead cells of inner hair cells (IHC) and outer hair cells (OHC) is calculated in the left ear (siRNA treated) and in the right ear (saline treated). The percentage of dead cells is lower in the siRNA treated ear than in the control
  • siRNA Nos: 72 or 73 in Table A The activity of specific siRNA to 801L (siRNA Nos: 72 or 73 in Table A) in an acoustic trauma model is studied in chinchilla.
  • the animals are exposed to an octave band of noise centered at 4 kHz for 2.5h at 105 dB.
  • the left ear of the noise-exposed chinchillas is pre-treated (48 h before the acoustic trauma) with 30 ⁇ g of either siRNA in ⁇ 10 ⁇ L of saline; the right ear is pre-treated with vehicle (saline).
  • CAP compound action potential
  • the CAP is recorded by placing an electrode near the base of the cochlea in order to detect the local field potential that is generated when a sound stimulus, such as click or tone burst, is abruptly turned on.
  • the functional status of each ear is assessed 2.5 weeks after the acoustic trauma.
  • the mean threshold of the compound action potential recorded from the round window is determined 2.5 weeks after the acoustic trauma in order to determine if the thresholds in the siRNA-treated ear are lower (better) than the untreated (saline) ear.
  • the amount of inner and outer hair cell loss is determined in the siRNA-treated and the control ear. It is found that the thresholds in the siRNA-treated ear are lower than the untreated (saline) ear Also, the amount of hair cell loss is lower in the siRNA-treated ear than in the control ear.
  • siRNAs tested were blunt-ended 19mers wherein alternate sugars have a 2'-O-methyl modification, having the sequences presented in Table A, No.s 915, 876, 493, 72 and 73.
  • O-methyl modification is present on nucleotides 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17 and 19 of the antisense strand and nucleotides 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 and 18 of the sense strand.
  • the siRNAs tested were unphosphorylated but the parallel phosphorylated molecules are used to achieve essentially identical results.
  • the inventors of the present application have shown elsewhere (PCT Patent Publication No.s WO 2006/0354 and 2006/023544) that unphosphorylated and the parallel phosphorylated siRNA modified compounds have similar activity
  • the following negative controls were used: a) Cy3 -labeled synthetic stabilized siRNA against human, mouse and rat PTEN gene (PTEN- Cy3). Stock solution 20 mg/ml in double distilled. b) Synthetic stabilized siRNA against GFP (GFP siRNA). Stock solution 20 mg/ml in double distilled.
  • the cells used in the experiment were 801 wt and Ko mouse embryonic fibroblasts (MEF) cells and 293T embryonic kidney cells.
  • the transfection reagent used was Lipofectamine 2000 (Invitrogene, Cat#l 1668-019).
  • 3xlO 5 and IxIO 5 801 wt MEF and 293T cells were seeded per well of the 6 wells plate, respectively. 24h subsequently, cells were transfected with: a. DDIT4L siKNA molecules at final concentrations per well of 0.5-40 nM b. GFP siRNA molecules at final concentrations per well of 0.5- 40 nM c. PTEN-Cy3 siRNA at final concentrations per well of 20-40 nM
  • Transfection mixture per each well contained 3 Dl lipofectamine 2000 reagent (in 250ul serum free medium).
  • RNA was prepared from the cells and processed, and qPCR was performed for the evaluation of REDD2 rnRNA levels, using mouse or human REDD2-specific oligonucleotides and Cyclophylin as a reference gene.
  • siRNA oligos in both mouse and human genes were DDIT4L_228 (Table A ID 72) and DDIT4L_229 (Table A ID 73).
  • DDIT4L_228 was slightly more active on the human RTP801L gene than DDIT4L_229.
  • Both siRNAs 72 and 73 were more active than siRNAs 915, 876 and 493, as can be seen from Figures 3-6.

Abstract

The present invention provides novel molecules, compositions, methods and uses for treating microvascular disorders, eye diseases respiratory conditions and hearing disorders based upon inhibition of the RTP801L gene and/or protein.

Description

THERAPEUTIC USES OF INHIBITORS OF RTP801L
This application claims priority of US provisional patent application No. 60/812229 filed on June 9, 2006 which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel siRNA molecules which inhibit the RTP801L gene and to the use of such molecules to treat respiratory disorders of all types (including pulmonary disorders), eye diseases and conditions, microvascular disorders, angiogenesis- and apoptosis- related conditions, and hearing impairments.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), affects more than 16 million Americans and is the fourth highest cause of death in the United States. Cigarette smoking causes most occurrences of the debilitating disease but other environmental factors cannot be excluded (Petty TL. 2003. Definition, epidemiology, course, and prognosis of COPD. Clin. Cornerstone, 5-10).
Pulmonary emphysema is a major manifestation of COPD. Permanent destruction of peripheral air spaces, distal to terminal bronchioles, is the hallmark of emphysema (Tuder RM, et al . Oxidative stress and apoptosis interact and cause emphysema due to vascular endothelial growth factor blocade. Am J Respir Cell MoI Biol, 29:88-97; 2003.). Emphysema is also characterized by accumulation of inflammatory cells such as macrophages and neutrophils in bronchioles and alveolar structures (Petty, 2003).
The pathogenesis of emphysema is complex and multifactorial. In humans, a deficiency of inhibitors of proteases produced by inflammatory cells, such as alphal -antitrypsin, has been shown to contribute to protease/antiprotease imbalance, thereby favoring destruction of alveolar extracellular matrix in cigarette-smoke (CS) induced emphysema (Eriksson, S. 1964. Pulmonary Emphysema and Alphal -Antitrypsin Deficiency. Acta Med Scand 175:197-205. Joos, L., Pare, P.D., and Sandford, AJ. 2002. Genetic risk factors of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
Swiss Med WkIy 132:27-37). Matrix metalloproteinases (MMPs) play a central role in
• experimental emphysema, as documented by resistance of macrophage metalloelastase knockout mice against emphysema caused by chronic inhalation of CS (Hautamaki, et al: Requirement for macrophage elastasefor cigarette smoke-induced emphysema in mice. Science 277:2002-2004).
Moreover, pulmonary overexpression of interleukin-13 in transgenic mice results in MMP- and cathepsin-dependent emphysema (Zheng, T., et al 2000. Inducible targeting of IL-13 to the adult lung causes matrix metalloproteinase- and cathepsin-dependent emphysema. J Clin Invest
106:1081-1093). Recent works describe involvement of septal cell apoptosis in lung tissue destruction leading to emphysema (Rangasami T, et al . Genetic ablation of Nrf2 enhances susceptibility to cigarette smoke-iduced emphysema in mice. Submitted to Journal of Clinincal Investigation.; Tuder RM et al . Oxidative stress and apoptosis interact and cause emphysema due to vascular endothelial growth factor blocade. Am J Respir Cell MoI Biol, 29:88-97; 2003.; Yokohori N5 Aoshiba K, Nagai A, Increased levels of cell death and proliferation in alveolar wall cells in patients with pulmonary emphysema. Chest. 2004 Feb;125(2):626-32.\ Aoshiba K5 Yokohori N5 Nagai A., Alveolar wall apoptosis causes lung destruction and emphysematous changes. Am J Respir Cell MoI Biol. 2003 May; 28(5): 555-62.).
Among the mechanisms that underlie both pathways of lung destruction in emphysema, excessive formation of reactive oxygen species (ROS) should be first of all mentioned. It is well established that prooxidant/antioxidant imbalance exists in the blood and in the lung tissue of smokers (Hulea SA, et al: Cigarette smoking causes biochemical changes in blood that ar~e suggestive of oxidative stress: a case-control study. J Environ Pathol Toxicol Oncol. 1995,14(3- 4): 173-80.; Rahman I, MacNee W. Lung glutathione and oxidative stress: implications in cigarette smoke-induced airway disease. Am J Physiol. 1999 Dec;277(6 Pt l):L1067-88.; MacNee W. Oxidants/antioxidants and COPD. Chest. 2000 May; 117(5 Suppl l):303S-17S.; Marwick JA, Kirkham P, Gilmour PS, Donaldson K, MacNEE W5 Rahman I. Cigarette smoke- induced oxidative stress and TGF-betal increasep21waf. i/cipl expression in alveolar epithelial cells. Ann N Y Acad Sd. 2002 Nov;973:278-83.; Aoshiba K5 Koinuma M5 Yokohori N5 Nagai A. Immunohistochemical evaluation of oxidative stress in murine lungs after cigarette smoke exposure. Inhal Toxicol. 2003 Sep;15(10):1029-38.; Dekhuijzen PN. Antioxidant properties of N -acetylcysteine: their relevance in relation to chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Eur Respir J. 2004 Apr;23(4):629-36.; Tuder RM, Zhen L, Cho CY, Taraseviciene-Stewart L, Kasahara Y, Salvemini D, Voelkel NF, and Flores SC. Oxidative stress and apoptosis interact and cause emphysema due to vascular endothelial growth factor blocade. Am J Respir Cell MoI Biol, 29:88-97; 2003.). After one hour exposure of mice to CS, there is a dramatic increase of 8- hydroxy-2'-deoxyguanosine (8-OHdG) in the alveolar epithelial cells, particularly of type II (see Inhal Toxicol. 2003 Seρ;15(10):1029-38. above). Overproduced reactive oxygen species are known for their cytotoxic activity, which stems from a direct DNA damaging effect and from the activation of apoptotic signal transduction pathways (Takahashi A, Masuda A, Sun M, Centonze VE, Herman B. Oxidative stress-induced apoptosis is associated with alterations in mitochondrial caspase activity and Bcl-2-dependent alterations in mitochondrial pH (pHm). Brain Res Bull. 2004 Feb 15;62(6):497-504.; Taniyama Y, Griendling KK. Reactive oxygen species in the vasculature: molecular and cellular mechanisms. Hypertension. 2003 Dec;42(6): 1075-81. Epub 2003 Oct 27.; Higuchi Y. Chromosomal DNA fragmentation in apoptosis. and necrosis induced by oxidative stress. Biochem Pharmacol. 2003 Oct 15;66(8): 1527-35.; Punj V, Chakrabarty AM. Redox proteins in mammalian cell death: an evolutionarily conserved function in mitochondria and prokaryotes. Cell Microbiol. 2003 Aρr;5(4):225-31.; Ueda S, Masutani H, Nakamura H, Tanaka T, Ueno M, Yodoi J. Redox control of cell death. Antioxid Redox Signal. 2002 Jun;4(3):405-14.).
ROS' s are not only cytotoxic per se but are also proinflammatory stimuli, being prominent activators of redox-sensitive transcription factors NFkB and AP-I (reviewed in Rahman I. Oxidative stress and gene transcription in asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease: antioxidant therapeutic targets. Curr Drug Targets Jnflamm Allergy. 2002 Sep;l(3):291-315.). Both transcription factors are, in turn, strongly implicated in stimulation of transcription of proinflammatory cytokines (reviewed in Renard P, Raes M. Tire proinflammatory transcription factor NFkappaB: a potential target for novel therapeutical strategies. Cell Biol Toxicol.
1999;15(6):341-4.; Lentsch AB, Ward PA. The NFkappaB b/IkappaB system in acute inflammation. Arch Immunol Ther Exp (Warsz). 2000;48(2):59-63) and matrix degrading proteinases (Andela VB, Gordon AH, Zotalis G, Rosier RN, Goater JJ, Lewis GD, Schwarz EM, Puzas JE, O'Keefe RJ. NFkappaB: a pivotal transcription factor in prostate cancer metastasis to bone. Clin Orthop. 2003 Oct;(415 Suppl):S75-85.; Fleenor DL, Pang IH, Clark AF. Involvement of AP-J in interleukin-1 alpha-stimulated MMP-3 expression in human trabecular meshwork cells. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sd. 2003 Aug;44(8):3494-501.; Ruhul Amin AR, Senga T, Oo ML, Thant AA, Hamaguchi M. Secretion of matrix metalloproteinase-9 by the proinflammatory cytokine, IL-lbeta: a role for the dual signalling pathways, AM and ErL Genes Cells. 2003 Jun;8(6):515-23.). Proinflammatory cytokines, in turn, serve as attractors of inflammatory cells that also secrete matrix degrading enzymes, cytokines and reactive oxygen species. Thus, it appears that a pathogenic factor, like e.g. CS5 triggers a pathological network where reactive oxygen species act as major mediators of lung destruction.
Both reactive oxygen species (ROS) from inhaled cigarette smoke and those endogenously formed by inflammatory cells contribute to an increased intrapulmonary oxidant burden.
One additional pathogenic factor with regards to COPD pathogenesis is the observed decreased expression of VEGF and VEGFRII in lungs of emphysematous patients (Yasunori Kasahara,
Rubin M. Tuder, Carlyne D. Cool, David A. Lynch, Sonia C. Flores, and Norbert F. Voelkel.
Endothelial Cell Death and Decreased Expression of Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor and
Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor 2 in Emphysema. Am JRespir Crit Care Med VoI
163. pp 737-744, 2001). Moreover, inhibition of VEGF signaling using chemical VEGFR inhibitor leads to alveolar septal endothelial and then to epithelial cell apoptosis, probably due to disruption of intimate structural/functional connection of both types of cells within alveoli
(Yasunori Kasahara, Rubin M. Tuder, Laimute Taraseviciene-Stewart, Timothy D. Le Cras,
Steven Abman, Peter K. Hirth, Johannes Waltenberger, and Norbert F. Voelkel. Inhibition of
VEGF receptors causes lung cell apoptosis and emphysema. J. Clin. Invest. 106:1311—1319 (2000). ; Voelkel NF, Cool CD. Pulmonary vascular involvement in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Eur Respir J Suppl. 2003 Nov;46:28s-32s).
Macular degeneration
The most common cause of decreased best-corrected vision in individuals over 65 years of age in the US is the retinal disorder known as age-related macular degeneration (AMD). As AMD progresses, the disease is characterized by loss of sharp, central vision. The area of the eye affected by AMD is the Macula - a small area in the center of the retina, composed primarily of photoreceptor cells. So-called "dry" AMD, accounting for about 85% - 90% of AMD patients, involves alterations in eye pigment distribution, loss of photoreceptors and diminished retinal function due to overall atrophy of cells. So-called "wet" AMD involves proliferation of abnormal choroidal vessels leading to clots or scars in the sub-retinal space. Thus, the onset of wet AMD occurs because of the formation of an abnormal choroidal neovascular network (choroidal neovascularization, CNV) beneath the neural retina. The newly formed blood vessels are excessively leaky. This leads to accumulation of subretinal fluid and blood leading to loss of visual acuity. Eventually, there is total loss of functional retina in the involved region, as a large disciform scar involving choroids and retina forms. While dry AMD patients may retain vision of decreased quality, wet AMD often results in blindness. (Hamdi & Kenney, Age-related Macular degeneration - a new viewpoint, Frontiers in Bioscience, e305-314, May 2003). CNV occurs not only in wet AMD but also in other ocular pathologies such as ocular histoplasmosis syndrome, angiod streaks, ruptures in Bruch's membrane, myopic degeneration, ocular tumors and some retinal degenerative diseases.
Various studies conducted have determined several risk factors for AMD, such as smoking, aging, family history (Milton, Am J Ophthalmol 88, 269 (1979); Mitchell et al, Ophthalmology 102, 1450-1460 (1995); Smith et al., Ophthalmology 108, 697-704 (2001)) sex (7-fold higher likelihood in females: Klein et al., Ophthalmology 99, 933-943 (1992) and race (whites are most susceptible). Additional risk factors may include eye characteristics such as farsightedness (hyperopia) and light-colored eyes, as well as cardiovascular disease and hypertension. Evidence of genetic involvement in the onset progression of the disease has also been documented (see Hamdi & Kenney above).
Two companies, Acuity Pharmaceuticals and Sirna Therapeutics, have both recently filed an IND for siRNA molecules inhibiting VEGF and VEGF-Rl (FIt-I)5 respectively, for treatment of AMD. These molecules are termed Cand5 inhibitor and 027 inhibitor respectively. Glaucoma
Glaucoma is one of the leading causes of blindness in the world. It affects approximately 66.8 million people worldwide. At least 12,000 Americans are blinded by this disease each year (Kahn and Milton, Am J Epidemiol. 1980 l ll(6):769-76). Glaucoma is characterized by the degeneration of axons in the optic nerve head, primarily due to elevated intraocular pressure (IOP). One of the most common forms of glaucoma, known as primary open-angle glaucoma (POAG), results from the increased resistance of aqueous humor outflow in the trabecular meshwork (TM), causing IOP elevation and eventual optic nerve damage.
Microvascular disorders
Microvascular disorders are composed of a broad group of conditions that primarily affect the microscopic capillaries and lymphatics and are therefore outside the scope of direct surgical intervention. Microvascular disease can be broadly grouped into the vasospastic, the vasculitis and lymphatic occlusive. Additionally, many of the known vascular conditions have a microvascular element to them.
■ Vasospastic Disease - Vasospastic diseases are a group of relatively common conditions where, for unknown reasons, the peripheral vasoconstrictive reflexes are hypersensitive. This results in inappropriate vasoconstriction and tissue ischaemia, even to the point of tissue loss. Vasospastic symptoms are usually related to temperature or the use of vibrating machinery but may be secondary to other conditions.
■ Vasculitic Disease - Vasculitic diseases are those that involve a primary inflammatory process in the microcirculation. Vasculitis is usually a component of an autoimmune or connective tissue disorder and is not generally amenable to surgical treatment but requires immunosuppressive treatment if the symptoms are severe.
■ Lymphatic Occlusive Disease - Chronic swelling of the lower or upper limb (lymphoedema) is the result of peripheral lymphatic occlusion. This is a relatively rare condition that has a large number of causes, some inherited, some acquired. The mainstays of treatment are correctly fitted compression garments and the use of intermittent compression devices.
Microvascular pathologies associated with diabetes Diabetes is the leading cause of blindness, the number one cause of amputations and impotence, and one of the most frequently occurring chronic childhood diseases. Diabetes is also the leading cause of end-stage renal disease in the United States, with a prevalence rate of 31% compared with other renal diseases. Diabetes is also the most frequent indication for kidney transplantation, accounting for 22% of all transplantation operations.
In general, diabetic complications can be classified broadly as microvascular or macrovascular disease. Microvascular complications include neuropathy (nerve damage), nephropathy (kidney disease) and vision disorders (eg retinopathy, glaucoma, cataract and corneal disease). In the retina, glomerulus, and vasa nervorum, similar pathophysiologic features characterize diabetes- specific microvascular disease.
Microvascular pathologies associated with diabetes are defined as a disease of the smallest blood vessels (capillaries) that may occur e.g. in people who have had diabetes for a long time. The walls of the vessels become abnormally thick but weak. They, therefore, bleed, leak protein and slow the flow of blood through the body.
Clinical and animal model data indicate that chronic hyperglycemia is the central initiating factor for all types of diabetic microvascular disease. Duration and magnitude of hyperglycemia are both strongly correlated with the extent and rate of progression of diabetic microvascular disease. Although all diabetic cells are exposed to elevated levels of plasma glucose, hyperglycemic damage is limited to those cell types (e.g., endothelial cells) that develop intracellular hyperglycemia. Endothelial cells develop intracellular hyperglycemia because, unlike many other cells, they cannot down-regulate glucose transport when exposed to extracellular hyperglycemia. That intracellular hyperglycemia is necessary and sufficient for the development of diabetic pathology is further demonstrated by the fact that overexpression of the GLUTl glucose transporter in mesangial cells cultured in a normal glucose milieu mimics the diabetic phenotype, inducing the same increases in collagen type IV, collagen type I, and fibronectin gene expression as diabetic hyperglycemia. Abnormal Endothelial Cell Function/ Early in the course of diabetes mellitus, before structural changes are evident, hyperglycemia causes abnormalities in blood flow and vascular permeability in the retina, glomerulus, and peripheral nerve vasa nervorum. The increase in blood flow and intracapillary pressure is thought to reflect hyperglycemia-induced decreased nitric oxide (NO) production on the efferent side of capillary beds, and possibly an increased sensitivity to angiotensin II. As a consequence of increased intracapillary pressure and endothelial cell dysfunction, retinal capillaries exhibit increased leakage of fluorescein and glomerular capillaries have an elevated albumin excretion rate (AER). Comparable changes occur in the vasa vasorum of peripheral nerve. Early in the course of diabetes, increased permeability is reversible; as time progresses, however, it becomes irreversible.
Increased Vessel Wall Protein Accumulation
The common pathophysiologic feature of diabetic microvascular disease is progressive narrowing and eventual occlusion of vascular lumina, which results in inadequate perfusion and function of the affected tissues. Early hyperglycemia-induced microvascular hypertension and increased vascular permeability contribute to irreversible microvessel occlusion by three processes:
■ The first is an abnormal leakage of periodic acid-Schiff (PAS)-positive, carbohydrate- containing plasma proteins, which are deposited in the capillary wall and which may stimulate perivascular cells such as pericytes and mesangial cells to elaborate growth factors and extracellular matrix.
■ The second is extravasation of growth factors, such as transforming growth factor /31 (TGF-/31), which directly stimulates overproduction of extracellular matrix components, and may induce apoptosis in certain complication-relevant cell types. ■ The third is hypertension-induced stimulation of pathologic gene expression by endothelial cells and supporting cells, which include glut-1 glucose transporters, growth
. factors, growth factor receptors, extracellular matrix components, and adhesion molecules that can activate circulating leukocytes. The observation that unilateral reduction in the severity of diabetic microvascular disease occurs on the side with ophthalmic or renal artery stenosis is consistent with this concept.
Microvascular Cell Loss and Vessel Occlusion
The progressive narrowing and occlusion of diabetic microvascular lumina are also accompanied by microvascular cell loss. Li the retina, diabetes mellitus induces programmed cell death of Mϊiller cells and ganglion cells, pericytes, and endothelial cells. In the glomerulus, declining renal function is associated with widespread capillary occlusion and podocyte loss, but the mechanisms underlying glomerular cell loss are not yet known. In the vasa nervorum, endothelial cell and pericyte degeneration occur, and these microvascular changes appear to precede the development of diabetic peripheral neuropathy. The multifocal distribution of axonal degeneration in diabetes supports a causal role for microvascular occlusion, but hyperglycemia-induced decreases in neurotrophins may contribute by preventing normal axonal repair and regeneration.
Another common feature of diabetic microvascular disease has been termed hyperglycemic memory, or the persistence or progression of hyperglycemia-induced microvascular alterations during subsequent periods of normal glucose homeostasis. The most striking example of this phenomenon is the development of severe retinopathy in histologically normal eyes of diabetic dogs that occurred entirely during a 2.5-year period of normalized blood glucose that followed 2.5 years of hyperglycemia. Hyperglycemia-induced increases in selected matrix gene transcription also persist for weeks after restoration of normoglycemia in vivo, and a less pronounced, but qualitatively similar, prolongation of hyperglycemia-induced increase in selected matrix gene transcription occurs in cultured endothelial cells. For further information, see "Shared pathophysiologic features of microvascular complications of diabetes" (Larsen: Williams Textbook of Endocrinology, 10th ed., Copyright © 2003 Elsevier).
Microvascular complications occur not only in overt diabetes but are also due to Impaired Glucose Tolerance (IGT). Microvascular complications of IGT: neuropathy, retinopathy, and renal microproteinuria.
Diabetic neuropathy Diabetic neuropathies are neuropathic disorders (peripheral nerve damage) that are associated with diabetes mellitus. These conditions usually result from diabetic microvascular injury involving small blood vessels that supply nerves (vasa nervorum). Relatively common conditions which may be associated with diabetic neuropathy include third nerve palsy; mononeuropathy; mononeuropathy multiplex; diabetic amyotrophy; a painful polyneuropathy; autonomic neuropathy; and thoracoabdominal neuropathy and the most common form, peripheral neuropathy, which mainly affects the feet and legs. There are four factors involved in the development of diabetic neuropathy: microvascular disease, advanced glycated end products, protein kinase C, and the polyol pathway.
Microvascular disease in diabetic neuropathy
Vascular and neural diseases are closely related and intertwined. Blood vessels depend on normal nerve function, and nerves depends on adequate blood flow. The first pathological change in the microvasculature is vasoconstriction. As the disease progresses, neuronal dysfunction correlates closely with the development of vascular abnormalities, such as capillary basement membrane thickening and endothelial hyperplasia, which contribute to diminished oxygen tension and hypoxia. Neuronal ischemia is a well-established characteristic of diabetic neuropathy. Vasodilator agents (e.g., angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibitors, alphal- antagonists) can lead to substantial improvements in neuronal blood flow, with corresponding improvements in nerve conduction velocities. Thus, microvascular dysfunction occurs early in diabetes, parallels the progression of neural dysfunction, and may be sufficient to support the severity of structural, functional, and clinical changes observed in diabetic neuropathy. Peripheral neuropathy (legs), sensorimotor neuropathy is a significant component in the pathogenesis of leg ulcers in diabetes.
Neuropathy is a common complication of diabetes occurring over time in more than half of patients with type 2 diabetes. Nerve conduction studies demonstrate that neuropathy is already present in 10-18% of patients at the time of diabetes diagnosis, suggesting that peripheral nerve injury occurs at early stages of disease and with milder glycemic dysregulation. The concept that neuropathy is an early clinical sign of diabetes was proposed >40 years ago, and most studies report an association between IGT and neuropathy. Most patients with IGT and associated neuropathy have a symmetric, distal sensory polyneuropathy with prominent neuropathic pain. IGT neuropathy (Microvascular complications of impaired glucose tolerance - Perspectives in Diabetes, J. Robinson Singleton, in Diabetes December 1, 2003) is phenotypically similar to early diabetic neuropathy, which also causes sensory symptoms, including pain, and autonomic dysfunction. In a survey of 669 patients with early diabetic neuropathy, sensory symptoms were present in >60%, impotence in nearly 40%, and other autonomic involvement in 33%, but evidence of motor involvement in only 12%. These clinical findings suggest prominent early involvement of the small unmyelinated nerve fibers that carry pain, temperature, and autonomic signals. Direct quantitation of unmyelinated intraepidermal nerve fibers from skin biopsies shows similar fiber loss and altered morphology in patients with neuropathy associated with IGT and early diabetes .
Autonomic dysfunction, particularly erectile dysfunction and altered cardiac vagal response, are common early features of neuropathic injury in diabetes. Work with IGT patients also suggests prevalent vagal dysautonoinia: separate studies have found abnormal heart rate recovery following exercise, blunted R-R interval variability to deep breathing, and reduced expiration to inspiration ratio (all measures of vagal dysautonomia) in a greater fraction of IGT patients than age-matched normoglycemic control subjects. Nerve damage in diabetes affects the motor, sensory, and autonomic fibers. Motor neuropathy causes muscle weakness, atrophy, and paresis. Sensory neuropathy leads to loss of the protective sensations of pain, pressure, and heat. The absence of pain leads to many problems in the insensate foot, including ulceration, unperceived trauma, and Charcot neuroarthropathy. The patient may not seek treatment until after the wound has advanced. A combination of sensory and motor dysfunction can cause the patient to place abnormal stresses on the foot, resulting in trauma, which may lead to infection. Autonomic sympathetic neuropathy causes vasodilation and decreased sweating, which results in warm, overly dry feet that are particularly prone to skin breakdown, as well as functional alterations in microvascular flow. Autonomic dysfunction (and denervation of dermal structures) also results in loss of skin integrity, which provides an ideal site for microbial invasion. The neuropathic foot does not ulcerate spontaneously; rather, it is the combination of some form of trauma accompanied by neuropathy.
Microvascular dysfunction occurs early in diabetes, parallels the progression of neural dysfunction, and may be sufficient to support the severity of structural, functional, and clinical changes observed in diabetic neuropathy.
Advanced glycated end products - Elevated intracellular levels of glucose cause a non- enzymatic covalent bonding with proteins, which alters their structure and destroys their function. Certain of these glycated proteins are implicated in the pathology of diabetic neuropathy and other long term complications of diabetes.
Protein kinase C (PKC) - PKC is implicated in the pathology of diabetic neuropathy. Increased levels of glucose cause an increase in intracellular diacylglycerol, which activates PKC. PKC inhibitors in animal models will increase nerve conduction velocity by increasing neuronal blood flow.
Sensorimotor polyneuropathy Longer nerve fibers are affected to a greater degree than shorter ones, because nerve conduction velocity is slowed in proportion to a nerve's length. Ih this syndrome, decreased sensation and loss of reflexes occurs first in the toes bilaterally, then extends upward. It is usually described as glove-stocking distribution of numbness, sensory loss, dysesthesia and nighttime pain. The pain can feel like burning, pricking sensation, achy or dull. Pins and needles sensation is common. Loss of proprioception, that is, the sense of where a limb is in space, is affected early. These patients cannot feel when they are stepping on a foreign body, like a splinter, or when they are developing a callous from an ill-fitting shoe. Consequently, they are at risk for developing ulcers and infections on the feet and legs, which can lead to amputation. Similarly, these patients can get multiple fractures of the knee, ankle or foot, and develop a Charcot joint. Loss of motor function results on dorsiflexion contractures of the toes, so called hammertoes. These contractures occur not only in the foot but also in the hand.
Autonomic neuropathy The autonomic nervous system is composed of nerves serving the heart, GI tract and urinary system. Autonomic neuropathy can affect any of these organ systems. The most commonly recognized autonomic dysfuction in diabetics is orthostatic hypotension, or the uncomfortable sensation of fainting when a patient stands up. In the case of diabetic autonomic neuropathy, it is due to the failure of the heart and arteries to appropriately adjust heart rate and vascular tone to keep blood continually and fully flowing to the brain. This symptom is usually accompanied by a loss of sinus respiratory variation, that is, the usual change in heart rate seen with normal breathing. When these two findings are present, cardiac autonomic neuropathy is present.
GI tract manifestations include delayed gastric emptying, gastroparesis, nausea, bloating, and diarrhea. Because many diabetics take oral medication for their diabetes, absorption of these medicines is greatly affected by the delayed gastric emptying. This can lead to hypoglycemia when an oral diabetic agent is taken before a meal and does not get absorbed until hours, or sometimes days later, when there is normal or low blood sugar already. Sluggish movement of the small instestine can cause bacterial overgrowth, made worse by the presence of hyperglycemia. This leads to bloating, gas and diarrhea. Urinary symptoms include urinary frequency, urgency, incontinence and retention. Again, because of the retention of sweet urine, urinary tract infections are frequent. Urinary retention can lead to bladder diverticula, stones, reflux nephropathy.
Cranial neuropathy
When cranial nerves are affected, oculomotor (3rd) neuropathies are most common. The oculomotor nerve controls all of the muscles that move the eye with the exception of the lateral rectus and superior oblique muscles. It also serves to constrict the pupil and open the eyelid. The onset of a diabetic third nerve palsy is usually abrupt, beginning with frontal or periorbital pain and then diplopia. AU of the oculomotor muscles innervated by the third nerve may be affected, except for those that control pupil size. The sixth nerve, the abducens nerve, which innervates the lateral rectus muscle of the eye (moves the eye laterally), is also commonly affected but fourth nerve, the trochlear nerve, (innervates the superior oblique muscle, which moves the eye downward) involvement is unusual. Mononeuropathies of the thoracic or lumbar spinal nerves can occur and lead to painful syndromes that mimic myocardial infarction, cholecystitis or appendicitis. Diabetics have a higher incidence of entrapment neuropathies, such as carpal tunnel syndrome.
Diabetic Limb Ischemia and Diabetic foot ulcers
Diabetes and pressure can impair microvascular circulation and lead to changes in the skin on the lower extremities, which in turn, can lead to formation of ulcers and subsequent infection. Microvascular changes lead to limb muscle microangiopathy, as well as a predisposition to develop peripheral ischemia and a reduced angiogenesis compensatory response to ischemic events. Microvascular pathology exacerbates Peripheral Vascular Disease (PVD) (or Peripheral Arterial Disease (PAD) or Lower Extremity Arterial Disease (LEAD)- a MACROvascular complication - narrowing of the arteries in the legs due to atherosclerosis. PVD occurs earlier in diabetics, is more severe and widespread, and often involves intercurrent microcirculatory problems affecting the legs, eyes, and kidneys. Foot ulcers and gangrene are frequent comorbid conditions of PAD. Concurrent peripheral neuropathy with impaired sensation make the foot susceptible to trauma, ulceration, and infection. The progression of PAD in diabetes is compounded by such comorbidity as peripheral neuropathy and insensitivity of the feet and lower extremities to pain and trauma. With impaired circulation and impaired sensation, ulceration and infection occur. Progression to osteomyelitis and gangrene may necessitate amputation.
Persons with diabetes are up to 25 times more likely than nondiabetic persons to sustain a lower limb amputation, underscoring the need to prevent foot ulcers and subsequent limb loss. Diabetic foot ulcers may occur not only in conjunction with PAD but may also be associated with neuropathy, venous insufficiency (varicose veins), trauma, and infection. PAD contributes to these other conditions in producing or precipitating foot ulcers. Foot ulcers do not necessarily represent progression of PAD, as they may occur in the presence of adequate clinical peripheral arterial perfusion. Patient- based studies indicate an increased risk of foot ulceration in diabetic patients who have peripheral neuropathy and a high plantar foot pressure. The prevalence of a history of ulcers or sores on the foot or ankles was 15% of all diabetic patients in the population- based study in southern Wisconsin. The prevalence was higher for diabetic individuals diagnosed at age <30 years, was slightly higher in men (16%) than in women (13%), and was greater in insulin-treated diabetic patients (17%) than in patients not taking insulin (10%). The prevalence increased with age, especially in diabetic patients diagnosed at age <30 years. In patient studies from Europe, prevalence of foot ulcers in diabetic patients was 3% in those age <50 years, 7% in those age <60 years, and 14% in those age <80 years. Prevalence was greater in males than in females at age 70 years.
In diabetic patients, foot ischemia and infection are serious and even life-threatening occurrences; however, neuropathy is the most difficult condition to treat . The medical and surgical literature concerning all aspects of the clinical and pathological manifestations of the diabetic foot is overwhelming. Neuropathy, angiopathy, retinopathy, and nephropathy, alone or in combination and in varying degrees of severity, may influence the treatment of the diabetic foot. Every year, 82,000 limb amputations are performed in patients with diabetes mellitus. The majority of these amputations are performed in the elderly population. Amputations resulting from diabetes may arise from multiple etiologies, including foot ulcers, ischemia, venous leg ulcers (ie, those secondary to venous reflux), and heel ulcers (ie, those resulting from untreated pressure ulcers in the heel). The majority of these amputations originate from ulcers. The prevalence of foot ulcers among patients with diabetes is 12%. In addition, the 20-year cumulative incidence of lower-extremity ulcers in patients with type 1 diabetes is 9.9%. Diabetes-induced limb amputations result in a 5-year mortality rate of 39% to 68% and are associated with an increased risk of additional amputations. The length of hospital stay is approximately 60% longer among patients with diabetic foot ulcers, as compared with those without ulcers.
Diabetic neuropathy impairs the nerve axon reflex that depends on healthy C-fiber nociceptor function and causes local vasodilation in response to a painful stimulus. This condition further compromises the vasodilatory response present in conditions of stress, such as injury or inflammation, in the diabetic neuropathic foot. This impairment may partially explain why some ulcers in the diabetic neuropathic foot are either slow to heal or fail to heal at all, despite successful lower-extremity revascularization.
The most common causal pathway to diabetic foot ulceration can thus be identified as the combination of neuropathy (sensory loss), deformity (eg, prominent metatarsal heads), and trauma (eg, ill-fitting footwear).
Most surgeons prefer to perform popliteal or tibial arterial bypass because of inferior rates of limb salvage and patency compared with more proximal procedures. If popliteal or tibial arterial bypass is unable to restore a palpable foot pulse, pedal bypass has been reported to provide a more durable and effective limb-salvage procedure for patients with diabetes and ischemic foot wounds] . Even extensive multisegment occlusive disease in patients with diabetes does not present an impediment to foot salvage. Whereas serious wound complications may have disastrous results, they are uncommon after pedal bypass grafting. Adequate control of preexisting foot infection and careful graft tunneling have been shown to be effective in avoiding further complications. Angioplasty in the lower extremity is becoming more progressively utilized. However, it must be emphasized that for angioplasty to be effective, a distal vessel or feeding vessel must be patent if the more proximal angioplasty is to succeed.
While diabetic ulcers / limb pathologies may be managed in some patients (by Debridement, antibiotic treatment, use of preparations to stimulate granulation tissue (new collagen and angiogenesis) and reduction of bacterial burden in the wound), it would be beneficial to have a pharmaceutical composition that could better treat these conditions and/or alleviate the symptoms.
For further information, see American Journal of Surgery, Volume 187 • Number 5 Suppl 1 • May 1, 2004, Copyright © 2004 Elsevier .
Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction in diabetes
The correlation between histopathology and microcirculatory dysfunction in diabetes is well known from old experimental studies and from autopsy, where thickening of the basal membrane, perivascular fibrosis, vascular rarefication, and capillary hemorrhage are frequently found. It remains difficult to confirm these data in vivo, although a recent paper demonstrated a correlation between pathology and ocular micorovascular dysfunction (Am J Physiol 2003 ;285). A large amount of clinical studies, however, indicate that not only overt diabetes but also impaired metabolic control may affect coronary microcirculation (Hypert Res 2002;25:893). Werner alluded to the important paper by Sambuceti et al (Circulation 2001; 104: 1129) showing the persistence of microvascular dysfunction in patients after successful reopening of the infarct related artery, and which may explain the increased cardiovascular morbidity and mortality in these patients. There is mounting evidence from large acute reperfusion studies that morbidity and mortality are unrelated to the reopening itself of the infarct related artery, but much more dependent on the TMI flow+/- myocardial blush (Stone 2002; Feldmann Circulation 2003). Herrmann indicated, among others, that the integrity of the coronary microcirculation is probably the most important clincal and prognostic factor in this context (Circulation 2001). The neutral effect of protection devices (no relevant change for TIMI flow, for ST resolution, or for MACE) may indicate that a functional impairment of microcirculation is the major determinant of prognosis. There is also increasing evidence that coronary microvascular dysfunction plays a major role in non obstructive CAD. Coronary endothelial dysfunction remains a strong prognostic predictor in these patients.
Diabetic nephropathy (Renal dysfunction in patients with diabetes)
Diabetic nephropathy encompasses microalbuminuria (a microvascular disease effect), proteinuria and ESRD. Diabetes is the most common cause of kidney failure, accounting for more than 40 percent of new cases. Even when drugs and diet are able to control diabetes, the disease can lead to nephropathy and kidney failure. Most people with diabetes do not develop nephropathy that is severe enough to cause kidney failure. About 16 million people in the
United States have diabetes, and about 100,000 people have kidney failure as a result of diabetes.
Diabetic retinopathy
In the diabetic state, hyperglycemia leads to decreased retinal blood flow, retinal hyperpermeability, delays in photoreceptor nerve conduction, and retinal neuronal cell death. In short duration diabetes, neuronal cell death has been identified within the inner nuclear layer of the retina. Specifically, apoptosis has been localized to glial cells such as Mueller cells and astrocytes and has been shown to occur within 1 month of diabetes in the STZ-induced diabetic rat model. The cause of these events is multi-factorial including activation of the diacylglycerol/PKC pathway, oxidative stress, and nonenzymatic glycosylation. The combination of these events renders the retina hypoxic and ultimately leads to the development of diabetic retinopathy. One possible connection between retinal ischemia and the early changes in the diabetic retina is the hypoxia-induced production of growth factors such as VEGF. The master regulator of the hypoxic response has been identified as hypoxia inducible factor- 1 (HIF- 1), which controls genes that regulate cellular proliferation and angiogenesis. Prior studies have demonstrated that inhibition of HIF-I ubiquitination leads to binding with hypoxia responsive elements (HRE) and production of VEGF mRNA.
Diabetic Retinopathy is defined as the progressive dysfunction of the retinal vasculature caused by chronic hyperglycemia. Key features of diabetic retinopathy include microaneurysms, retinal hemorrhages, retinal lipid exudates, cotton-wool spots, capillary nonperfusion, macular edema and neovascularization. Associated features include vitreous hemorrhage, retinal detachment, neovascular glaucoma, premature cataract and cranial nerve palsies. There are 16 million people in the US with Type 1 and Type 2 diabetes. Within 15 years, 80% of Type 1 patients have developed diabetic retinopathy while 84% of Type 2 diabetic patients develop retinopathy within 19 years. These numbers constitute a significant market for therapeutic agents aimed at ocular diseases of neovasculature. The development of diabetic retinopathy is time-dependent. Despite optimal blood sugar control, patients with long-standing disease can be expected to eventually develop some form of retinopathy. The National Society to Prevent Blindness has estimated that 4 to 6 million diabetics in the U.S. have diabetic retinopathy. The estimated annual incidence of new cases of proliferative diabetic retinopathy and diabetic macular edema are 65,000 and 75,000, respectively, with a prevalence of 700,000 and 500,000 respectively. Diabetic retinopathy causes from 12,000 to 24,000 new cases of blindness in the US every year. Retinopathy is treated by surgical methods, effective in reducing severe vision loss, but the lasered portions of the retina are irreversibly destroyed. There are no drug treatments available.
A microvascular disease that primarily affects the capillaries, diabetes mellitus affects the eye by destroying the vasculature in the conjunctiva, retina and central nervous system. Patients may present with histories of long-standing injected bulbar conjunctivae along with systemic complaints of weight loss despite larger than normal appetite (polyphasia), abnormal thirst (polydypsia) and abnormally frequent urination (polyuria).
Fluctuating visual acuity secondary to unstable blood sugar is a common ocular sign. Swelling within the crystalline lens results in large sudden shifts in refraction as well as premature cataract formation. Changes in visual acuity will depend upon the severity and stage of the disease.
In the retina, weakening of the arterioles and capillaries may result in the characteristic appearance of intraretinal dot and blot hemorrhages, exudates, intraretinal microvascular abnormalities (IRMA) microaneurysms, edema and cotton wool infarcts. Proliferative diabetic retinopathy is the result of severe vascular compromise and is visible as neovascularization of the disc (NVD), neovascularization elsewhere (NVE) and neovascularization of the iris (NVI, or rubeosis irides). Neurological complications include palsies of the third, fourth and sixth cranial nerves as well as diabetic papillitis and facial nerve paralysis.
Diabetes mellitus is a genetically influenced group of diseases that share glucose intolerance. It is characterized as a disorder of metabolic regulation as a result of deficient or malfunctioning insulin or deficient or malfunctioning cellular insulin receptors.
Biochemistry involving the formation of sorbitol plays a role in the destruction of pericytes, which are cells that support the vascular endothelium. As the supportive pericytes perish, capillary endothelium becomes compromised, resulting in the vascular leakage of blood, protein and lipid. This, in combination with thickened, glucose-laden blood, produces vascular insufficiency, capillary nonperfusion, retinal hypoxia, altered structure and decreased function. The formation and release of vasoproliferative factors which play a role in the genesis of retinal neovascularization are poorly understood.
Most non-vision threatening sequelae of diabetes resolve spontaneously over the course of weeks to months following medical control. In cases where there are large refractive changes, patients may require a temporary spectacle prescription until the refraction stabilizes. When retinopathy threatens the macula or when new blood vessels proliferate, the patient may be referred for laser photocoagulation. The Diabetic Retinopathy Study (DRS) has conclusively proven that panretinal photocoagulation was successful in reducing the risk of severe vision loss in high-risk patients. It defined the high-risk characteristics as: (1) Neovascularization of the optic disc (NVD) one-quarter to one-third of a disc diameter in size and (2) Neovascularization elsewhere (NVE) with any vitreous hemorrhage.
Diabetic Macular Edema O)ME) DME is a complication of diabetic retinopathy, a disease affecting the blood vessels of the retina. Diabetic retinopathy results in multiple abnormalities in the retina, including retinal thickening and edema, hemorrhages, impeded blood flow, excessive leakage of fluid from blood vessels and, in the final stages, abnormal blood vessel growth. This blood vessel growth can lead to large hemorrhages and severe retinal damage. When the blood vessel leakage of diabetic retinopathy causes swelling in the macula, it is referred to as DME. The principal symptom of DME is a loss of central vision. Risk factors associated with DME include poorly controlled blood glucose levels, high blood pressure, abnormal kidney function causing fluid retention, high cholesterol levels and other general systemic factors. According to the World Health Organization, diabetic retinopathy is the leading cause of blindness in working age adults and a leading cause of vision loss in diabetics. The American Diabetes Association reports that there are approximately 18 million diabetics in the United States and approximately 1.3 million newly diagnosed cases of diabetes in the United States each year. Prevent Blindness America and the National Eye Institute estimate that in the United States there are over 5.3 million people aged 18 or older with diabetic retinopathy, including approximately 500,000 with DME. The CDC estimates that there are approximately 75,000 new cases of DME in the United States each year.
Additional Neuropathies
In addition to diabetes, the common causes of neuropathy are herpes zoster infection, chronic or acute trauma (including surgery) and various neurotoxins. Neuropathic pain is common in cancer as a direct result of the cancer on peripheral nerves (e.g., compression by a tumor) and as a side effect of many chemotherapy drugs.
Microvascular- disease - Vascular and neural diseases are closely related and intertwined. Blood vessels depend on normal nerve function, and nerves depends on adequate blood flow. The first pathological change in the microvasculature is vasoconstriction. As the disease progresses, neuronal dysfunction correlates closely with the development of vascular abnormalities, such as capillary basement membrane thickening and endothelial hyperplasia, which contribute to diminished oxygen tension and hypoxia. Vasodilator agents (e.g., angiotensin-converting- enzyme inhibitors, al -antagonists) can lead to substantial improvements in neuronal blood flow, with corresponding improvements in nerve conduction velocities.
Clinical manifestations
Neuropathy affects all peripheral nerves: pain fibers, motor neurons, autonomic nerves. It therefore necessarily can affect all organs and systems since all are innervated. There are several distinct syndromes based on the organ systems and members affected, but these are by no means exclusive. A patient can have sensorimotor and autonomic neuropathy or any other combination.
Despite advances in the understanding of the metabolic causes of neuropathy, treatments aimed at interrupting these pathological processes have been limited by side effects and lack of efficacy. Thus, treatments are symptomatic and do not address the underlying problems. Agents for pain caused by sensorimotor neuropathy include tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs), serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and antiepileptic drugs (AEDs). None of these agents reverse the pathological processes leading to diabetic neuropathy and none alter the relentless course of the illness. Thus, it would be useful to have a pharmaceutical composition that could better treat these conditions and/or alleviate the symptoms.
Additional Retinopathies Retinal micro vasculopathv (AIDS retinopathy)
Retinal microvasculopathy is seen in 100% of AIDS patients. It is characterized by intraretinal hemorrhages, microaneurysms, Roth spots, cotton-wool spots (microinfarctions of the nerve fiber layer) and perivascular sheathing. The etiology of the retinopathy is unknown though it has been thought to be due to circulating immune complexes, local release of cytotoxic substances, abnormal hemorheology, and HIV infection of endothelial cells. AIDS retinopathy is now so common that cotton wool spots in a patient without diabetes or hypertension but at risk for HIV should prompt the physician to consider viral testing. There is no specific treatment for AIDS retinopathy but its continued presence may prompt a physician to reexamine the efficacy of the HTV therapy and patient compliance.
Bone marrow transplantation CBMT) retinopathy
Bone marrow transplantation retinopathy was first reported in 1983. It typically occurs within six months, but it can occur as late as 62 months after BMT. Risk factors such as diabetes and hypertension may facilitate the development of BMT retinopathy by heightening the ischemic microvasculopathy. There is no known age, gender or race predilection for development of BMT retinopathy. Patients present with decreased visual acuity and/or visual field deficit. Posterior segment findings are typically bilateral and symmetric. Clinical manifestations include multiple cotton wool spots, telangiectasia, microaneurysms, macular edema, hard exudates and retinal hemorrhages. Fluorescein angiography demonstrates capillary nonperfusion and dropout, intraretinal microvascular abnormalities, microaneurysms and macular edema. Although the precise etiology of BMT retinopathy has not been elucidated, it appears to be affected by several factors: cyclosporine toxicity, total body irradiation (TBI), and chemotherapeutic agents. Cyclosporine is a powerful immunomodulatory agent that suppresses graft-versus-host immune response. It may lead to endothelial cell injury and neurologic side effects, and as a result, it has been suggested as the cause of BMT retinopathy. However, BMT retinopathy can develop in the absence of cyclosporine use, and cyclosporine has not been shown to cause BMT retinopathy in autologous or syngeneic bone marrow recipients. Cyclosporine does not, therefore, appear to be the sole cause of BMT retinopathy. Total body irradiation (TBI) has also been implicated as the cause of BMT retinopathy. Radiation injures the retinal microvasculature and leads to ischemic vasculopathy. Variables such as the total dose of radiation and the time interval between radiation and bone marrow ablation appear to be important. However, BMT retinopathy can occur in patients who did not receive TBI, and BMT retinopathy is not observed in solid organ transplant recipients who received similar doses of radiation. Thus, TBI is not the sole cause, but it is another contributing factor in development of BMT retinopathy. Chemotherapeutic agents have been suggested as a potential contributing factor in BMT retinopathy. Medications such as cisplatin, carmustine, and cyclophosphamide can cause ocular side effects including papilledema, optic neuritis, visual field deficit and cortical blindness. It has been suggested that these chemotherapeutic drugs may predispose patients to radiation-induced retinal damages and enhance the deleterious effect of radiation. In general, patients with BMT retinopathy have a good prognosis. The retinopathy usually resolves within two to four months after stopping or lowering the dosage of cyclosporine. In one report, 69 percent of patients experienced complete resolution of the retinal findings, and 46 percent of patients fully recovered their baseline visual acuity. Because of the favorable prognosis and relatively non-progressive nature of BMT retinopathy, aggressive intervention is usually not necessary.
Ischemic conditions
Ischemia can be divided into 2 categories: the first involves the accelerated atherosclerosis that occurs commonly in patients with diabetes, i.e., in the femoral, popliteal, and posterior tibial arteries. These vessels, often only 1 or 2 cm in diameter, can develop atherosclerotic plaque, which seriously decreases blood flow. After large vessels become completely occluded, stroke, myocardial infarction, ischemia, and nonhealing diabetic foot ulcers can occur. This form of ischemia is essentially a large-vessel disease.
Post Stroke Dementia 25% of people have dementia after a stroke with many others developing dementia over the following 5 to 10 years. In addition, many individuals experience more subtle impairments of their higher brain functions (such as planning skills and speed of processing information) and are at very high risk of subsequently developing dementia. Very small strokes in the deep parts of the brain in this process (called microvascular disease) seem to be essential in the process leading to an identified pattern of brain atrophy specific to post-stroke dementia.
Ocular Ischemic Syndrome
Patients suffering from ocular ischemic syndrome (OIS) are generally elderly, ranging in age from the 50s to 80s. Males are affected twice as commonly as females. The patient is only rarely asymptomatic. Decreased vision occurs at presentation in 90 percent of cases, and 40 percent of patients have attendant eye pain. There may also be an attendant or antecedent history of transient ischemic attacks or amaurosis fugax. Patients also have significant known or unknown systemic disease at the time of presentation. The most commonly encountered systemic diseases are hypertension, diabetes, ischemic heart disease, stroke, and peripheral vascular disease. To a lesser extent, patients manifest OIS as a result of giant cell arteritis (GCA).
Unilateral findings are present in 80 percent of cases. Common findings may include advanced unilateral cataract, anterior segment inflammation, asymptomatic anterior chamber reaction, macular edema, dilated but non-tortuous retinal veins, mid-peripheral dot and blot hemorrhages, cotton wool spots, exudates, and neovascularization of the disc and retina. There may also be spontaneous arterial pulsation, elevated intraocular pressure, and neovascularization of the iris and angle with neovascular glaucoma (NVG). While the patient may exhibit anterior segment neovascularization, ocular hypotony may occur due to low arterial perfusion to the ciliary body. Occasionally, there is visible retinal emboli (Hollenhorst plaques).
The findings in OIS are caused by internal carotid artery atheromatous ulceration and stenosis at the bifurcation of the common carotid artery. Five percent of patients with internal artery stenosis develop OIS. However, OIS only occurs if the degree of stenosis exceeds 90 percent. Stenosis of the carotid artery reduces perfusion pressure to the eye, resulting in the above- mentioned ischemic phenomena. Once stenosis reaches 90 percent, the perfusion pressure in the central retinal artery (CRA) drops only to 50 percent. Often, the reduced arterial pressure manifests as spontaneous pulsation of the CRA. The findings are variable and may include any or all of the above findings.
Patients with OIS have significant systemic disease that must be assessed. Cardiac death is the primary cause of mortality in patients with OIS — the five-year mortality rate is 40 percent. For this reason, patients with OIS must be referred to a cardiologist for complete serology, EKG, ECG, and carotid evaluation.
Microvascular Diseases of the Kidney The kidney is involved in a number of discreet clinicopathologic conditions that affect systemic and renal micro vasculature. Certain of these conditions are characterized by primary injury to endothelial cells, such as:
■ hemolytic-uremic syndrome (HUS) and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) HUS and TTP are closely related diseases characterized by microangiopathic hemolytic anemia and variable organ impairment Traditionally, the diagnosis of HUS is made when renal failure is a predominant feature of the syndrome, as is common in children. In adults, neurologic impairment frequently predominates and the syndrome is then referred to as TTP. Thrombotic microangiopathy is the underlying pathologic lesion in both syndromes, and the clinical and laboratory findings in patients with either HUS or TTP overlap to a large extent. This has prompted several investigators to regard the two syndromes as a continuum of a single disease entity. Pathogenesis: Experimental data strongly suggest that endothelial cell injury is the primary event in the pathogenesis of HUS/TTP. Endothelial damage triggers a cascade of events that includes local intravascular coagulation, fibrin deposition, and platelet activation and aggregation. The end result is the histopathologic finding of thrombotic microangiopathy common to the different forms of the HUS/TTP syndrome. If HUS/TTP is left untreated, the mortality rate approaches 90%. Supportive therapy — including dialysis, antihypertensive medications, blood transfusions, and management of neurologic complications — contributes to the improved survival of patients with HUS/TTP. Adequate fluid balance and bowel rest are important in treating typical HUS associated with diarrhea.
■ radiation nephritis - The long-term consequences of renal irradiation in excess of 2500 rad can be divided into five clinical syndromes:
(i)Acute radiation nephritis occurs in approximately 40% of patients after a latency period of 6 to 13 months. It is characterized clinically by abrupt onset of hypertension, proteinuria, edema, and progressive renal failurein most cases leading to end-stage kidneys. (ii)Chronic radiation nephritis, conversely, has a latency period that varies between 18 months and 14 years after the initial insult. It is insidious in onset and is characterized by hypertension, proteinuria, and gradual loss of renal function.
(iii)The third syndrome manifests 5 to 19 years after exposure to radiation as benign proteinuria with normal renal function
(iv)A fourth group of patients exhibits only benign hypertension 2 to 5 years later and may have variable proteinuria. Late malignant hypertension arises 18 months to 11 years after irradiation in patients with either chronic radiation nephritis or benign hypertension.
Removal of the affected kidney reversed the hypertension. Radiation-induced damage to the renal arteries with subsequent renovascular hypertension has been reported.
(v)A syndrome of renal insufficiency analogous to acute radiation nephritis has been observed in bone marrow transplantation (BMT) patients who were treated with total-body irradiation (TBI).
It has been reported that irradiation causes endothelial dysfunction but spares vascular smooth muscle cells in the early postradiation phase. Radiation could directly damage DNA, leading to decreased regeneration of these cells and denudement of the basement membrane in the glomerular capillaries and tubules. How this initial insult eventually leads to glomerulosclerosis, tubule atrophy, and interstitial fibrosis is unclear. It is postulated that degeneration of the endothelial cell layer may result in intravascular thrombosis in capillaries and smaller arterioles. This intrarenal angiopathy would then explain the progressive renal fibrosis and the hypertension that characterize radiation nephritis. A recent study of irradiated mouse kidneys showed a dose-dependent increase in leukocytes in the renal cortex, suggesting a role for inflammatory processes in radiation-induced nephritis.
In other kidney diseases, the microvasculature of the kidney is involved in autoimmune disorders, such as systemic sclerosis (scleroderma). Kidney involvement in systemic sclerosis manifests as a slowly progressing chronic renal disease or as scleroderma renal crisis (SRC), which is characterized by malignant hypertension and acute azotemia. It is postulated that SRC is caused by a Raynaud-like phenomenon in the kidney. Severe vasospasm leads to cortical ischemia and enhanced production of renin and angiotensin II, which in turn perpetuate renal vasoconstriction. Hormonal changes (pregnancy), physical and emotional stress, or cold temperature may trigger the Raynaud-like arterial vasospasm. The role of the renin- angiotensin system in perpetuating renal ischemia is underscored by the significant benefit of ACE inhibitors in treating SRC. In patients with SRC who progress to severe renal insufficiency despite antihypertensive treatment, dialysis becomes a necessity. Both peritoneal dialysis and hemodialysis have been employed. The End-Stage Renal Disease (ESRD) Network report on 311 patients with systemic sclerosis-induced ESRD dialyzed between 1983 and 1985 revealed a 33% survival rate at 3 years.
The renal microcirculation can also be affected in sickle cell disease, to which the kidney is particularly susceptible because of the low oxygen tension attained in the deep vessels of the renal medulla as a result of countercurrent transfer of oxygen along the vasa recta. The smaller renal arteries and arterioles can also be the site of thromboembolic injury from cholesterol- containing material dislodged from the walls of the large vessels.
Taken as a group, diseases that cause transient or permanent occlusion of renal microvasculature uniformly result in disruption of glomerular perfusion, and hence of the glomerular filtration rate, thereby constituting a serious threat to systemic homeostasis.
Acute Renal Failure (ARF)
W
29
AJRF can be caused by microvascular or microvascular disease (major renal artery occlusion or severe abdominal aortic disease). The classic microvascular diseases often present with microangiopathic hemolysis and acute renal failure occurring because of glomerular capillary thrombosis or occlusion, often with accompanying thrombocytopenia. Typical examples of these diseases include: a) Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura - The classic pentad in thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura includes fever, neurologic changes, renal failure, microangiopathic hemolytic anemia and thrombocytopenia. b) Hemolytic uremic syndrome - Hemolytic uremic syndrome is similar to thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura but does not present with neurologic changes. c) HELLP syndrome (hemolysis, elevated liver enzymes and low platelets). HELLP syndrome is a type of hemolytic uremic syndrome that occurs in pregnant women with the addition of transaminase elevations.
Acute renal failure can present in all medical settings but is predominantly acquired in hospitals. The condition develops in 5 percent of hospitalized patients, and approximately 0.5 percent of hospitalized patients require dialysis. Over the past 40 years, the survival rate for acute renal failure has not improved, primarily because affected patients are now older and have more comorbid conditions. Infection accounts for 15 percent of deaths in patients with acute renal failure, and cardiorespiratory complications are the second most common cause of death. Depending on the severity of renal failure, the mortality rate can range from 7 percent to as high as 80 percent. Acute renal failure can be divided into three categories: Prerenal, intrinsic and postrenal ARF. Intrinsic ARF is subdivided into four categories: tubular disease, glomerular disease, vascular disease (includes microvascular) and interstitial disease.
Progressive Renal Disease
There is evidence that progressive renal disease is characterized by a progressive loss of the microvasculature. The loss of the microvasculature correlates directly with the development of glomerular and tubulointerstitial scarring. The mechanism is mediated in part by a reduction in the endothelial proliferative response, and this impairment in capillary repair is mediated by alteration in the local expression of both angiogenic (vascular endothelial growth factor) and antiangio genie (thrombospondin 1) factors in the kidney. The alteration in balance of angiogenic growth factors is mediated by both macrophage-associated cytokines (interleukin-lB) and vasoactive mediators. Finally, there is intriguing evidence that stimulation of angiogenesis and/or capillary repair may stabilize renal function and slow progression and that this benefit occurs independently of effects on BP or proteinuria.
For further information see Brenner & Rector's The Kidney, 7th ed., Copyright © 2004 Elsevier: Chapter 33 - M " icrovascular diseases of the kidney and also Tiwari andVikrant Journal of Indian Academy of Clinical Medicine Vol.5, No.1 Review Article- Sepsis and the Kidney.
Hearing disorders
Chemical-induced ototoxicity
The toxic effects of various ototoxic therapeutic drugs on auditory cells and spiral ganglion neurons are often the limiting factor for their therapeutic usefulness. Main ototoxic drugs include the widely used chemotherapeutic agent cisplatin and its analogs, commonly used aminoglycoside antibiotics, e.g. gentamicin, for the treatment of infections caused by gram- negative bacteria, quinine and its analogs, salicylate and its analogs, and loop-diuretics.
For example, antibacterial aminoglycosides such as gentamicins, streptomycins, kanamycins, tobramycins, and the like are known to have serious toxicity, particularly ototoxicity and nephrotoxicity, which reduce the usefulness of such antimicrobial agents (see Goodman and Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 6th ed., A. Goodman Gilman et al., eds; Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., New York, pp. 1169-71 (1980)). Clearly, ototoxicity is a dose- limiting side-effect of antibiotic administration. From 4 to 15% of patients receiving 1 gram per day for greater than 1 week develop measurable hearing loss, which slowly becomes worse and can lead to complete permanent deafness if treatment continues.
Ototoxicity is also a serious dose-limiting side-effect for cisplatin, a platinum coordination complex, that has proven effective on a variety of human cancers including testicular, ovarian, bladder, and head and neck cancer. Cisplatin (Platinol®) damages auditory and vestibular systems. Salicylates, such as aspirin, are the most commonly used therapeutic drugs for their anti-inflammatory, analgesic, anti-pyretic and anti-thrombotic effects. Unfortunately, they too have ototoxic side effects. They often lead to tinnitus ("ringing in the ears") and temporary hearing loss. Moreover, if the drug is used at high doses for a prolonged time, the hearing impairment can become persistent and irreversible.
Accordingly, there exists a need for means to prevent, reduce or treat the incidence and/or severity of inner ear disorders and hearing impairments involving inner ear tissue, particularly inner ear hair cells. Of particular interest are those conditions arising as an unwanted side-effect of ototoxic therapeutic drugs including cisplatin and its analogs, aminoglycoside antibiotics, salicylate and its analogs, or loop diuretics. In addition, there exits a need for methods which will allow higher and thus more effective dosing with these ototoxicity-inducing pharmaceutical drugs, while concomitantly preventing or reducing ototoxic effects caused by these drugs. What is needed is a method that provides a safe, effective, and prolonged means for prophylactic or curative treatment of hearing impairments related to inner ear tissue damage, loss, or degeneration, particularly ototoxin-induced and particularly involving inner ear hair cells. In addition, there is required a method and composition for the treatment of damage and deaffhess resulting from inner ear trauma (acoustic trauma).
Without being bound by theory, it is believed that cisplatin drugs and other drugs that induce ototoxicity (such as aminoglycoside antibiotics) may induce the ototoxic effects via programmed cell death or apoptosis in inner ear tissue, particularly inner ear hair cells (Zhang et al, Neuroscience 120 (2003) 191-205; Wang et al., J. Neuroscience 23((24):8596-8607). In mammals, auditory hair cells are produced only during embryonic development and do not regenerate if lost during postnatal life, therefore, a loss of hair cells will result in profound and irreversible deafness. Unfortunately, at present, there are no effective therapies to treat the cochlea and reverse this condition. Thus, an effective therapy to prevent cell death of auditory hair cells would be of great therapeutic value. Pressure sores
Pressure sores or pressure ulcers, are areas of damaged skin and tissue that develop when sustained pressure (usually from a bed or wheelchair) cuts off circulation to vulnerable parts of the body, especially the skin on the buttocks, hips and heels. The lack of adequate blood flow leads to ischemic necrosis and ulceration of the affected tissue. Pressure sores occur most often in patients with diminished or absent sensation or who are debilitated, emaciated, paralyzed, or long bedridden. Tissues over the sacrum, ischia, greater trochanters, external malleoli, and heels are especially susceptible; other sites may be involved depending on the patient's position.
Pressure sores are wounds which normally only heal very slowly and especially in such cases an improved and more rapid healing is of course of great importance for the patient. Furthermore, the costs involved in the treatment of patients suffering from such wounds are markedly reduced when the healing is improved and takes place more rapidly.
Ischemic conditions
Ischemic injury is the most common clinical expression of cell injury by oxygen deprivation. The most useful models for studying ischemic injury involve complete occlusion of one of the end-arteries to an organ (e.g., a coronary artery) and examination of the tissue (e.g., cardiac muscle) in areas supplied by the artery. Complex pathologic changes occur in diverse cellular systems during ischemia. Up to a certain point, for a duration that varies among different types of cells, the injury may be amenable to repair, and the affected cells may recover if oxygen and metabolic substrates are again made available by restoration of blood flow. With further extension of the ischemic duration, cell structure continues to deteriorate, owing to relentless progression of ongoing injury mechanisms. With time, the energetic machinery of the cell — the mitochondrial oxidative powerhouse and the glycolytic pathway — becomes irreparably damaged, and restoration of blood flow (reperfusion) cannot rescue the damaged cell. Even if the cellular energetic machinery were to remain intact, irreparable damage to the genome or to cellular membranes will ensure a lethal outcome regardless of reperfusion. This irreversible injury is usually manifested as necrosis, but apoptosis may also play a role. Under certain circumstances, when blood flow is restored to cells that have been previously made ischemic but have not died, injury is often paradoxically exacerbated and proceeds at an accelerated pace - this is reperfusion injury.
Ischemia and reperfusion injury following lung transplantation Lung transplantation, the only definitive therapy for many patients with end stage lung disease, has poor survival rates in all solid allograft recipients. Ischemia reperfusion injury is one of the leading causes of death in lung allograft recipients.
Reperfusion injury may occur in a variety of conditions, especially during medical intervention, including but not limited to angioplasty, cardiac surgery or thrombolysis; organ transplant; as a result of plastic surgery; during severe compartment syndrome; during re-attachment of severed limbs; as a result of multiorgan failure syndrome; in the brain as a result of stroke or brain trauma; in connection with chronic wounds such as pressure sores, venous ulcers and diabetic ulcers; during skeletal muscle ischemia or limb transplantation; as a result of mesenteric ischemia or acute ischemic bowel disease; respiratory failure as a result of lower torso ischemia, leading to pulmonary hypertension, hypoxemia, and noncardiogenic pulmonary edema; acute renal failure as observed after renal transplantation, major surgery, trauma, and septic as well as hemorrhagic shock; Sepsis; Retinal ischemia occuring as a result of acute vascular occlusion, leading to loss of vision in a number of ocular diseases such as acute glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, hypertensive retinopathy, and retinal vascular occlusion; Cochlear ischemia; flap failure in microvascular surgery for head and neck defects; Raynaud's phenomenon and the associated digital ischemic lesions in scleroderma; spinal cord injury; vascular surgery; Traumatic rhabdomyolysis (crush syndrome); and myoglobinuria.
Further, ischemia/reperfusion may be involved in the following conditions: hypertension, hypertensive cerebral vascular disease, rupture of aneurysm, a constriction or obstruction of a blood vessel- as occurs in the case of a thrombus or embolus, angioma, blood dyscrasias, any form of compromised cardiac function including cardiac arrest or failure, systemic hypotension, cardiac arrest, cardiogenic shock, septic shock, spinal cord trauma, head trauma, seizure, bleeding from a tumor; and diseases such as stroke, Parkinson's disease, epilepsy, depression, ALS, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease and any other disease-induced dementia (such as HIV induced dementia for example).
Additionally, an ischemic episode may be caused by a mechanical injury to the Central Nervous System, such as results from a blow to the head or spine. Trauma can involve a tissue insult such as an abrasion, incision, contusion, puncture, compression, etc., such as can arise from traumatic contact of a foreign object with any locus of or appurtenant to the head, neck, or vertebral column. Other forms of traumatic injury can arise from constriction or compression of CNS tissue by an inappropriate accumulation of fluid (for example, a blockade or dysfunction of normal cerebrospinal fluid or vitreous humor fluid production, turnover, or volume regulation, or a subdural or intracarnial hematoma or edema). Similarly, traumatic constriction or compression can arise from the presence of a mass of abnormal tissue, such as a metastatic or primary tumor.
Spinal cord injury
Spinal cord injury or myelopathy, is a disturbance of the spinal cord that results in loss of sensation and/or mobility. The two common types of spinal cord injury are due to trauma and disease. Traumatic injury can be due to automobile accidents, falls, gunshot, diving accidents inter alia, and diseases which can affect the spinal cord include polio, spina bifida, tumors and Friedreich's ataxia.
Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
Acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), also known as respiratory distress syndrome (RDS) or adult respiratory distress syndrome (in contrast with infant respiratory distress syndrome, IRDS) is a serious reaction to various forms of injuries to the lung. This is the most important disorder resulting in increased permeability pulmonary edema. ARDS is a severe lung disease caused by a variety of direct and indirect insults. It is characterized by inflammation of the lung parenchyma leading to impaired gas exchange with concomitant systemic release of inflammatory mediators causing inflammation, hypoxemia and frequently resulting in multiple organ failure. This condition is life threatening and often lethal, usually requiring mechanical ventilation and admission to an intensive care unit. A less severe form is called acute lung injury (ALI).
In conclusion, current modes of therapy for the prevention and/or treatment of COPD, macular degeneration microvascular diseases and ototoxic conditions are unsatisfactory and there is a need therefore to develop novel compounds for this purpose. There is also a need to develop a therapy and a medicament which can treat the ototoxic effects currently associated with certain drugs and conditions, in particular with cisplatin chemotherapeutics and certain antibiotics without sacrificing the effectiveness of the drugs. Additionally, there is a need to develop a therapy and medicament which can treat the ototoxic effects associated with acoustic trauma or mechanical trauma within the inner ear. Furthermore, there is a need to develop a therapy and a medicament for the treatment of pressure sores, ischemia and ischemia-reperfusion related conditions. All the diseases and indications disclosed herein above, as well as other diseases and conditions described herein such as MI may also be treated by the novel compounds of this invention.
RTP801L
Gene RTP801, was first reported by the assignee of the instant application. US Patent Nos. 6455674, 6555667, and 6740738, all assigned to the assignee of the instant application, disclose and claim per se the RTP801 polynucleotide and polypeptide, and antibodies directed toward the polypeptide. RTP801 represents a unique gene target for hypoxia-inducible factor- 1 (HIF-I) that may regulate hypoxia-induced pathogenesis independent of growth factors such as VEGF. Further discoveries relating to gene RTP801, as discovered by the assignee of the instant application, were reported in: Tzipora Shoshani, et al. Identification of a Novel Hypoxia- Inducible Factor 1 -Responsive Gene, RTP801, Involved in Apoptosis. MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY, Apr. 2002, p. 2283-2293;this paper, co-authored by the inventor of the present invention, details the discovery of the RTP801 gene. Gene RTP801L, so named because of its resemblance to RTP801, was also first reported by the assignee of the instant application, and given Pubmed accession No. NM_145244 subsequent to said report. It has been demonstrated that RTP801/Reddl and RTP8O1L/Redd2 potently inhibit signaling through mTOR, by working downstream of AKT and upstream of TSC2 to inhibit mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) functions. mTOR is a serine/threonine kinase that plays an essential role in cell" growth control. mTOR stimulates cell growth by phosphorylating p70 ribosomal S6 kinase (S 6K) and eukaryote initiation factor 4E-binding protein 1 (4EBP1). The mTOR pathway is regulated by a wide variety of cellular signals, including mitogenic growth factors, nutrients, cellular energy levels, and stress conditions. (Corradetti et al, The stress- inducted proteins RTP801 and RTP801L are negative regulators of the mammalian target of rapamycin pathway. J Biol Chem. 2005 Mar 18;280(l l):9769-72. Epub 2005 Jan 4.)
Also reported under the name "SMHSl", RTP801L was found to be upregulated in rat soleus muscle atrophied by restriction of activity. (Pisani et al., SMHSl is involved in oxidative/glycolytic-energy metabolism balance of muscle fibers. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 2005 Jan 28;326(4):788-93.). While the RTP801L amino acid sequence shares 65% similarity with RTP801-which is a cellular stress response protein regulated by HIF-I, RTP801L expression was demonstrated to be independent of HIF-I. RTP801L was found to be mainly expressed in skeletal muscle, and comparisons of its expression in atrophied versus hypertrophied muscles and in oxidative versus glycolytic muscles suggested that RTP801L contributes to the muscle energy metabolism phenotypes.
Further, the RTP801L gene was found to be was strongly up-regulated as THP-I macrophages are converted to foam cells. Treatment of HMDM with desferoxamine, a molecule that mimics the effect of hypoxia, increased expression of RTP801L in a concentration-dependent fashion. Transfection of U-937 and HMEC cells with a RTP801L expression vector increased the sensitivity of the cells for oxLDL-induced cytotoxicity, by inducing a shift from apoptosis toward necrosis. In contrast, suppression of niRNA expression using siRNA approach resulted in increased resistance to oxLDL treatment. Thus, it has been demonstrated that stimulation of RTP801L expression in macrophages increases oxLDL-induced cell death, suggesting that RTP801L gene might play an important role in arterial pathology. (Cuaz-perolin et al., REDD2 gene is upregulated by modified LDL or hypoxia and mediates human macrophage cell death. Arterioscler Thronib Vase Biol. 2004 Oct;24(10): 1830-5. Epub 2004 Aug 12.).
Additionally, Sofer et al (Regulation of mTOR and cell growth in response to energy stress by REDDL; MoI Cell Biol. 2005 Jul;25(14):5834-45.) have shown that RTP801 and RTP801L have non-overlappong expreesion patterns in adult tissues, and that RTP801L rnRNA is absent in immortalized MEFs +/- Glucose and 2DG, thus demonstrating that RTP801 may function independently of RTP801L.
While RTP801 and RTP801L share sequence homology of about 65% at the amino acid level, indicating a possible similarity of function, and while the assignee of the present invention has found that both RTP801 and RTP801L interact with TSC2 and affect the mTOR pathway, the inventors of the present invention have found that the embryological expression pattern of the two polypeptides differs, and that, contrary to RTP801, RTP801L is not induced by hypoxia in all conditions which induce RTP801 expression; it is, however, induced in MEFs as a result of H2O2 treatment (hypoxia treatment), and the induction follows kinetics similar to those of RTP801 expression induction under the same conditions. Additionally, the inventors of the present invention have found that RTP801 polypeptide is more abundantly expressed than RTP801L. Thus, RTP801L may be used as a target in the treatment of conditions for which RTP801 is a target, and may have the added benefit of a similar - yet different - target.
Thus, the inventor of the instant invention has made discoveries leading to the novel concept of inhibiting gene RTP801L with the purpose of improving various disorders as detailed herein.
The following patent applications and publications give aspects of background information.
Patent application / publication No.s EP1580263, WO2003029271, WO2001096391, WO2003087768, WO2004048938, WO2005044981, WO2003025138, WO2002068579, EPl 104808 and CA2343602 all disclose a nucleic acid or polypeptide which is homologous to RTP801L. Tzipora Shoshani, et al. Identification of a Novel Hypoxia-Inducible Factor J -Responsive Gene,
RTP801, Involved in Apoptosis. MOLECULAR AND CELLULAR BIOLOGY, Apr. 2002, p.
2283-2293 ;this paper, co-authored by the inventor of the present invention, details the discovery of the RTP801L gene (a then novel HIF-I -dependent gene).
Anat Brafman, et al. Inhibition of Oxygen-Induced Retinopathy in RTP801L-Deficient Mice.
Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 2004 Oct; 45 (10): 3796-805; also co-authored by the inventor of the present invention, this paper demonstrates that in RTP801 knock out mice, hyperoxia does not cause degeneration of the retinal capillary network.
Leif W. Ellisen, et al. REDDl, a Developmentally Regulated Transcriptional Target ofp63 and p53, Links p63 to Regulation of Reactive Oxygen Species. Molecular Cell, Vol. 10, 995-1005,
November, 2002;this paper demonstrates that overexpression of RTP801 (referred to therein as
REDDl) leads to increased production of reactive oxygen species.
Richard DR, Berra E, and Pouyssegur J. Non-hypoxic pathway mediates the induction of hypoxia-inducible factor 1 alpha in vascular smooth muscle cells. J Biol. Chem. 2000, Sepl;
275(35): 26765-71this paper demonstrates that HIF-I -dependent transcription may be induced by excessive production of reactive oxygen species.
Rangasami T, et al., Genetic ablation ofNr/2 enhances susceptibility to cigarette smoke-induced emphysema in mice. Submitted to Journal of Clinical Investigation. This work relates to mice with a compromised antoxidant defence (due to a germline inactivation of RTP801).
Corradetti et al, The stress-inducted proteins RTP801 and RTP801L are negative regulators of the mammalian target of rapamycin pathway. J Biol Chem. 2005 Mar 18;280(ll):9769-72. Epub 2005 Jan 4.
Pisani et al., SMHSl is involved in oxidative/glycolytic-energy metabolism balance of muscle fibers. Biochem Biophys Res Commun 2005 Jan 28;326(4):788-93.). Cuaz-perolin et al., REDD2 gene is upregulated by modified LDL or hypoxia and mediates human macrophage cell death. Arterioscler Thromb Vase Biol. 2004 Oct;24(10): 1830-5. Epub 2004 Aug 12.).
Sofer et al., Regulation of mTOR and cell growth in response to energy stress by REDDl. MoI Cell Biol. 2005 Jul;25(14):5834-45.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides novel methods and compositions for treating microvascular disorders, macular degeneration , respiratory disorders, and spinal cord injury or disease.
In one aspect, novel molecules which inhibit RTP801L and can be used to treat various diseases and indications are provided.
In various embodiments, the present invention provides a compound having structure A: 5' (N)x - Z 3' (antisense strand) 3' Z'-(N')y 5' (sense strand)
wherein each N and N' is a ribonucleotide selected from the group consisting of a modified ribonucleotide or an unmodified ribonucleotide and each of (N)x and (N')y is an oligomer in which each consecutive N or N' is joined to the next N or N' by a covalent bond; wherein each of x and y is an integer between 18 and 40; wherein each of Z and Z' may be present or absent, but if present is dTdT and is covalently attached at the 3' terminus of the strand in which it is present; and wherein the sequence of (N)x comprises an antisense sequence having substantial identity to about 18 to about 40 consecutive ribonucleotides in the rnRNA transcribed from the RTP801L gene. The compound may be phosphorylated at one or both ends. In some embodiments x=y=19 and Z and Z' are absent.
Preferred sense and antisense strands are set forth in Table A. Accoridng to one embodiment the compound consists of an antisense strand having an oligomer sequence set forth in SEQ ED NO: 1000 and a sense strand having an oligomer sequence set forth in SEQ ID NO: 75.
hi another aspect the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an 801L inhibitor of the invention; and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In various embodiments the 80 IL inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of an siRNA molecule, an antisense molecule, an antibody (such as a neutralizing antibody), a dominant negative peptide, an aptamer and a ribozyme.
hi preferred embodiments the 80 IL inhibitor is siRNA.
hi another aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, macular degeneration or a respiratory disorder, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising an RTP801L inhibitor.
Another embodiment of the present invention concerns a method for treating a patient suffering from COPD, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor. In one embodiment the inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of an siRNA molecule, an antisense molecule, an antibody (such as a neutralizing antibody), a dominant negative peptide, an aptamer and a ribozyme.
Another embodiment of the present invention concerns a method for treating a patient suffering from Acute Lung Injury (ALI), comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor. In one embodiment the inhibitor selected from the group consisting of an siRNA molecule, an antisense molecule, an antibody (such as a neutralizing antibody), a dominant negative peptide, an aptamer and a ribozyme.
Another embodiment of the present invention concerns a method for treating a patient suffering from macular degeneration, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor. In one embodiment the inhibitor is an siRNA molecule, an antisense molecule, an antibody (such as a neutralizing antibody), a dominant negative peptide or a ribozyme.
Another embodiment of the present invention concerns a method for treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor. In one embodiment the inhibitor is an siRNA molecule, an antisense molecule, an antibody (such as a neutralizing antibody), a dominant negative peptide or a ribozyme.
An additional embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from a respiratory disorder. In one embodiment the respiratory disorder is COPD and the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA. In another embodiment the respiratory disorder is ALI and the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA.
An additional embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from macular degeneration. In one embodiment the macular degeneration is AMD and the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA.
An additional embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP 80 IL inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from glaucoma. In one embodiment the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA.
An additional embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder. In one embodiment the microvascular disorder is diabetic retinopathy and the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA. In another embodiment the disorder is Acute Renal Failure and the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA.
The present invention also relates generally to methods and compositions for treating or preventing the incidence or severity of hearing impairment (or balance impairment), particularly hearing impairment associated with cell death of the inner ear hair cells. The methods and compositions involve administering to a mammal in need of such treatment a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly novel small interfering RNAs (siRNAs).
More specifically, the present invention provides methods and compositions for treating a patient suffering from hearing impairment, or other oto-pathologies associated with cell death of inner ear hair cells. Such oto-pathologies may be the result of acoustic trauma, mechanical trauma, age (presbycusis) or ototoxin-induced hearing loss. The methods of the invention comprising administering to the patient one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly siRNAs that inhibit RTP801L typically as a pharmaceutical composition, in a therapeutically effective dose so as to thereby treat the patient.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides for improved compositions and methods for treatments requiring administration of a pharmaceutical drug having an ototoxic, hearing- impairing side-effect, in combination with a therapeutically effective amount of one or more siRNA molecules that inhibit RTP 80 IL, to treat or prevent the ototoxicity induced by the pharmaceutical drug. The compositions of the invention can be administered at a suitable interval(s) either prior to, subsequent to, or substantially concurrent with the administration of the ototoxic, hearing-impairing drug that induces inner ear apoptotic tissue damage.
Accordingly, it is an object of the invention to provide an improved composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of one or more siRNA molecules that inhibit RTP801L in combination with an ototoxic, hearing-impairing pharmaceutical drug for administration to a mammal. Said combination drugs may be administered seperatly; the siRNA molecules that inhibit RTP801L would then be administerd locally while the ototoxic, hearing-impairing pharmaceutical drug is administered systemically. The siRNA molecules may be administred prior to, simultaneously with or subsequent to the ototoxic drug. Such combination compositions can further contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition will have lower ototoxicity than the ototoxic pharmaceutical alone, and preferably, will have a higher dosage of the ototoxic pharmaceutical than typically used. Examples of such improved compositions include cisplatin or other ototoxic neoplastic agent or an aminoglycoside antibiotic(s) in combination with the therapeutically effective amount of one or more siRNA molecules that inhibit RTP801L.
Still further, the invention relates to the use of the compositions of the invention in cases where diuretics are needed. The present invention provides a solution to the art that has long sought a therapy and a medicament which can treat the ototoxic effects currently associated with certain diuretics, and particular with the more popular and commonly used loop-diuretics, without sacrificing their diuretic effectiveness.
Still further, the invention relates to the use of the compositions of the invention in cases where quinine or quinine-like compounds are needed. The present invention provides a solution to the art that has long sought a therapy and a medicament which can treat the ototoxic effects currently associated with certain quinines without sacrificing their effectiveness.
The present invention further relates to methods and compositions for treating or preventing the incidence or severity of pressure sores. The methods and compositions involve administering to a mammal in need of such treatment a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly novel small interfering RNAs (siRNAs).
Further, the present invention relates to methods and compositions for the treatment of any ischemic or ischemia-reperfuson injuries or conditions, as described herein. Said methods and compositions involve administering to a mammal in need of such treatment a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly novel small interfering RNAs (siRNAs).
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention, in some of its embodiments, concerns inhibition of the RTP801L gene or polypeptide for the treatment of eye diseases, respiratory disorders, microvascular disorders, hearing disorders and ischemic conditions, inter alia. As will be described herein, the preferred inhibitors to be used with the present invention are biological molecules.
Without being bound by theory, the inventors of the present invention have found that RTP801L is involved in various disease states including microvascular disorders, eye diseases, respiratory disorders, hearing disorders, pressure sores, ischemic conditions and spinal cord injury and disease, and it would be beneficial to inhibit RTP801L in order to treat any of said diseases or disorders. Methods, molecules and compositions which inhibit RTP801L are discussed herein at length, and any of said molecules and/or compositions may be beneficially employed in the treatment of a patient suffering from any of said conditions.
The present invention provides methods and compositions for inhibiting expression of the RTP801L gene in vivo. In general, the method includes administering oligoribonucleotides, such as small interfering RNAs (i. e., siRNAs) that are targeted to a particular mRNA and hybridise to it, or nucleic acid material that can produce siRNAs in a cell, in an amount sufficient to down-regulate expression of a target gene by an RNA interference mechanism. In particular, the subject method can be used to inhibit expression of the RTP801L gene for treatment of respiratory disorders, microvascular disorders, eye disorders and hearing impairments.
Thus, in one embodiment the present invention provides for a method of treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, an eye disease a respiratory disorder, a hearing disorder or a spinal cord injury or other wound, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising an RTP801L inhibitor in a therapeutically effective amount so as to thereby treat the patient. The invention further provides a method of treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, an eye disease, a respiratory disorder, a hearing disorder or a spinal cord injury or other wound, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising an RTP801L inhibitor, in a dosage and over a period of time sufficient to promote recovery. The eye disease may be macular degeneration such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD), or glaucoma, inter alia. The microvascular disorder may be diabetic retinopathy or acute renal failure, inter alia. The respiratory disorder may be chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), acute lung injury (ALI), emphysema, chronic bronchitis, asthma and lung cancer, inter alia. The hearing disorder may be trauma-induced deafness, age-related deafness or cisplatin-induced deafness, inter alia. The RTP801L inhibitor may be selected from a large variety of molecules, including but not limited to compounds such as polynucleotides, AS fragments, RNA molecules which target the RTP801L gene mRNA such as ribozymes or siRNAs (such as the siRNAs of Table A-, or expression vectors comprising them; polypeptides such as dominant negatives, antibodies (such as an antibody which specifically binds to an epitope present within a polypeptide which comprises consecutive amino acids, the sequence of which is set forth in Figure 2 (SEQ ED No:2), or, in some cases, enzymes. Additionally, the RTP801L inhibitor may be a chemical inhibitor such as a small molecule, e.g., chemical molecules with a low molecular weight e.g. a molecular weight below 2000 daltons. Specific RTP801L inhibitors are given below.
The present invention further provides a method for treating a patient suffering from macular degeneration, glaucoma, COPD, ALI, diabetic retinopathy, age-related deafness or cisplatin- induced deafness, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor comprising a polynucleotide which specifically hybridizes to mRNA transcribed from the RTP801L gene and / or down regulates the expression of the RTP801L gene so as to thereby treat the patient. The polynucleotide may be an siRNA comprising consecutive nucleotides having a sequence identical to any one of the sequences set forth in Table A (SEQ ED NOs:3-1852).
Further, an additional embodiment of the present invention concerns a method for treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, an eye disease, a respiratory disorder, a hearing disorder or a spinal cord injury or other wound, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor comprising an siRNA molecule, optionally an siRNA molecule detailed in any one of Table A, in a dosage and over a period of time so as to thereby treat the patient.
An additional method for treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, an eye disease, a respiratory disorder, a hearing disorder or a spinal cord injury or other wound is provided, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective dose of an RNA molecule which targets the RTP801L gene mRNA in a dosage and over a period of time so as to thereby treat the patient. The RNA molecule may be an siRNA molecule, such as an siRNA molecule detailed in Table A, preferably siRNA Nos:72 or 73, or a ribozyme or an AS molecule.
The present invention further provides a method for treating a patient suffering from a microvascular disorder, an eye disease, a respiratory disorder, a hearing disorder or a spinal cord injury or other wound or any of the conditions disclosed herein, comprising administering to the patient a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective dose of an siRNA molecule which targets the RTP801L gene mRNA, optionally an siRNA molecule detailed in Table A, in a dosage and over a period of time so as to thereby treat the patient. Further, the eye disease may be macular degeneration such as age-related macular degeneration (AMD) or glaucoma; the microvascular disorder may be diabetic retinopathy or acute renal failure; the respiratory disorder may be COPD or ALI; and the hearing disorder may be noise - induced deafnes, chemically induced deafness such as cisplatin-induced deafness or age-related deafness.
The present invention additionally relates to the use of the novel siRNAs disclosed herein in the treatment of hearing impairment in which inhibition of RTP801L expression is beneficial. In one embodiment, the present invention constitutes a method for treating a mammal having or prone to a hearing (or balance) impairment or treating a mammal prophylactically in conditions where inhibition of RTP801L expression is beneficial. The method of this embodiment of the present invention would prevent or reduce the occurrence or severity of a hearing (or balance) impairment that would result from inner ear cell injury, loss, or degeneration, in particular caused by an ototoxic agent or by aging. In this embodiment, the method of the invention includes administering a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly the novel siRNAs of the present invention.
In one embodiment, it is the object of the present invention to provide a method for treating a mammal, to prevent, reduce, or treat a hearing impairment, disorder or imbalance, preferably an ototoxin-induced hearing condition, by administering to a mammal in need of such treatment a composition of the invention. One embodiment is a method for treating a hearing disorder or impairment wherein the ototoxicity results from administration, of a therapeutically effective amount of an ototoxic pharmaceutical drug. Typical ototoxic drugs are chemotherapeutic agents, e.g. antineoplastic agents, and antibiotics. Other possible candidates include loop-diuretics, quinines or a quinine-like compound, and salicylate or salicylate-like compounds. These methods are especially effective when the ototoxic compound is an antibiotic, preferably an aminoglycoside antibiotic. Ototoxic aminoglycoside antibiotics include but are not limited to neomycin, paromomycin, ribostamycin, lividomycin, kanamycin, amikacin, tobramycin, viomycin, gentamicin, sisomicin, netilmicin, streptomycin, dibekacin, fortimicin, and dihydrostreptomycin, or combinations thereof. Particular antibiotics include neomycin B, kanamycin A, kanamycin B, gentamicin Cl, gentamicin CIa, and gentamicin C2. The methods of the invention are also effective when the ototoxic compound is a neoplastic agent such as vincristine, vinblastine, cisplatin and cisplatin-like compounds and taxol and taxol-like compounds
In some embodiments aimed at treating or preventing a hearing disorder, the composition of the invention is co-administered with an ototoxin. For example, an improved method is provided for treatment of infection of a mammal by administration of an aminoglycoside antibiotic, the improvement comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene particularly novel siRNAs, to the patient in need of such treatment to reduce or prevent ototoxin-induced hearing impairment associated with the antibiotic. The compounds which reduce or prevent the ototoxin-induced hearing impairment, particularly the novel siRNAs are preferably administered locally within the inner ear.
In yet another embodiment is provided an improved method for treatment of cancer in a mammal by administration of a chemotherapeutic compound, the improvement comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a composition of the invention to the patient in need of such treatment to reduce or prevent ototoxin-induced hearing impairment associated with the chemotherapeutic drug. In another embodiment the methods of treatment are applied to hearing impairments resulting from the administration of a chemotherapeutic agent to treat its ototoxic side-effect. Ototoxic chemotherapeutic agents amenable to the methods of the invention include, but are not limited to an antineoplastic agent, including cisplatin or cisplatin-like compounds, taxol or taxol-like compounds, and other chemotherapeutic agents believed to cause ototoxin-induced hearing impairments, e.g., vincristine, an antineoplastic drug used to treat hematological malignancies and sarcomas. Cisplatin-like compounds include carboplatin (Paraplatin ®), tetraplatin, oxaliplatin, aroplatin and transplatin inter alia .In another embodiment the methods of the invention are applied to hearing impairments resulting from the administration of quinine and its synthetic substitutes, typically used in the treatment of malaria, to treat its ototoxic side-effect. In another embodiment the methods of the invention are applied to hearing impairments resulting from administration of a diuretic. Diuretics, particularly "loop" diuretics, i.e. those that act primarily in the Loop of Henle, are candidate ototoxins. Illustrative examples, not limiting to the invention method, include furosemide, ethacrylic acid, and mercurials. Diuretics are typically used to prevent or eliminate edema. Diuretics are also used in nonedematous states for example hypertension, hypercalcemia, idiopathic hypercalciuria, and nephrogenic diabetes insipidus.
In another embodiment, the methods of the invention are applied to treating or preventing the incidence or severity of pressure sores. The methods and compositions involve administering to a mammal in need of such treatment a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of one or more compounds which down-regulate expression of the RTP801L gene, particularly novel small interfering RNAs (siRNAs). The compounds which treat or prevent the incidence or severity of pressure sores, particularly the novel siRNAs are preferably administered locally within the damaged area. The methods and compositions of the present invention are effective in the treatment and prevention of pressure sores or pressure ulcers developped when sustained pressure (usually from a bed or wheelchair) cuts off circulation to vulnerable parts of the body. The methods and compositions are effective in patients with diminished or absent sensation or who are debilitated, emaciated, paralyzed, or long bedridden. The compositions of the present invention are effective also in improving the healing of pressure sores using the compositions. The compositions may be used at any particular stage in the healing process including the stage before any healing has initiated or even before a specific sore is made (prophylactic treatment).
Other kinds of wounds to be treated according to the invention include also i) general wounds such as, e.g., surgical, traumatic, infectious, ischemic, thermal, chemical and bullous wounds; ii) wounds specific for the oral cavity such as, e.g., post-extraction wounds, endodontic wounds especially in connection with treatment of cysts and abscesses, ulcers and lesions of bacterial, viral or autoimmunological origin, mechanical, chemical, thermal, infectious and lichenoid wounds; herpes ulcers, stomatitis aphthosa, acute necrotising ulcerative gingivitis and burning mouth syndrome are specific examples; and iii) wounds on the skin such as, e.g., neoplasm, burns (e.g. chemical, thermal), lesions (bacterial, viral, autoimmunological), bites and surgical incisions.
The methods and compositions of the present invention are also effective in the treatment and prevention of any chronic wounds including inter alia pressure sores, venous ulcers, and diabetic ulcers. In all these chronic wound types, the underlying precipitating event is a period of ischemia followed by a period of reperfusion. These ischemia-reperfusion events are usually repetitive, which means the deleterious effects of ischemia-reperfusion are potentiated and eventually sufficient to cause ulceration. For both pressure sores and diabetic foot ulcers, the ischemic event is the result of prolonged pressure sufficient to prevent tissue perfusion, and when the pressure is finally relieved, the reperfusion injury occurs. The present compositions are effective in inhibiting the damage caused by ischemia-reperfusion in chronic wounds. The present compositions are also effective in other conditions associated with ischemia- reperfusion such as but not limited to: organ transplantation, intestinal and colon anastamoses, operations on large blood vessels, stitching detached limbs, balloon angioplasty or any cardiac surgery, stroke or brain trauma, limb transplantation, pulmonary hypertension, hypoxemia, and noncardiogenic pulmonary edema, acute renal failure, acute glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, hypertensive retinopathy, and retinal vascular occlusion, cochlear ischemia, microvascular surgery and ischemic lesions in scleroderma.
The methods and compositions of the present invention are also effective in the treatment of accoustic trauma or mechanical trauma, preferably accoustic or mechanical trauma that leads to inner ear hair cell loss. Accoustic trauma to be treated in the present invention may be caused by a single exposure to an extremely loud sound, or following long-term exposure to everyday loud sounds above 85 decibels. Mechanical inner ear trauma to be treated in the present invention is for example the inner ear trauma following an operation of electronic device insertion in the inner ear. The compositions of the present invention prevent or minimize the damage to inner ear hair cells associated with the operation. The compounds which reduce or prevent the ototoxin-induced hearing impairment, particularly the novel siRNAs are preferably administered locally within the inner ear.
Additionally, as detailed above, the compound of the present invention can be used to treat any condition in which ischemia is involved, optionally ischemia-reperfusion. Such condition include ischmia or ischemia-reperfusion resulting from an angioplasty, cardiac surgery or thrombolysis; organ transplant; as a result of plastic surgery; during severe compartment syndrome; during re-attachment of severed limbs; as a result of multiorgan failure syndrome; in the brain as a result of stroke or brain trauma; in connection with chronic wounds such as pressure sores, venous ulcers and diabetic ulcers; during skeletal muscle ischemia or limb transplantation; as a result of mesenteric ischemia or acute ischemic bowel disease; respiratory failure as a result of lower torso ischemia, leading to pulmonary hypertension, hypoxemia, and noncardiogenic pulmonary edema; acute renal failure as observed after renal transplantation, major surgery, trauma, and septic as well as hemorrhagic shock; Sepsis; Retinal ischemia occuring as a result of acute_vascular occlusion, leading to loss of vision in a number of ocular diseases such as acute glaucoma, diabetic retinopathy, hypertensive retinopathy, and retinal vascular occlusion; Cochlear ischemia; flap failure in microvascular surgery for head and neck defects; Raynaud's phenomenon and the associated digital ischemic lesions in scleroderma; spinal cord injury; vascular surgery; Traumatic rhabdomyolysis (crush syndrome); and myoglobinuria. Further, ischemia/reperfusion may be involved in the following conditions: hypertension, hypertensive cerebral vascular disease, rupture of aneurysm, a constriction or obstruction of a blood vessel- as occurs in the case of a thrombus or embolus, angioma, blood dyscrasias, any form of compromised cardiac function including cardiac arrest or failure, systemic hypotension, cardiac arrest, cardiogenic shock, septic shock, spinal cord trauma, head trauma, seizure, bleeding from a tumor; and diseases such as stroke, Parkinson's disease, epilepsy, depression, ALS, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease and any other disease- induced dementia (such as HIV induced dementia for example). Additionally, an ischemic episode may be caused by a mechanical injury to the Central Nervous System, such as results from a blow to the head or spine. Trauma can involve a tissue insult such as an abrasion, incision, contusion, puncture, compression, etc., such as can arise from traumatic contact of a foreign object with any locus of or appurtenant to the head, neck, or vertebral column. Other forms of traumatic injury can arise from constriction or compression of CNS tissue by an inappropriate accumulation of fluid (for example, a blockade or dysfunction of normal cerebrospinal fluid or vitreous humor fluid production, turnover, or volume regulation, or a subdural or intracarnial hematoma or edema). Similarly, traumatic constriction or compression can arise from the presence of a mass of abnormal tissue, such as a metastatic or primary tumor.
"Treating a disease" refers to administering a therapeutic substance effective to ameliorate symptoms associated with a disease, to lessen the severity or cure the disease, or to prevent the disease from occurring. "Treatment" refers to both therapeutic treatment and prophylactic or preventative measures, wherein the object is to prevent or slow down (lessen) a disease or disorder. A "therapeutically effective dose" refers to an amount of a pharmaceutical compound or composition which is effective to achieve an improvement in a patient or his physiological systems including, but not limited to, improved survival rate, more rapid recovery, or improvement or elimination of symptoms, and other indicators as are selected as appropriate determining measures by those skilled in the art.
The methods of treating the diseases disclosed herein and included in the present invention may include administering an RTP801L inhibitor in conjunction with an additional RTP801L inhibitor, a substance which improves the pharmacological properties of the active ingredient as detailed below, or an additional compound known to be effective in the treatment of the disease to be treated, such as macular degeneration, glaucoma, COPD, ALI, ARF, DR, cisplatin-induced deafness, and age-related deafness, inter alia. By "in conjunction with" is meant prior to, simultaneously or subsequent to. Further detail on exemplary conjoined therapies is given below.
hi another embodiment, the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from macular degeneration, glaucoma, COPD, ALI, ARF, DR, cisplatin- induced deafness, age-related deafness or any eye disease, microvascular or respiratory condition or hearing disorder as detailed above, and the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for treating said diseases and conditions. In this embodiment, the RTP801L inhibitor may comprise a polynucleotide which comprises consecutive nucleotides having a sequence which comprises an antisense sequence to the sequence set forth in Figure 1 (SEQ ID No: 1). Additionally, the RTP801L inhibitor may be an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide having a sequence which is an antisense sequence to the sequence set forth in Figure 1 (SEQ ID No:l). The RTP801L inhibitor according to said uses may also be an antibody, such as a neutralizing antibody which specifically binds to an epitope present within a polypeptide which comprises consecutive amino acids, the sequence of which is set forth in Figure 2 (SEQ ID No:2). Additionally, the RTP801L inhibitor may be an RNA molecule which targets the RTP801L gene mRNA such as a ribozyme or an siRNA, optionally an siRNA comprising consecutive nucleotides having a sequence identical to any one of the sequences set forth in Table A (SEQ ID NOs:3-1852) and preferably, siRNA Nos: 72 and 73 of Table A.
Thus, according to the information disclosed herein, the RTP801L inhibitor to be used with any of the methods disclosed herein, in any of the uses disclosed herein and in any of the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein, may be selected from the group consisting of an siRNA molecule, a vector comprising an siRNA molecule, a vector which can express an siRNA molecule and any molecule which is endogenously processed into an siRNA molecule. As detailed herein, said siRNA molecule is preferably an siRNA comprising consecutive nucleotides having a sequence identical to any one of the sequences set forth in Table A and preferably siRNA Nos:72 and 73 of Table A5.
"Respiratory disorder" refers to conditions, diseases or syndromes of the respiratory system including but not limited to pulmonary disorders of all types including chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), acute lung injury (ALI), emphysema, chronic bronchitis, asthma and lung cancer, inter alia. Emphysema and chronic bronchitis may occur as part of COPD or independently.
"Microvascular disorder" refers to any condition that affects microscopic capillaries and lymphatics, in particular vasospastic diseases, vasculitic diseases and lymphatic occlusive diseases. Examples of microvascular disorders include, inter alia: eye disorders such as Amaurosis Fugax (embolic or secondary to SLE), apla syndrome, Prot CS and ATIII deficiency, microvascular pathologies caused by IV drug use, dysproteinemia, temporal arteritis, anterior ischemic optic neuropathy, optic neuritis (primary or secondary to autoimmune diseases), glaucoma, von hippel lindau syndrome, corneal disease, corneal transplant rejection cataracts, Eales' disease, frosted branch angiitis, encircling buckling operation, uveitis including pars planitis, choroidal melanoma, choroidal hemangioma, optic nerve aplasia; retinal conditions such as retinal artery occlusion, retinal vein occlusion, retinopathy of prematurity, HIV retinopathy, Purtscher retinopathy, retinopathy of systemic vasculitis and autoimmune diseases, diabetic retinopathy, hypertensive retinopathy, radiation retinopathy, branch retinal artery or vein occlusion, idiopathic retinal vasculitis, aneurysms, neuroretinitis, retinal embolization, acute retinal necrosis, Birdshot retinochoroidopathy, long-standing retinal detachment; systemic conditions such as Diabetes mellitus, diabetic retinopathy (DR), diabetes-related microvascular pathologies (as detailed herein), hyperviscosity syndromes, aortic arch syndromes and ocular ischemic syndromes, carotid-cavernous fistula, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, arteriolitis with SS-A autoantibody, acute multifocal hemorrhagic vasculitis, vasculitis resulting from infection, vasculitis resulting from Behcet's disease, sarcoidosis, coagulopathies, neuropathies, nephropathies, microvascular diseases of the kidney, acute renal failure and ischemic microvascular conditions, inter alia
Microvascular disorders may comprise a neovascular element. The term "neovascular disorder" refers to those conditions where the formation of blood vessels (neovascularization) is harmful to the patient. Examples of ocular neovascularization include: retinal diseases (diabetic retinopathy, diabetic Macular Edema, chronic glaucoma, retinal detachment, and sickle cell retinopathy); rubeosis iritis; proliferative vitreo-retinopathy; inflammatory diseases; chronic uveitis; neoplasms (retinoblastoma, pseudoglioma and melanoma); Fuchs1 heterochromic iridocyclitis; neovascular glaucoma; corneal neovascularization (inflammatory, transplantation and developmental hypoplasia of the iris); neovascularization following a combined vitrectomy and lensectomy; vascular diseases (retinal ischemia, choroidal vascular insufficiency, choroidal thrombosis and carotid artery ischemia); neovascularization of the optic nerve; and neovascularization due to penetration of the eye or contusive ocular injury. All these neovascular conditions may be treated using the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
"Eye disease" refers to refers to conditions, diseases or syndromes of the eye including but not limited to any conditions involving choroidal neovascularization (CNV), wet and dry AMD, ocular histoplasmosis syndrome, angiod streaks, ruptures in Bruch's membrane, myopic degeneration, ocular tumors, retinal degenerative diseases, glaucoma, and retinal vein occlusion (RVO). Some conditions disclosed herein, such as DR, which may be treated according to the methods of the present invention have been regarded as either a microvascular disorder and an eye disease, or both, under the definitions presented herein.
Hearing impairments relevant to the invention may be due to end-organ lesions involving inner ear hair cells, e.g., acoustic trauma, viral endolymphatic labyrinthitis, Meniere's disease. Hearing impairments include tinnitus, which is a perception of sound in the absence of an acoustic stimulus, and may be intermittent or continuous, wherein there is diagnosed a sensorineural loss. Hearing loss may be due to bacterial or viral infection, such as in herpes zoster oticus, purulent labyrinthitis arising from acute otitis media, purulent meningitis, chronic otitis media, sudden deafness including that of viral origin, e.g., viral endolymphatic labyrinthitis caused by viruses including mumps, measles, influenza, chicken pox, mononucleosis and adenoviruses. The hearing loss can be congenital, such as that caused by rubella, anoxia during birth, bleeding into the inner ear due to trauma during delivery, ototoxic drugs administered to the mother, erythroblastosis fetalis, and hereditary conditions including Waardenburg's syndrome and Hurler's syndrome. The hearing loss can be noise-induced, generally due to a noise greater than 85 decibels (db) that damages the inner ear. Preferably, the hearing loss is caused by aging (presbycusis) or an ototoxic drug that affects Hie auditory portion of the inner ear, particularly inner ear hair cells. Incorporated herein by reference are Chapters 196, 197, 198 and 199 of The Merck Manual of Diagnosis and Therapy, 14th Edition, (1982), Merck Sharp & Dome Research Laboratories, NJ. and corresponding chapters in the most recent 16th edition, including Chapters 207 and 210) relating to description and diagnosis of hearing and balance impairments.
Hearing disorders or impairments (or balance impairment) to be treated or prevented in the context oif the opresent invention are preferably, without being bound by theory, trauma- induced deafness, age-related deafness and ototoxin-induced inner ear hair cells apoptotic damage. Those in need of treatment include those already experiencing a hearing impairment, those prone to having the impairment, and those in which the impairment is to be prevented. Without being bound by theory, the hearing impairments may be due to apoptotic inner ear hair cell damage or loss, wherein the damage or loss is caused by infection , mechanical injury, loud sound, aging, or, in particular, chemical-induced ototoxicity. Ototoxins include therapeutic drugs including antineoplastic agents, salicylates, quinines, and aminoglycoside antibiotics, contaminants in foods or medicinals, and environmental or industrial pollutants. Typically, treatment is performed to prevent or reduce ototoxicity, especially resulting from or expected to result from administration of therapeutic drugs. Preferably a therapeutically effective composition is given immediately after the exposure to prevent or reduce the ototoxic effect. More preferably, treatment is provided prophylactically, either by administration of the composition prior to or concomitantly with the ototoxic pharmaceutical or the exposure to the ototoxin. The hearing impairment may be induced by chemotherapy. In more detail, hearing impairment may be caused by chemotherapeutic agents such as etoposide, 5-FU (5-fluorouracil), cis-platinum, doxorubicin, a vinca alkaloid, vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, taxol, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, chlorambucil, busulfan, mechlorethamine, mitomycin, dacarbazine, carboplatinum, thiotepa, daunorubicin, idarubicin, mitoxantrone, bleomycin, esperamicin Al, dactinomycin, plicamycin, carmustine, lomustine, tauromustine, streptozocin, melphalan, dactinomycin, procarbazine, dexamethasone, prednisone, 2-chlorodeoxyadenosine, cytarabine, docetaxel, fludarabine, gemcitabine, herceptin, hydroxyurea, irinotecan, methotrexate, oxaliplatin, rituxin, semustine, epirubicin, etoposide, tomudex and topotecan, or a chemical analog of one of these chemotherapeutic agents. The chemotherapeutic agents most likely to cause hearing impairment is cis-platinum(cisplatin) and cisplatin-like compounds
By "ototoxin" in the context of the present invention is meant a substance that through its chemical action injures, impairs or inhibits the activity of the sound receptors of the nervous system related to hearing, which in turn impairs hearing (and/or balance). In the context of the present invention, ototoxicity includes a deleterious effect on the inner ear hair cells. Ototoxic agents that cause hearing impairments include, but are not limited to, neoplastic agents such as vincristine, vinblastine, cisplatin and cisplatin-like compounds, taxol and taxol-like compounds, dideoxy-compounds, e.g., dideoxyinosine; alcohol; metals; industrial toxins involved in occupational or environmental exposure; contaminants of food or medicinals; and over-doses of vitamins or therapeutic drugs, e.g., antibiotics such as penicillin or chloramphenicol, and megadoses of vitamins A, D, or B6, salicylates, quinines and loop diuretics. By "exposure to an ototoxic agent" is meant that the ototoxic agent is made available to, or comes into contact with, a mammal. Exposure to an ototoxic agent can occur by direct administration, e.g., by ingestion or administration of a food, medicinal, or therapeutic agent, e.g., a chemotherapeutic agent, by accidental contamination, or by environmental exposure, e g., aerial or aqueous exposure.
"RTP801L gene" refers to the RTP801L coding sequence open reading frame, as shown in Figure 1 (SEQ ID NO:1), or any homologous sequence thereof preferably having at least 70% identity, more preferable 80% identity, even more preferably 90% or 95% identity. This encompasses any sequences derived from SEQ ID NO:1 which have undergone mutations, alterations or modifications as described herein. Thus, in a preferred embodiment RTP801L is encoded by a nucleic acid sequence according to SEQ. ID. NO. 1. It is also within the present invention that the nucleic acids according to the present invention are only complementary and identical, respectively, to a part of the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L as, preferably, the first stretch and first strand is typically shorter than the nucleic acid according to the present invention. It is also to be acknowledged that based on the amino acid sequence of RTP801L any nucleic acid sequence coding for such amino acid sequence can be perceived by the one skilled in the art based on the genetic code. However, due to the assumed mode of action of the nucleic acids according to the present invention, it is most preferred that the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L, preferably the mRNA thereof, is the one present in the organism, tissue and/or cell, respectively, where the expression of RTP801L is to be reduced.
"RTP801L polypeptide" refers to the polypeptide of the RTP801L gene, and is understood to include, for the purposes of the instant invention, the terms "RTP777", "DDIT4L" "REDD2", and "SMHSl", derived from any organism, optionally man, splice variants and fragments thereof retaining biological activity, and homologs thereof, preferably having at least 70%, more preferably at least 80%, even more preferably at least 90% or 95% homology thereto. In addition, this term is understood to encompass polypeptides resulting from minor alterations in the RTP801L coding sequence, such as, inter alia, point mutations, substitutions, deletions and insertions which may cause a difference in a few amino acids between the resultant polypeptide and the naturally occurring RTP801L. Polypeptides encoded by nucleic acid sequences which bind to the RTP801L coding sequence or genomic sequence under conditions of highly stringent hybridization, which are well-known in the art (for example Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, Baltimore, Maryland (1988), updated in 1995 and 1998), are also encompassed by this term. Chemically modified RTP801L or chemically modified fragments of RTP801L are also included in the term, so long as the biological activity is retained. RTP801L preferably has or comprises an amino acid sequence according to SEQ. ID. NO. 2. It is acknowledged that there might be differences in the amino acid sequence among various tissues of an organism and among different organisms of one species or among different species to which the nucleic acid according to the present invention can be applied in various embodiments of the present invention. However, based on the technical teaching provided herein, the respective sequence can be taken into consideration accordingly when designing any of the nucleic acids according to the present invention. Particular fragments of RTP801L include amino acids 1-50, 51-100,101-150 and 151-193 of the sequence shown in Figure 2. Further particular fragments of RTP801L include amino acids 25-74, 75-124, 125-174 and 175-193 of the sequence shown in Figure 2.
Without being bound by theory, RTP801L may be a factor acting in fine-tuning of cell response to energy disbalance. As such, it is a target suitable for treatment of any disease where cells should be rescued from apoptosis due to stressful conditions (e.g. diseases accompanied by death of normal cells) or where cells, which are adapted to stressful conditions due to changes in RTP801L expression (e.g. cancer cells), should be killed. Ih the latter case, RTP801L may be viewed as a survival factor for cancer cells and its inhibitors may treat cancer as a monotherapy or as sensitising drugs in compbination with chemotherapy or radiotherapy. The assignee of the present invention has previously discovered gene RTP801 (see above) and molecules effective in inhibiting gene RTP801 (see co-assigned PCT publication No. WO06/023544A2 and PCT Application No. PCT/US2007/01468, hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety). Although RTP801L shares sequence and functional homology with RTP801, the assignee of the present invention has discovered that inhibition of RTP801 does not cause simultaneous inhibition of RTP801L, and vice versa. Therefore, RTP801L is an excellent target for inhibition in the conditions disclosed herein, and its inhibition is gene-specific. Tandem therapies which inhibit both RTP801 and RTP801L can have additional advantages and are discussed herein blow.
The term "polynucleotide" refers to any molecule composed of DNA nucleotides, RNA nucleotides or a combination of both types, i.e. that comprises two or more of the bases guanidine, cytosine, thymidine, adenine, uracil or inosine, inter alia. A polynucleotide may include natural nucleotides, chemically modified nucleotides and synthetic nucleotides, or chemical analogs thereof. The term includes "oligonucleotides" and encompasses "nucleic acids".
The term "amino acid" refers to a molecule which consists of any one of the 20 naturally occurring amino acids, amino acids which have been chemically modified (see below), or synthetic amino acids.
The term "polypeptide" refers to a molecule composed of two or more amino acids residues. The term includes peptides, polypeptides, proteins and peptidomimetics.
A "peptidomimetic" is a compound containing non-peptidic structural elements that is capable of mimicking the biological action(s) of a natural parent peptide. Some of the classical peptide characteristics such as enzyrnatically scissille peptidic bonds are normally not present in a peptidomimetic.
By the term "dominant negative peptide" is meant a polypeptide encoded by a cDNA fragment that encodes for a part of a protein (see Herskowitz I: Functional inactivation of genes by dominant negative mutations. Nature. 1987 Sep 17-23;329(6136):219-22. Review; Roninson IB et al., Genetic suppressor elements: new tools for molecular orøco/øgj^-thirteenth Cornelius P. Rhoads Memorial Award Lecture. Cancer Res. 1995 Sep 15;55(18):4023). This peptide can have a different function from the protein from which it was derived. It can interact with the full protein and inhibit its activity or it can interact with other proteins and inhibit their activity in response to the full-length (parent) protein. Dominant negative means that the peptide is able to overcome the natural parent protein and inhibit its activity to give the cell a different characteristic, such as resistance or sensitization to death or any cellular phenotype of interest. For therapeutic intervention the peptide itself may be delivered as the active ingredient of a pharmaceutical composition, or the cDNA can be delivered to the cell utilizing known methods.
Preparation of peptides and polypeptides
Polypeptides may be produced via several methods, for example:
1) Synthetically: Synthetic polypeptides can be made using a commercially available machine, using the known sequence of RTP801L or a portion thereof.
2) Recombinant Methods:
A preferred method of making the RTP801L polypeptides or fragments thereof is to clone a polynucleotide comprising the cDNA of the RTP801L gene into an expression vector and culture the cell harboring the vector so as to express the encoded polypeptide, and then purify the resulting polypeptide, all performed using methods known in the art as described in, for example,
Marshak et al, "Strategies for Protein Purification and Characterization. A laboratory course manual. " CSHL Press (1996). (in addition, see BiU Haematol. 1965; 23:1165-74 Appl Microbiol. 1967 Jul;15(4):851-6; Can J Biochem. 1968 May; 46(5): 441-4; Biochemistry. 1968
Jul;7 (7) :2574-80; Arch Biochem Biophys. 1968 Sep 10;126(3):746-72; Biochem Biophys Res
Commun. 1970 Feb 20;38(4):825-30).).
The expression vector can include a promoter for controlling transcription of the heterologous material and can be either a constitutive or inducible promoter to allow selective transcription. Enhancers that can be required to obtain necessary transcription levels can optionally be included. The expression vehicle can also include a selection gene.
Vectors can be introduced into cells or tissues by any one of a variety of methods known within the art. Such methods can be found generally described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Springs Harbor Laboratory, New York (1989, 1992), in Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, Baltimore, Maryland (1989), Vega et al, Gene Targeting, CRC Press, Ann Arbor, MI (1995), Vectors: A Survey of Molecular Cloning Vectors and Their Uses, Butterworths, Boston MA (1988) and Gilboa et al. (1986).
3) Purification from natural sources:
RTP801L polypeptide, or naturally occurring fragments thereof, can be purified from natural sources (such as tissues) using many methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art, such as for example: immuno-precipitation with anti- RTP801L antibody, or matrix-bound affinity chromatography with any molecule known to bind RTP801 L.
Protein purification is practiced as is known in the art as described in, for example, Marshak et al., "Strategies for Protein Purification and Characterization. A laboratory course manual." CSHL Press (1996).
By "biological effect of RTP801L" or "RTP801L biological activity" is meant, without being bound by theory, the effect of RTP801L on apoptosis, such as apoptosis of alveolar cells in respiratory disorders; apoptosis of inner ear hair cells in hearing disorders, apoptosis of macular cells in macular degeneration, apoptosis of cells related to ischemia in any diseases or conditions, inter alia. The effect of RTP801L on apoptosis may be direct or indirect, and includes, without being bound by theory, any effect of RTP801L of induced by hypoxic or hyperoxic conditions. The indirect effect includes, but is not limited to, RTP801L binding to or having an effect on one of several molecules, which are involved in a signal transduction cascade resulting in apoptosis.
"Apoptosis" refers to a physiological type of cell death which results from activation of some cellular mechanisms, i.e. death that is controlled by the machinery of the cell. Apoptosis may, for example, be the result of activation of the cell machinery by an external trigger, e.g. a cytokine or anti-FAS antibody, which leads to cell death or by an internal signal. The term "programmed cell death" may also be used interchangeably with "apoptosis". "Apoptosis-related disease" refers to a disease whose etiology is related either wholly or partially to the process of apoptosis. The disease may be caused either by a malfunction of the apoptotic process (such as in cancer or an autoimmune disease) or by overactivity of the apoptotic process (such as in certain neurodegenerative diseases). Many diseases in which RTP801L is involved are apoptosis-related diseases. For example, apoptosis is a significant mechanism in dry AMD, whereby slow atrophy of photoreceptor and pigment epithelium cells, primarily in the central (macular) region of retina takes place. Neuroretinal apoptosis is also a significant mechanism in diabetic retinopathy.
An "inhibitor" is a compound which is capable of inhibiting the activity of a gene or the product of such gene to an extent sufficient to achieve a desired biological or physiological effect. An "RTP801L inhibitor" is a compound which is capable of inhibiting the activity of the RTP801L gene or RTP801L gene product, particularly the human RTP801L gene or gene product. Such inhibitors include substances that affect the transcription or translation of the gene as well as substances that affect the activity of the gene product. An RTP801L inhibitor may also be an inhibitor of the RTP801L promoter. Examples of such inhibitors may include, inter alia: polynucleotides such as AS fragments, siRNA, or vectors comprising them; polypeptides such as dominant negatives, antibodies, and enzymes; catalytic RNAs such as ribozymes; and chemical molecules with a low molecular weight e.g. a molecular weight below 2000 daltons. Specific RTP8 OIL inhibitors are given below.
"Expression vector" refers to a vector that has the ability to incorporate and express heterologous DNA fragments in a foreign cell. Many prokaryotic and eukaryotic expression vectors are known and/or commercially available. Selection of appropriate expression vectors is within the knowledge of those having skill in the art.
The term "antibody" refers to IgG, IgM, IgD, IgA, and IgE antibody, inter alia. The definition includes polyclonal antibodies or monoclonal antibodies. This term refers to whole antibodies or fragments of antibodies comprising an antigen-binding domain, e.g. antibodies without the Fc portion, single chain antibodies, miniantibodies, fragments consisting of essentially only the variable, antigen-binding domain of the antibody, etc. The term "antibody" may also refer to antibodies against polynucleotide sequences obtained by cDNA vaccination. The term also encompasses antibody fragments which retain the ability to selectively bind with their antigen or receptor and are exemplified as follows, inter alia: (1) Fab, the fragment which contains a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule which can be produced by digestion of whole antibody with the enzyme papain to yield a light chain and a portion of the heavy chain;
(2) (Fab')2) the fragment of the antibody that can be obtained by treating whole antibody with the enzyme pepsin without subsequent reduction; F(ab'2) is a dimer of two Fab fragments held together by two disulfide bonds;
(3) Fv, defined as a genetically engineered fragment containing the variable region of the light chain and the variable region of the heavy chain expressed as two chains; and
(4) Single chain antibody (SCA), defined as a genetically engineered molecule containing the variable region of the light chain and the variable region of the heavy chain linked by a suitable polypeptide linker as a genetically fused single chain molecule.
By the term "epitope" as used in this invention is meant an antigenic determinant on an antigen to which the antibody binds. Epitopic determinants usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids or sugar side chains and usually have specific three- dimensional structural characteristics, as well as specific charge characteristics.
Preparation of anti- RTP801L antibodies
Antibodies which bind to RTP801L or a fragment derived therefrom may be prepared using an intact polypeptide or fragments containing smaller polypeptides as the immunizing antigen. For example, it may be desirable to produce antibodies that specifically bind to the N- or C- terminal or any other suitable domains of the RTP801L. The polypeptide used to immunize an animal can be derived from translated cDNA or chemical synthesis and can be conjugated to a carrier protein, if desired. Such commonly used carriers which are chemically coupled to the polypeptide include keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), thyroglobulin, bovine serum albumin (BSA) and tetanus toxoid. The coupled polypeptide is then used to immunize the animal.
If desired, polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies can be further purified, for example by binding to and elution from a matrix to which the polypeptide or a peptide to which the antibodies were raised is bound. Those skilled in the art know various techniques common in immunology for purification and/or concentration of polyclonal as well as monoclonal antibodies (Coligan et al, Unit 9, Current Protocols in Immunology, Wiley Interscience, 1994).
Methods for making antibodies of all types, including fragments, are known in the art (See for example, Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York (1988)). Methods of immunization, including all necessary steps of preparing the immunogen in a suitable adjuvant, determining antibody binding, isolation of antibodies, methods for obtaining monoclonal antibodies, and humanization of monoclonal antibodies are all known to the skilled artisan
The antibodies may be humanized antibodies or human antibodies. Antibodies can be humanized using a variety of techniques known in the art including CDR- grafting (EP239,400: PCT publication WO.91/09967; U.S. patent Nos.5,225,539;5,530,101; and 5,585,089, veneering or resurfacing (EP 592,106; EP 519,596; Padlan, Molecular Immunology 28(4/5):489-498 (1991); Studnicka et al., Protein Engineering 7(6):805-814 (1994); Roguska et al., PNAS 91:969-973 (1994)), and chain shuffling (U.S. Patent No. 5,565,332).
The monoclonal antibodies as defined include antibodies derived from one species (such as murine, rabbit, goat, rat, human, etc.) as well as antibodies derived from two (or more) species, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies.
Completely human antibodies are particularly desirable for therapeutic treatment of human patients. Human antibodies can be made by a variety of methods known in the art including phage display methods using antibody libraries derived from human immunoglobulin sequences. See also U.S. Patent Nos. 4,444,887 and 4,716,111; and PCT publications WO 98/46645, WO 98/50433, WO 98/24893, WO 98/16654, WO 96/34096, WO 96/33735, and WO 91/10741, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Additional information regarding all types of antibodies, including humanized antibodies, human antibodies and antibody fragments can be found in WO 01/05998, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Neutralizing antibodies can be prepared by the methods discussed above, possibly with an additional step of screening for neutralizing activity by, for example, a survival assay.
The terms "chemical compound", "small molecule", "chemical molecule" "small chemical molecule" and "small chemical compound" are used interchangeably herein and are understood to refer to chemical moieties of any particular type which may be synthetically produced or obtained from natural sources and usually have a molecular weight of less than 2000 daltons, less than 1000 daltons or even less than 600 daltons.
The present invention also relates to functional nucleic acids comprising a double-stranded structure, their use for the manufacture of a medicament, a pharmaceutical composition comprising such functional nucleic acids and a method for the treatment of a patient.
Hypoxia has been recognised as a key element in the pathomechanism of quite a number of diseases such as stroke, emphysema and infarct which are associated with sub-optimum oxygen availability and tissue damaging responses to the hypoxia conditions. In fast-growing tissues, including tumor, a sub-optimum oxygen availability is compensated by undesired neo- angiogenesis. Therefore, at least in case of cancer diseases, the growth of vasculature is undesired.
In view of this, the inhibition of angiogenesis and vascular growth, respectively, is subject to intense research. Already today some compounds are available which inhibit undesired angiogenesis and vascular growth. Some of the more prominent compounds are those inhibiting VEGF and the VEGF receptor. In both cases, the effect of VEGF is avoided by either blocking VEGF as such, for example by using an antibody directed against VEGF such as pursued by Genentech's AVASTIN (monoclonal AB specific for VEGF) (Ferrara N.; Endocr Rev. 2004 Aug;25(4):581-611), or by blocking the corresponding receptor, i. e. the VEGF receptor (Traxler P; Cancer Res. 2004 JuI 15;64(14):4931-41; or Stadler WM et al., Clin Cancer Res. 2004 May 15;10(10):3365-70).
As, however, angiogenesis and the growth of vasculature is a very basic and vital process in any animal and human being, the effect of this kind of compound has to be focused at the particular site where angiogenesis and vascular growth is actually undesired which renders appropriate targeting or delivery a critical issue in connection with this kind of therapeutic approach.
It is thus an objective of the present invention to provide further means for the treatment of diseases involving undesired growth of vasculature and angiogenesis, respectively.
By "small interfering RNA" (siRNA) is meant an RNA molecule which decreases or silences (prevents) the expression of a gene/ mRNA of its endogenous cellular counterpart. The term is understood to encompass "RNA interference" (RNAi). RNA interference (RNAi) refers to the process of sequence-specific post transcriptional gene silencing in mammals mediated by small interfering RNAs (siRNAs) (Fire et al, 1998, Nature 391., 806). The corresponding process in plants is commonly referred to as specific post transcriptional gene silencing or RNA silencing and is also referred to as quelling in fungi. The RNA interference response may feature an endonuclease complex containing an siRNA, commonly referred to as an RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC), which mediates cleavage of single-stranded RNA having sequence complementary to the antisense strand of the siRNA duplex. Cleavage of the target RNA may take place in the middle of the region complementary to the antisense strand of the siRNA duplex (Elbashir et al 2001, Genes Dev., 15, 188). For recent information on these terms and proposed mechanisms, see Bernstein E., Denli AM., Hannon GJ: The rest is silence. RNA. 2001 Nov;7(l 1): 1509-21; and Nishikura K.: A short primer on RNAi: RNA-directed RNA polymerase acts as a key catalyst. Cell. 2001 Nov 16;107(4):415-8. Examples of siRNA molecules which may be used in the present invention are given in Tables A.
During recent years, RNAi has emerged as one of the most efficient methods for inactivation of genes (Nature Reviews, 2002, v.3, p.737-47; Nature, 2002, v.418,ρ.244-51). As a method, it is based on the ability of dsRNA species to enter a specific protein complex, where it is then targeted to the complementary cellular RNA and specifically degrades it. In more detail, dsRNAs are digested into short (17-29 bp) inhibitory RNAs (siRNAs) by type III RNAses
(DICER, Drosha, etc) (Nature, 2001, v.409, p.363-6; Nature, 2003, .425, p.415-9). These fragments and complementary mRNA are recognized by the specific RISC protein complex. The whole process is culminated by endonuclease cleavage of target mRNA (Nature Reviews,
2002, v.3, p.737-47; Curr Opin Mol Ther. 2003 Jun;5(3):217-24).
For disclosure on how to design and prepare siRNA to known genes see for example Chalk AM, Wahlestedt C, Sonnliammer EL. Improved and automated prediction of effective siRNA Biochem. Biophys. Res. Cornmun. 2004 Jun 18;319(l):264-74; Sioud M, Leirdal M., Potential design rules and enzymatic synthesis of siRNAs, Methods MoI Biol.2004;252:457-69; Levenkova N, Gu Q, Rux JJ.: Gene specific siRNA selector Bioinformatics. 2004 Feb 12;20(3):430-2. and Uϊ-Tei K, Naito Y, Takahashi F, Haraguchi T, Ohki-Hamazaki H, Juni A, Ueda R, Saigo K., Guidelines for the selection of highly effective siRNA sequences for mammalian and chick RNA interference Nucleic Acids Res. 2004 Feb 9;32(3):936-48. See also Liu Y, Braasch DA, NuIf CJ, Corey DR. Efficient and isoform-selective inhibition of cellular gene expression by peptide nucleic acids Biochemistry, 2004 Feb 24;43(7):1921-7. See also PCT publications WO 2004/015107 (Atugen) and WO 02/44321 (Tuschl et al), and also Chiu YL, Rana TM. siRNA function in RNAi: a chemical modification analysis, RNA 2003 Sep;9(9): 1034-48 and US Patent Nos.5898031 and 6107094 (Crooke) for production of modified/ more stable siRNAs.
DNA-based vectors capable of generating siRNA within cells have been developed. The method generally involves transcription of short hairpin RNAs that are efficiently processed to form siRNAs within cells. Paddison et al. PNAS 2002, 99:1443-1448; Paddison et al. Genes & Dev 2002, 16:948-958; Sui et al. PNAS 2002, 8:5515-5520; and Brummelkamp et al. Science 2002, 296:550-553. These reports describe methods to generate siRNAs capable of specifically targeting numerous endogenously and exogenously expressed genes.
For delivery of siRNAs, see, for example, Shen et al (FEBS letters 539: 111-114 (2003)), Xia et al., Nature Biotechnology 20: 1006-1010 (2002), Reich et al., Molecular Vision 9: 210-216 (2003), Sorensen et al. (J.Mol.Biol. 327: 761-766 (2003), Lewis et al., Nature Genetics 32: 107- 108 (2002) and Simeoni et al., Nucleic Acids Research 31, 11: 2717-2724 (2003). siRNA has recently been successfully used for inhibition in primates; for further details see Tolentino et al., Retina 24(1) February 2004 pp 132-138.
siRNAs of the present invention
General specifications of siRNAs of the present invention
In some embodiments the oligoribonucleotide according to the present invention comprises modified siRNA. In various embodiments the siRNA comprises an RNA duplex comprising a first strand and a second strand, whereby the first strand comprises a ribonucleotide sequence at least partially complementary to about 18 to about 40 consecutive nucleotides of a target nucleic acid, and the second strand comprises ribonucleotide sequence at least partially complementary to the first strand and wherein said first strand and/or said second strand comprises a plurality of groups of modified ribonucleotides having a modification at the 2'-position of the sugar moiety whereby within each strand each group of modified ribonucleotides is flanked on one or both sides by a group of flanking ribonucleotides whereby each ribonucleotide forming the group of flanking ribonucleotides is selected from an unmodified ribonucleotide or a ribonucleotide having a modification different from the modification of the groups of modified ribonucleotides.
The group of modified ribonucleotides and/or the group of flanking ribonucleotides comprise a number of ribonucleotides selected from the group consisting of an integer from 1 to 10. Accordingly, the group thus comprises one nucleotide, two nucleotides, three nucleotides, four nucleotides, five nucleotides, six nucleotides, seven nucleotides, eight nucleotides, nine nucleotides or ten nucleotides. The groups of modified nucleotides and flanking nucleotides may be organized in a pattern on at least one of the strands.
In some embodiments the first and second strands comprise a pattern of modified nucleotides. In various embodiments the pattern of modified nucleotides of said first strand is identical relative to the pattern of modified nucleotides of the second strand.
In other embodiments the pattern of modified nucleotides of said first strand is shifted by one or more nucleotides relative to the pattern of modified nucleotides of the second strand.
In some preferred embodiments the middle ribonucleotide in the antisense strand is an unmodified nucleotide. For example, in a 19-oligomer antisense strand, ribonucleotide number 10 is unmodified; in a 21 -oligomer antisense strand, ribonucleotide number 11 is unmodified; and in a 23 -oligomer antisense strand, ribonucleotide number 12 is unmodified. The modifications or pattern of modification, if any, of the siRNA must be planned to allow for this.
The modifications on the 2' moiety of the sugar residue include amino, fluoro, methoxy alkoxy, alkyl, amino, fluoro, chloro, bromo, CN, CF, imidazole, caboxylate, thioate, C1 to C10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl or aralkyl, OCF3, OCN, O-, S-, or N- alkyl; O-, S, or N- alkenyl; SOCH3; SO2CH3; ONO2; NO2, N3; heterozycloalkyl; heterozyclo alkaryl; aminoalkylamino; polyalkylamino or substituted silyl, as, among others, described in European patents EP O 586 520 Bl or EP O 618 925 Bl.
In some embodiments the siRNA is blunt ended, on one or both ends. More specifically, the siRNA may be blunt ended on the end defined by the 5'- terminus of the first strand and the 3'- terminus of the second strand, or the end defined by the 3 '-terminus of the first strand and the 5'- terminus of the second strand.
In other embodiments at least one of the two strands may have an overhang of at least one nucleotide at the 5'-terminus; the overhang may consist of at least one deoxyribonucleotide. At least one of the strands may also optionally have an overhang of at least one nucleotide at the 3'- terminus. The overhang may consist of from about 1 to about 4 nucleotides The length of RNA duplex is from about 18 to about 40 ribonucleotides, preferably 19 or 23 ribonucleotides. Further, the length of each strand may independently have a length selected from the group consisting of about 15 to about 40 bases, preferably 18 to 23 bases and more preferably 19, 20 or 21 ribonucleotides.
Additionally, the complementarity between said first strand and the target nucleic acid may be perfect. Ih some embodiments, the strands are substantially complementary, i.e. having one, two or up to three mismatches between said first strand and the target nucleic acid.
In some embodiments the first strand and the second strand each comprise at least one group of modified ribonucleotides and at least one group of flanking ribonucleotides, whereby each group of modified ribonucleotides comprises at least one ribonucleotide and whereby each group of flanking ribonucleotides comprises at least one ribonucleotide, wherein each group of modified ribonucleotides of the first strand is aligned with a group of flanking ribonucleotides on the second strand, and wherein the 5' most terminal ribonucleotide is selected from a group of modified ribonucleotides, and the 3' most terminal ribonucleotide of the second strand is a selected from the group of flanking ribonucleotide. In some embodiments each group of modified ribonucleotides consists of a single ribonucleotide and each group of flanking ribonucleotides consists of a single nucleotide
In yet other embodiments the ribonucleotide forming the group of flanking ribonucleotides on the first strand is an unmodified ribonucleotide arranged in a 3' direction relative to the ribonucleotide forming the group of modified ribonucleotides, and the ribonucleotide forming the group of modified ribonucleotides on the second strand is a modified ribonucleotide which is arranged in 5' direction relative to the ribonucleotide forming the group of flanking ribonucleotides. In some embodiments the first strand of the siRNA comprises five to about twenty, eight to twelve, preferably nine to eleven, groups of modified ribonucleotides, and the second strand comprises seven to eleven, preferably eight to ten, groups of modified ribonucleotides.
The first strand and the second strand may be linked by a loop structure, which may be comprised of a non-nucleic acid polymer such as, inter alia, polyethylene glycol. Alternatively, the loop structure may be comprised of a nucleic acid, including modified and non-modified ribonucleotides and modified and non-modified deoxyribonucleotides.
Further, the 5'-terminus of the first strand of the siRNA may be linked to the 3'-ternτinus of the second strand, or the 3 '-terminus of the first strand may be linked to the 5'-terminus of the second strand, said linkage being via a nucleic acid linker typically having a length between 10-2000 nucleobases, preferably about 3 to about 50 nucleobases.
In various embodiments, the present invention provides a compound having structure A:
5' (N)x - Z 3' (antisense strand) 3' Z'-(N')y 5' (sense strand)
wherein each N and N' is a ribonucleotide selected from the group consisting of a modified ribonucleotide or an unmodified ribonucleotide and each of (N)x and (N')y is an oligomer in which each consecutive N or N' is joined to the next N or N' by a covalent bond; wherein each of x and y is an integer between 18 and 40; wherein each of Z and Z' may be present or absent, but if present is dTdT and is covalently attached at the 3' terminus of the strand in which it is present; and wherein the sequence of (N)x comprises an antisense sequence having substantial identity to about 18 to about 40 consecutive ribonucleotides in the mRNA transcribed from the RTP801L gene.
In preferred embodiments the antisense sequence is selected from a sequence presented in Table A. It will be readily understood by those skilled in the art that the compounds of the present invention consist of a plurality of ribonucleotides, which are linked through covalent linkages. Each such covalent linkage may be a phosphodiester linkage, a phosphothioate linkage, or a combination of both, along the length of the ribonucleotide sequence of the individual strand. Other possible backbone modifications are described inter alia in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,587,361; 6,242,589; 6,277,967; 6,326,358; 5,399,676; 5,489,677; and 5,596,086.
In particular embodiments, x and y are independently an integer between about 18 to about 40, preferably from about 19 to about 23. In a particular embodiment, x is equal to y (i.e. x = y) and in preferred embodiments x = y = 19, x = y = 20 or x = y = 21. In a particularly preferred embodiment x = y = 19.
In one embodiment of the compound of the invention, Z and Z' are both absent; in another embodiment one of Z or Z' is present. In one embodiment all of the ribonucleotides of the compound are unmodified in their sugar residues.
In preferred embodiments at least one ribonucleotide is modified in its sugar residue, preferably by the addition of a moiety at the 2' position. A preferred moiety is selected from the group consisting of amino, fluoro, methoxy, alkoxy and alkyl groups. In a presently preferred embodiment the moiety at the 2' position is methoxy (2'-0-Me). In preferred embodiments of the invention, alternating ribonucleotides are modified in both the antisense and the sense strands of the compound. In particular the exemplified siRNA has been modified such that a 2'-O-methyl (Me) group was present on the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth, seventeenth and nineteenth nucleotide of the antisense strand, whereby the very same modification, i. e. a 2'-0-Me group, was present at the second, fourth, sixth, eighth, tenth, twelfth, fourteenth, sixteenth and eighteenth nucleotide of the sense strand.
Additionally, it is to be noted that these particular siRNA compounds are also blunt ended.
In preferred embodiments of the compounds of the invention having alternating ribonucleotides modified in both the antisense and the sense strands of the compound, for 19 mers and 23 mers the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified in their sugar residues, and the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified in their sugar residues. For 21 mers the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are modified in their sugar residues, and the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are unmodified in their sugar residues. As mentioned above, it is preferred that the middle nucleotide of the antisense strand is unmodified. In a particularly preferred embodiment the ribonucleic acid sequence is one of Table A, preferably of the sequences having E) No.s 72 and 73.
Thus, in a particularly preferred embodiment, the present invention comprises a compound having the structure
5' UCUUGAGCAAUUCUCUGGG 3' antisense strand (SEQ ID NO:1000;
3' AlGlAlAlClUlClGlUlUlAlAlGlAlGlAlClClCl 5' sense strand (SEQ ID NO: 75) '
wherein alternating ribonucleotides in the antisense and the sense strands are modified to result in a 2'-O-methyl modification in the sugar residue of the ribonucleotides; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified to result in the 2'-O-methyl modification; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified; and wherein the antisense and the sense strands are non- phosphorylated at the 3' and 5' termini.
And a compound having the structure
5 ' UCUUGAGCAAUUCUCUGGG 3 ' antisense strand (SEQ ID NO : 1000 )
M ! I M 1 1 M 1 1 i M f I ! I
3' AGAACUCGUUAAGAGACCC 5' sense strand (SEQ ID NO -.75)
wherein alternating ribonucleotides in the antisense and the sense strands are modified to result in a 2'-O-methyl modification in the sugar residue of the ribonucleotides; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified to result in the 2'-O-methyl modification; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified; and wherein the antisense and the sense strands are phosphorylated at the 3' termini.
And a compound having the structure
5 ' AUCUUGAGCAAUUCUCUGG 3 ' antisense strand (SEQ ID NO : 999 )
I M M M i I M l I l M I ) I 3' UAGAACUCGUUAAGAGACC 5' sense strand (SEQ ID NO: 74) wherein alternating ribonucleotides in the antisense and the sense strands are modified to result in a 2'-O-methyl modification in the sugar residue of the ribonucleotides; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified to result in the 2'-O-methyl modification; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified; and wherein the antisense and the sense strands are non- phosphorylated at the 3' and 5' termini.
And a compound having the structure 5' AUCUUGAGCAAUUCUCUGG 3' antisense strand (SEQ ID NO: 999)
3' U MAGMAAICMUCIGMUUIAIAMGAIGIAMCC! 5' sense strand (SEQ ID NO: 74)
wherein alternating ribonucleotides in the antisense and the sense strands are modified to result in a 2'-O-methyl modification in the sugar residue of the ribonucleotides; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified to result in the 2'-O-methyl modification; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified; and wherein the antisense and the sense strands are phosphorylated at the 3 ' termini.
Further, the present invention comprises a pharmaceutical composition comprising any one of the above compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
These compounds and pharmaceuticals may be used to treat a patient suffering from any one of the diseases or conditions disclosed herein; further, any of the siRNAs in Table A may be used in the same manner.
According to one preferred embodiment of the invention, the antisense and the sense strands of the siRNA are phosphorylated only at the 3 '-terminus and not at the 5 '-terminus. According to another preferred embodiment of the invention, the antisense and the sense strands are non- phosphorylated. According to yet another preferred embodiment of the invention, the 5' most ribonucleotide in the sense strand is modified to abolish any possibility of in vivo 5'- phosphorylation.
The invention further provides a vector capable of expressing any of the aforementioned oligoribonucleotides in unmodified form in a cell after which appropriate modification may be made. In preferred embodiment the cell is a mammalian cell, preferably a human cell. While it may be possible for the compounds of the present invention to be administered as the raw chemical, it is preferable to present them as a pharmaceutical composition. Accordingly the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more of the compounds of the invention; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This composition may comprise a mixture of two or more different siRNAs. The invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of the invention covalently or non-covalently bound to one or more compounds of the invention in an amount effective to inhibit the the RTP801L gene; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compound may be processed intracellularly by endogenous cellular complexes to produce one or more oligoribonucleo tides of the invention.
The invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and one or more of the compounds of the invention in an amount effective to down-regulate expression in a cell of the human RTP801L gene of the present invention, the compound comprising a sequence substantially complementary to the sequence of (N)x Substantially complementary refers to complementarity of greater than about 84% to another sequence. For example in a duplex region consisting of 19 base pairs one mismatch results in 94.7% complementarity, two mismatches results in about 89.5% complementarity and 3 mismatches results in about 84.2% complementarity, rendering the duplex region substantially complementary. Accordingly substantially identical refers to identity of greater than about 84%, to another sequence.
Additionally, the invention provides a method of down-regulating the expression of the RTP801L gene by at least 50% as compared to a control comprising contacting an mRNA transcript of the RTP801L gene with one or more of the compounds of the invention.
In one embodiment the oligoribonucleotide is down-regulating the RTP801L gene, whereby the down-regulation is selected from the group comprising down-regulation of gene function, down- regulation of polypeptide and down-regulation of mRNA expression. In one embodiment the compound is down-regulating the RTP 80 IL polypeptide, whereby the down-regulation is selected from the group comprising down-regulation of function (which may be examined by an enzymatic assay or a binding assay with a known interactor of the native gene / polypeptide, inter alia), down-regulation of protein (which may be examined by Western blotting, ELISA or immuno-precipitation, inter alia) and down-regulation of mRNA expression (which may be examined by Northern blotting, quantitative RT-PCR, in-situ hybridization or microarray hybridisation, inter alia).
In additional embodiments the invention provides a method of treating a patient suffering from a disease accompanied by an elevated level of RTP801L, the method comprising administering to the patient a compound of the invention in a therapeutically effective dose thereby treating the patient. More particularly, the invention provides an oligoribonucleotide wherein one strand comprises consecutive nucleotides having, from 5' to 3', the sequence set forth in Table A, or a homolog thereof wherein in up to two of the ribonucleotides in each terminal region is altered. The terminal region of the oligoribonucleotide refers to bases 1-4 and/or 16-19 in the 19-mer sequence and to bases 1-4 and/or 18-21 in the 21-mer sequence.
Additionally, the invention provides oligoribonucleotides wherein one strand comprises consecutive nucleotides having, from 5' to 3', the sequence set forth in Table A or a homolog thereof wherein in up to two of the ribonucleotides in each terminal region is altered. The presently most preferred compound of the invention is a blunt-ended 19-mer siRNA, i.e. x=y=19 and Z and Z' are both absent. The siRNA is either phosphorylated at 3' termini of both sense and anti-sense strands, or non-phosphorylated at all (both phosphorylated and non- phosphorylated molecules have similar activity); or having the 5' most ribonucleotide in the on the sense strand specifically modified to abolish any possibility of in vivo 5'-phosphorylation. The alternating ribonucleotides are modified at the 2' position of the sugar residue in both the antisense and the sense strands, wherein the moiety at the 2' position is methoxy (2'-O-methyl) and wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified in their sugar residues, and the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified in their sugar residues. '
Additionally, further nucleic acids according to the present invention comprise at least 14 contiguous nucleotides of any one of the polynucleotides in Table A and more preferably 14 contiguous nucleotide base pairs at any end of the double-stranded structure comprised of the first strand and second strand as described above. Additionally, further nucleic acids according to the present invention comprise at least 14 contiguous nucleotides of any one of the sequences of Table A, and more preferably 14 contiguous nucleotide base pairs at any end of the double-stranded structure comprised of the first stretch and second stretch as described above. It will be understood by one skilled in the art that given the potential length of the nucleic acid according to the present invention and particularly of the individual stretches forming such nucleic acid according to the present invention, some shifts relative to the coding sequence of the RTP801L gene to each side is possible, whereby such shifts can be up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 nucleotides in both directions, and whereby the thus generated double-stranded nucleic acid molecules shall also be within the present invention.
An additional aspect of the present invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the above structure (A) for the treatment of any of the diseases and conditions mentioned herein.
Further, this aspect provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising two or more compounds of the above structure (A) for the treatment of any of the diseases and conditions mentioned herein, whereby said two compounds may be physically mixed together in the pharmaceutical composition in amounts which generate equal or otherwise beneficial activity, or may be covalently or non-covalently bound, or joined together by a nucleic acid linker of a length ranging from 2-100, preferably 2-50 or 2-30 nucleotides. Such siRNA molecules are therefore comprised of a double-stranded nucleic acid structure as described herein, whereby two siRNA sequences selected from Table A, optionally siRNA Nos: 72 and 73 are covalently or non-covalently bound or joined by a linker to form a tandem siRNA molecule. Such tandem siRNA molecules comprising two siRNA sequences would typically be of 38-150 nucleotides in length, more preferably 38 or 40- 60 nucleotides in length, and longer accordingly if more than two siRNA sequences are included in the tandem molecule. A longer tandem molecule comprised of two or more longer sequences which encode siRNA produced via internal cellular processing, e.g., long dsRNAs, is also envisaged, as is a tandem molecule encoding two or more shRNAs. Such tandem molecules are also considered to be a part of the present invention, and further information concerning them is given below.
Said combined or tandem structures have the advantage that toxicity and/or off-target effects of each siRNA are minimized, while the efficacy is increased.
In particular the siRNA used in the Examples has been such modified such that a 2' O-Me group was present on the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth, seventeenth and nineteenth nucleotide of the antisense strand, whereby the very same modification, i. e. a 2'- O-Me group was present at the second, fourth, sixth, eighth, tenth, twelfth, fourteenth, sixteenth and eighteenth nucleotide of the sense strand. Additionally, it is to be noted that the in case of these particular nucleic acids according to the present invention the first stretch is identical to the first strand and the second stretch is identical to the second strand and these nucleic acids are also blunt ended.
The terminal region of the oligonucleotide refers to bases 1-4 and/or 16-19 in the 19-mer sequences (Table A below).
Additionally, the siRNAs used in the present invention are oligoribonucleotides wherein one strand comprises consecutive nucleotides having, from 5' to 3', the sequence set forth SEQ DD NOS: 928-1852 (antisense strands) or a homolog thereof wherein in up to 2 of the nucleotides in each terminal region a base is altered.
In one embodiment the first strand of the siRNA comprises a sequence of at least 14 contiguous nucleotides of an oligonucleotide, whereby such oligonucleotide is selected from the group comprising SEQ. ED. Nos. 3-1852, optionally from the group comprising the oligoribonucleotides of having the sequence of any of the serial numbers 72 and 73 of Table A. Additional specifications of the siRNA molecules used in the present invention may provide an oligoribonucleotide wherein the dinucleotide dTdT is covalently attached to the 3' terminus, and/or in at least one nucleotide a sugar residue is modified, possibly with a modification comprising a 2'-O-methyl modification. Further, the 2' OH group may be replaced by a group or moiety selected from the group comprising -H-OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2 CH3, -NH2, and F. Further, the preferable compounds of the present invention as disclosed above may be phosphorylated or non-phosphorylated, and both have essentially equal activity.
Additionally, the siRNA used in the present invention may be an oligoribonucleotide wherein in alternating nucleotides modified sugars are located in both strands. Particularly, the oligoribonucleotide may comprise one of the sense strands wherein the sugar is unmodified in the terminal 5 'and 3' nucleotides, or one of the antisense strands wherein the sugar is modified in the terminal 5 'and 3' nucleotides.
This application discloses that a nucleic acid comprising a double-stranded structure which is specific for RTP801L is a suitable means of inhibiting angiogenesis/ growth of vasculature and vascular leakage, (both from the existing vasculature and from growing vasculature). Additionally, this application discloses (without being bound by theory) that RTP801L being a stress-inducible protein (induced by hypoxia, oxidative stress, thermal stress, ER stress) is a factor acting in fine- tuning of cell response to energy disbalance. Thus inhibition of RTP801L by such double-stranded nucleic acid is suitable for treatment of any disease where cells should be rescued from apoptosis due to stressful conditions (e.g. diseases accompanied by death of normal cells) or where cells adapted to stressful conditions due to changes in RTP801L expression, should be killed (e.g. tumor cells). In the latter case, upon inhibiting RTP801L through such double-stranded nucleic acid, this survival factor with anti-apoptotic function in hypoxic cells, more particularly hypoxic cancer cells, is made ineffective thus allowing the cells devoid of RTP801L- mediated protection to be driven into apoptosis. This can additionally occur when other apoptosis promoting factors are present Such other apoptosis promoting factors include, among others, chemotherapy and radiation therapy. In other words, the double-stranded nucleic acid according to the present invention may be effective alone in cancer treatment (monotherapy) and also as a supplementary therapy.
It is to be understood that the nucleic acid according to the present invention is preferably a functional nucleic acid. As used herein, the term functional nucleic acid preferably means a nucleic acid the function of which is different from being active in the cell as a template for the transcription of any hnRNA, mRNA, or any other transcription product, whereby either said hnRNA, mRNA or any other transcription product, respectively, or the nucleic acid according to the present invention is subject to a translation process, preferably a cellular translation process, resulting in a biologically active RTP801L protein. It is to be acknowledged that a functional nucleic acid as preferably used herein is capable of reducing the expression of a target nucleic acid. More preferably, such reduction is based on a post-transcriptional gene silencing process of the target nucleic acid. Even more preferably such reduction is based on RNA interference. A most preferred form of the functional nucleic acid is an siRNA molecule or any further molecule having the same effect as an siRNA molecule. Such further molecule is selected from the group comprising siRNAs, synthetic siRNAs, shRNAs and synthetic shRNAs. As used herein siRNAs may additionally comprise expression vector derived siRNAs, whereby the expression vector is in a preferred embodiment a virus such as Adenoviruses, Adenoassociated viruses, Herpes viruses and Lentiviruses. As used herein shRNA preferably means short hairpin RNAs. Such shRNA can be made synthetically or can be generated using vector encoded expression systems, preferably using RNA polymerase III promoters. In connection therewith it is to be acknowledged that the functional nucleic acid according to the present invention is directed to RTP 80 IL which is also preferably referred to herein as the target and the nucleic acid coding for said target as the target nucleic acid.
As preferably used herein, the double-stranded structure of the nucleic acid according to the present invention comprises any double-stranded structure, whereby such double-stranded structure is preferably generated by the first stretch and the second stretch provided by the nucleic acid having the basic design. The double-stranded structure may comprise one or several mismatches. Such double-stranded structure is formed by Watson-Crick-base pairing and/or Hoogsteen base pairing and/or similar base pairing mechanisms. Based on the basic design of the nucleic acid according to the present invention it is preferred that one stretch, is in antisense orientation to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L or a part thereof, whereas the other stretch is in the sense orientation to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L or a part thereof. Because of this, one stretch is complementary to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L or a part thereof, and the other stretch is identical to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L or a part thereof. In connection therewith it is to be acknowledged that the term identical, of course, means also partially identical, whereby the identity, expressed as homology, is at least 80%, preferably 90%, more preferably 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100%. Similar to the definition of identity, complementarity can be defined in terms of homology, whereby such homology is of the same range as the identity if the complementary strand would be translated into the identical strand according to Watson-Crick base pairing rules. In an alternative embodiment, one stretch is identical to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L or a part thereof and the other stretch is complementary to a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801 L or a part thereof.
hi a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid according to the present invention is down- regulating RTP801L function. Down-regulation of RTP801L function preferably happens by reduction in the level of expression at the protein level and/or the mRNA level, whereby such reduced level of expression, preferably at the protein level, can be as little as 5% and be as high as 100%, with reference to an expression under conditions where the nucleic acid according to the present invention is not administered or is not functionally active. Such conditions are preferably the conditions of or as present in an expression system, preferably an expression system for RTP801L. Such expression system is preferably a translation system which can be an in vitro translation system, more preferably a cell, organ and/or organism. It is more preferred that the organism is a multicellular organism, more preferably a mammal, whereby such mammal is preferably selected from the group comprising man, monkey, mouse, rat, guinea pig, rabbit, cat, dog, sheep, cow, horse, cattle and pig. In connection with the down-regulation it is to be acknowledged that said down-regulation may be a function of time, i. e. the down-regulation effect is not necessarily observed immediately upon administration or functional activation of the nucleic acids according to the present invention, but may be deferred in time as well as in space, i. e. in various cells, tissues and/or organs. Such deferment may range from 5%-100%, preferably 10 to 50%. It will be acknowledged by the ones skilled in the art that a 5 % reduction for a longer time period might be as effective as a 100% reduction over a shorter time period. It will also be acknowledged by the ones skilled in the art that such deferment strongly depends on the particular functional nucleic acid actually used, as well as on the target cell population and thus, ultimately, on the disease to be treated and/or prevented according to the technical teaching of the present application. Insofar, a 5 % reduction over a longer time period might be as effective as 100% reduction over a shorter time period. It will also be acknowledged by the ones skilled in the art that the deferment can occur at any level as outlined above, i.e. a deferment in function, whereby such function is any function exhibited by RTP801L, a deferment in protein expression or a deferment at mRNA expression level.
In a preferred embodiment the first stretch comprises at least 14 nucleotides, preferably 14 contiguous nucleotides. It will be acknowledged by the one skilled in the art that the first stretch should have a length which is suitable to allow for specifically addressing a nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L and more specifically the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L as present in the translation system where the expression of RTP801L is to be reduced. Again without wishing to be bound by any theory or any mode of action of the nucleic acid according to the present invention, it seems that there is an interaction between the nucleic acid according to the present invention and the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L, preferably at the transcript level, i. e. upon generation of an mRNA from the respective nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L. Due to the likelihood of any sequence of the nucleic acid according to the present invention being identical to or complementary to a sequence contained in the genome or transcriptome of the translation system, the length of the first stretch should thus be as long as to make sure that, under the assumption that some kind of base pairing between the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L and one of the strands of the nucleic acid according to the present invention actually occurs, only the sequence coding for RTP801L but no other coding sequence, preferably no other essential coding sequence, of the genome or the transcriptome is addressed for or by such base pairing. By this length, the occurrence of off-target effects can be reduced and preferably eliminated. To increase the stringency of this kind of specifically addressing RTP801L and the nucleic acid sequence coding therefor, the first stretch preferably has a length of at least 18 or 19 nucleotides. The upper limit for the length of the first stretch is preferably less than 50 nucleotides, however, the length can be significantly longer and can comprise 100, 200 or even 500 nucleotides or any length in-between. Apart from this, one skilled in the art will prefer to have a rather short first stretch, particularly in case the nucleic acid according to the present invention is chemically synthesised as the shorter the sequence is, the less time and material consuming the synthesis thereof will be and the lower will be the rate at which incorrect nucleotides are inserted into the respective sequence. Another factor which is to be taken into consideration in connection with fixing the length of the first stretch is the fact that, typically at a length beyond 50 or more nucleotides, an unspecific interferon response may be observed. It depends on the particular condition to be treated whether this kind of unspecific interferon response is to be tolerated or not. For example, an interferon response could be tolerated if the interferon response and/or the expression of the interferon genes can be limited to the pathogenic cells.
Li view of this, more preferred lengths of the first stretch are from about 14 to 40 nucleotides, 18 to 30 nucleotides, 19 to 27 nucleotides, 21 to 25 nucleotides and 19 to 23 nucleotides.
The same considerations as outlined above for the first stretch are applicable to the second stretch which may thus comprise any length as described herein in connection with the first stretch. It is also within the present invention that the length of the first stretch is different from the length of the second stretch, however, it is preferred that both stretches have the same length.
According to the basic design of the nucleic acid, the first stretch and second stretch are parts of the first strand and second strand, respectively, of the nucleic acid according to the present invention. It will be acknowledged that at either end, i. e. at the 5' end as well as the 3' end the first strand and/or second strand may comprise one or several nucleotides, preferably additional nucleotides, at any combination.
In connection therewith it is to be acknowledged that those nucleotides of the individual strand going beyond the end(s) of the stretch corresponding to the respective strand can be used to further contribute to the complementarity and identity, respectively, of the stretch and thus to the specific addressing of the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L.
It will be acknowledged that, basically, based on the technical teaching provided herein, the nucleic acid according to the present invention can address any part of the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L, preferably coding for RTP801L in the translation system where the expression of RTP801L is to be reduced. Insofar, the present invention comprises any nucleic acid having the characteristics as defined herein, whereby the complementary and identical strands and stretches of the nucleic acid according to the present invention can basically start from any nucleotide of the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L. Accordingly, under the proviso that the first stretch of the nucleic acid according to the present invention is complementary to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L, i. e. is the antisense strand thereof or is in antisense orientation thereto, the first nucleotide of said stretch, i. e. the most 5' terminal nucleotide corresponds, i. e. aligns to the last nucleotide of the sequence coding for RTP801L at the 3' end. In a further embodiment such most 5' terminal nucleotide corresponds to the penultimate nucleotide of the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L and so on until the last position is reached which, given the length of the antisense stretch, still allows that the antisense strand of the nucleic acid according to the present invention is complementary to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L. Insofar, any nucleic acid according to the present invention is within the present invention which could be generated by scanning the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L starting from the most 5' terminal nucleotide thereof and laying over the basic design of the nucleic acid according to the present invention and realising the characteristics for such nucleic acid according to the present invention. The same considerations are applicable to the embodiments disclosed herein where the complementarity and identity of the nucleic acid according to the present invention is not only provided by the first stretch and second stretch, respectively, but such complementarity and identity also involves one or more nucleotides beyond the first stretch and second stretch, respectively, then being part of the first strand and second strand, respectively.
It is to be noted that those nucleic acids according to the present invention which can be used in both human and an animal model such as rat and/or mouse and /or chinchilla are particularly useful. The surprising advantage of these particular nucleic acids according to the present invention resides in the fact that they are effective both in human and in an animal model which means that the test results obtained in the animal model can be immediately transferred from the animal model to the human being and more particularly without the necessity to make any changes to the human sequence which would otherwise become necessary in case the nucleic acid according to the present invention was designed such as to comprise (a) sequence(s) which differ(s) between the species, more particularly the species used for animal model testing and man as the ultimate preferred organisms or patient. It is further preferred that these nucleic acids have a modification pattern as also described in the examples.
However, it is also within the present invention that any of the sequences according to SEQ. TD. NOs. 3-1852 and respective combinations resulting in the nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention only partially contained in a further nucleic acid according to the present invention. Preferably, the further nucleic acids according to the present invention comprise at least 14 contiguous nucleotides of the SEQ. ID. NO.s 3-1852, and more preferably 14 contiguous nucleotide base pairs at any end of the double-stranded structure comprised of the first stretch and second stretch as outlined in the preceding table. It will be understood by the ones skilled in the art that given the potential length of the nucleic acid according to the present invention and particularly of the individual stretches forming such nucleic acid according to the present invention, some shifts relative to the coding sequence of RTP801L to each side is possible, whereby such shifts can be up to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 nucleotides in both directions, and whereby the thus generated double-stranded nucleic acid molecules shall also be within the present invention.
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention the first stretch and the first strand have the same length. Likewise it is preferred that the second strand has the same length as the second stretch, whereby it is even more preferred that the first stretch and the second stretch have the same length. In a still more preferred embodiment, the first strand only comprises the first stretch and the second strand only comprises the second stretch. In an even more preferred embodiment neither the first stretch, and thus the first strand, nor the second stretch, and thus the second strand, comprise an overhang. In other words, it is also within the present invention that the double-stranded nucleic acids according to the present invention are blunt ended, preferably at each end of the double-stranded structure of the nucleic acids according to the present invention. Such blunt ended structure can be realized in connection with any other embodiments of the nucleic acids according to the present invention, particularly those embodiments where the nucleic acids according to the present invention have a modification pattern, more preferably a modification pattern as described herein. In a further aspect, the nucleic acid according to the present invention has thus a basic design which provides for blunt ends at both ends of the double-stranded structure of the nucleic acid according to the present invention. However, it is also within the present invention that there is a overhang, i. e. a stretch of one or more nucleotides protruding from the double-stranded structure. The overhang can be, in principle, at the 5' end of the antisense strand, at the 3' end of the antisense strand, at the 5' end of the sense strand and/or the 3' end of the sense strand. It is to be noted that realising any single of said options as well as any combination thereof is within the present invention. More preferred is a combination, whereby the overhang is located at the 3' end of the antisense strand and at the 3' end of the sense strand. It is also within the present invention that the overhang is at the 5' end of the antisense strand and at the 5' end of the sense strand. Furthermore it is within the present invention that the overhang is located only at the antisense strand of double-stranded structure, more preferably at the 3' end of the antisense strand of the double-stranded structure.
In connection with the overhangs, it is to be noted that the overhang plus the stretch preferably form the strand and the lengths provided for the stretches herein apply also to these embodiments. The individual overhang can, independent of its location, consist of at least one nucleotide. However, the individual overhang can comprise as many as 10 and is preferably two nucleotides long. It is within the present invention that the respective nucleotide(s) forming the overhang(s) is/are also complementary to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L in case of the first strand being complementary to said nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L, and the overhang being at the 3' or 5' end of the antisense strand, or that the overhang(s) is/are identical to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L in case the first strand is identical to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L. The same applies to any overhang located at the second stretch of the basic design of the nucleic acid according to the present invention, whereby it is to be acknowledged that the overhang design at the second stretch can be independent from the overhang design of the first stretch. It is also within the present invention that the overhang forming nucleotides are neither complementary nor identical to the corresponding nucleotides of the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L. As used herein, and preferably in this embodiment, "corresponding" means the respective nucleotides which follow at the 5' end and/or the 3' end of the stretch having a nucleotide counterpart on the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L.
Preferably, the first strand comprises at its 3' end two nucleotides, preferably deoxynucleotides and more preferably two TT and/or this kind of nucleotides also at the 3' end of the second strand, whereby more preferably the length of the first stretch and the second stretch is 19 nucleotides. The strands are thus comprised of the stretch and the overhang. In this embodiment the double-stranded structure consists of 19 base pairs and an overhang of two nucleotides at each end of 3' end of the individual stretch.
In a preferred embodiment, the first stretch and/or the first strand comprise(s) ribonucleotides, whereby it is particularly preferred that the first stretch consists in its entirety of ribonucleotides.
The same applies to the second stretch and the second strand, respectively. In connection therewith, however, each and any of the nucleotides of the first stretch and second stretch, respectively, is modified in a preferred embodiment. The same applies to the first strand and second strand, respectively. Particularly the terminal nucleotides, irrespective whether they are ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides, can have an OH-group which as such can be modified.
Such OH-group may stem from either the sugar moiety of the nucleotide, more preferably from the 5 'position in case of the 5 'OH-group and/or from the 3 'position in case of the 3 'OH-group, or from a phosphate group attached to the sugar moiety of the respective terminal nucleotide.
The phosphate group may in principle be attached to any OH-group of the sugar moiety of the nucleotide. Preferably, the phosphate group is attached to the 5 'OH-group of the sugar moiety in case of the free 5 'OH-group and/or to the 3 'OH-group of the sugar moiety in case of the free
3 'OH-group still providing what is referred to herein as free 5' or 3' OH-group.
As used herein with any strategy for the design of RNAi or any embodiment of RNAi disclosed herein, the term end modification means a chemical entity added to the most 5' or 3' nucleotide of the first and/or second strand. Examples for such end modifications include, but are not limited to, 3' or 5' phosphate, inverted (deoxy) abasics, amino, fluoro, chloro, bromo, CN, CF, methoxy, imidazole, caboxylate, thioate, C1 to C10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl or aralkyl, OCF3, OCN, O-, S-, or N-alkyl; O-, S-, or N-alkenyl; SOCH3; SO2CH3; ONO2; NO2, N3; heterocycloalkyl; heterocycloalkaryl; aminoalkylamino; polyalkylamino or substituted silyl, as, among others, described in European patents EP O 586 520 Bl or EP O 618 925 Bl.
As used herein, alkyl or any term comprising "alkyl" preferably means any carbon atom chain comprising 1 to 12, preferably 1 to 6 and more, preferably 1 to 2 C atoms.
A further end modification is a biotin group. Such biotin group may preferably be attached to either the most 5' or the most 3' nucleotide of the first and/or second strand or to both ends. In a more preferred embodiment the biotin group is coupled to a polypeptide or a protein. It is also within the scope of the present invention that the polypeptide or protein is attached through any of the other aforementioned end modifications. The polypeptide or protein may confer further characteristics to the nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention. Among others the polypeptide or protein may act as a ligand to another molecule. If said other molecule is a receptor the receptor's function and activity may be activated by the binding ligand. The receptor may show an internalization activity which allows an effective transfection of the ligand bound nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention. An example for the ligand to be coupled to the inventive nucleic acid molecule is VEGF and the corresponding receptor is the VEGF receptor.
Various possible embodiments of the RNAi of the present invention having different kinds of end modification(s) are presented in the following Table 1.
TABLE 1 : VARIOUS EMBODIMENTS OF THE INTERFERING RIBONUCLEIC ACID ACCORDING TO THE PRESENT INVENTION
1 1st strand/1 st stretch 2ndstrand/2nd stretch
Figure imgf000091_0001
The various end modifications as disclosed herein are preferably located at the ribose moiety of a nucleotide of the nucleic acid according to the present invention. More particularly, the end modification may be attached to or replace any of the OH-groups of the ribose moiety, including but not limited to the 2 'OH, 3 'OH and 5 'OH position, provided that the nucleotide thus modified is a terminal nucleotide. Inverted abasics are nucleotides, either desoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides which do not have a nucleobase moiety. This kind of compound is, among others, described in Sternberger, M., Schmiedeknecht, A., Kretschmer, A., Gebhardt, F., Leenders, F., Czauderna, F., Von Carlowitz, L, Engle, M., Giese, K., Beigelman, L. & Klippel, A. (2002). Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev, 12, 131-43
Any of the aforementioned end modifications may be used in connection with the various embodiments of RNAi depicted in Table 1; it is to be noted that the 5' end modifications mentioned above are usually only present in the sense strand of the siRNA molecule Further modifications can be related to the nucleobase moiety, the sugar moiety or the phosphate moiety of the individual nucleotide.
Such modification of the nucleobase moiety can be such that the derivatives of adenine, guanine, cytosine and thymidine and uracil, respectively, are modified. Particularly preferred modified nucleobases are selected from the group comprising inosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine,
2-aminoadenine, 6-methyl, 2-propyl and other alkyladenines, 5-halo uracil, 5-halocytosine, 5- halo cytosine, 6-azacytosine, 6-aza thymine, pseudo-uracil, 4-thiouracil, 8-halo adenine, 8- aminoadenine, 8-thiol adenine, 8-thiolalkyl adenines, 8-hydroxyl adenine and other 8- substituted adenines, 8-halo guanines, 8-amino guanine, 8-thiol guanine, 8-thioalkyl guanine, 8- hydroxylguanine and other substituted guanines, other aza- and deaza adenines, other aza- and deaza guanines, 5-trifluoromethyl uracil and 5-trifluoro cytosine.
In another preferred embodiment, the sugar moiety of the nucleotide is modified, whereby such modification preferably is at the 2' position of the ribose and desoxyribose moiety, respectively, of the nucleotide. More preferably, the 2' OH group is replaced by a group or moiety selected from the group comprising amino, fluoro, alkoxy and alkyl. Preferably, alkoxy is either methoxy or ethoxy. Also preferably alkyl means methyl, ethyl, propyl, isobutyl, butyl and isobutyl. It is even more preferred that, regardless of the type of modification, the nucleotide is preferably a ribonucleotide.
The modification of the phosphate moiety is preferably selected from the group comprising phosphothioates.
It will be acknowledged by the one skilled in the art that the nucleic acid of the present invention which consists of a multitude of nucleotides may thus be formed by nucleotides which are linked through a phosphodiester linkage or through a phosphothioate linkage, or a combination of both along the length of the nucleotide sequence of the individual strand and stretch, respectively. A further form of nucleotides used may be siNA which is, among others, described in international patent application WO 03/070918.
The nucleotides forming the first stretch and first strand, respectively, of the nucleic acid according to the present invention can comprise one or more modified nucleotides, whereby the individual modified nucleotide has a modification which is preferably a modification as disclosed herein. In addition to the particular modification, the modification can be or comprise some sort of label, whereby the label is selected from the group chemilurm'nescent labels, fluorescent labels and radio labels. These kinds of labels are known to the one skilled in the art and, e. g., described in Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, Baltimore, Maryland, 1998. The thus labelled nucleic acid according to the present invention may be used also for diagnostic purposes or for monitoring the site of action as well as for the staging of any treatment, preferably related to any of the diseases disclosed herein.
In a preferred embodiment, the nucleic acid according to the present invention is modified such that the pyrimidine nucleotides in the sense stretch or strand are 2' O-methyl pyrimidine nucleotides and, either additionally or alternatively, the purine nucleotides in the sense stretch or strand are 2'-deoxypurine nucleotides, hi a further embodiment the pyrimidine nucleotides present in the sense stretch or sense strand are 2'-deoxy-2'-fluoro pyrimidine nucleotides.
In an alternative embodiment, the modification is not based on the chemistry of the nucleotide, i. e. the modification depends on whether the nucleotide to be modified is either a purine nucleotide or a pyrimidine nucleotide, but is predominantly based on the individual nucleotide's spatial arrangement in the overall double-stranded structure of the basic design of the nucleic acid according to the present invention.
More particularly, either the first strand and first stretch, respectively, or the second strand and second stretch, respectively, show a spatial pattern of modification of the nucleotides forming said stretches and strands, respectively. Focusing on the first stretch first, there is a pattern of groups of modified nucleotides and groups of non-modified nucleotides. These groups of non-modified nucleotides are also referred to herein as flanking groups of nucleotides. More preferably, the pattern consists of groups of modified nucleotides and non-modified nucleotides. Even more preferably, the pattern is a regular pattern and even more preferably an alternating pattern along the length of the first stretch of the nucleic acid according to the present invention. The group of modified nucleotides may either consist of one or of several nucleotides which are modified and which are preferably nucleotides which are modified at the 2' position, i. e. have a modification at the sugar moiety. More preferably, this modification is a 2'-0-Me modification.
The group of non-modified nucleotides may either consist of one or of several nucleotides which are either not modified, whereby the not-modified nucleotides are preferably ribonucleotides, or the not modified nucleotides are nucleotides having a modification, whereby such modification is different from the modification shown by the nucleotides forming the group of modified nucleotides. Even more preferably, the not modified nucleotides are ribonucleotides. It is to be noted that the term not modified and non-modified nucleotide are used in an interchangeable manner if not indicated to the contrary. The first stretch of the nucleic acid according to the present invention may either start with a group of modified nucleotides or start with a group of non-modified nucleotides as defined herein. However, it is preferred that the first stretch starts with a group of modified nucleotides. Most preferably, the group of modified nucleotides consists of a single nucleotide. In connection with this embodiment the first stretch is preferably in antisense orientation to the nucleic acid coding for RTP801L. It is also within the present invention that the modification as exhibited by the nucleotides forming the group of modified nucleotides is the same for all groups of modified nucleotides present on the first stretch. However, it is also within the present invention that some group of modified nucleotides have a different modification than one or several groups of modified nucleotides present on the first stretch.
On the second strand of the nucleic acid according to the present invention, a pattern as described for the first stretch can also be realised. The same characteristics as described in connection with the first stretch can be realized in an embodiment on the second stretch as well, whereby it is preferred that, under the proviso that the second stretch is in sense orientation relative to the nucleic acid sequence coding for RTP801L, the second strand of the nucleic acid according to the present invention starts with a group of non-modified nucleotides.
The nucleic acid according to the present invention comprising a double-stranded structure may comprise a first stretch having the modification pattern as described herein. Alternatively, the double-stranded nucleic acid according to the present invention may comprise a second stretch having the modification pattern as outlined above. It is, however, most preferred that the double- stranded nucleic acid according to the present invention consists of a first stretch and a second stretch, whereby both the first stretch and the second stretch have a spatial modification pattern as described herein.
It is within the present invention that the characteristics of the spatial modification pattern is the same on both stretches in terms of size of the groups of modified nucleotides and groups of non- modified nucleotides and the kind of modifications actually used. Preferably, the spatial pattern of modification on the first stretch is shifted such that a group of modified nucleotides on the first stretch is opposing a group of non-modified nucleotides on the second stretch and vice versa. However, it is also with the present invention that the patterns are exactly aligned, i. e. that a group of modified nucleotides on the first stretch is opposing a group of non-modified nucleotides, on the second stretch and a group of non-modified nucleotides on the first stretch is opposing a group of non-modified nucleotides on the second stretch. It is still within the present invention that the spatial pattern of modification on the first stretch and the second stretch is shifted relative to each other so that only a first portion of a group of modified nucleotides on one stretch is opposing a portion of a group of non-modified nucleotides on the other stretch, whereas the second portion of the group of modified nucleotides is opposing another group of modified nucleotides. It is within the present invention that the disclosure provided herein on the spatial modification pattern of the stretch(es) of the nucleic acid according to the present invention applies also to the strand(s) of the nucleic acid according to the present invention. However, it is preferred that the stretches of the nucleic acid comprise the spatial modification pattern and the strands comprise such stretches and one or more overhang(s) as disclosed herein. It is particularly preferred that there is a phosphate group at the 3' end of either the antisense strand, or the sense strand or both strands, whereby it is more preferred that the phosphate group is at the 3' end of both the antisense strand and the sense strand. In an even more preferred embodiment, the phosphate group is a phosphate group as defined herein.
It is also within the present invention that the nucleic acid according to the present invention may exhibit a linker connecting the first and the second strand. Such linker is preferably a polymer. The polymer can be any synthetic or natural polymer. Possible synthetic linkers are, among others, PEG or a polynucleotide. Such linker is preferably designed such as to allow the either partial or complete folding back of the first stretch onto the second stretch and vice versa.
Finally, it is within the present invention that the nucleic acid according to the present invention is a synthetic one, a chemically synthesised one, an isolated one, or one derived from any natural sources such as, for example, prepared by means" of recombinant technology. In connection with the preparation of any nucleic acid according to the present invention any modification as disclosed herein can be introduced either prior, during or subsequent to the preparation of the respective nucleic acid according to the present invention as known to the ones skilled in the art.
The vector according to the present invention comprises a nucleic acid according to the present invention. Additionally, the vector may include elements to control targeting, expression and transcription of said nucleic acid in a cell selective manner as is known in the art. The plasmid can include a promoter for controlling transcription of the heterologous material, i. e. the nucleic acid according to the present invention, and can be either a constitutive or an inducible promoter to allow selective transcription. Enhancers that may be required to obtain necessary transcription levels can optionally be included. Enhancers are generally any non-translated DNA sequences which work contiguously with the coding sequence, thus in cis, to change the basal transcription level dictated by the promoter. The expression of such constructs is known to the one skilled in the art and may be done, e. g., by providing a respective tandem construct or by having different promoters transcribing for the first and second strand and first and second stretch, respectively, of the nucleic acid according to the present invention.
When the nucleic acid according to the present invention is manufactured or expressed, preferably expressed in vivo, more preferably in a patient who is in need of the nucleic acid according to the present invention, such manufacture or expression preferably uses an expression vector, preferably a mammalian expression vector. Expression vectors are known in the art and preferably comprise plasmids, cosmids, viral expression systems. Preferred viral expression systems include, but are not limited to, adenovirus, retrovirus and lentivirus.
Methods are known in the art to introduce the vectors into cells or tissues. Such methods can be found generally described in Sambrook et al., Molecular cloning: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Springs Harbour Laboratory, New York (1983, 1992), or in Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, Baltimore, Maryland, 1998.
Suitable methods comprise, among others, transfection, lipofection, electroporation and infection with recombinant viral vectors. In connection with the present invention, an additional feature of the vector is in one embodiment an expression limiting feature such as a promoter and regulatory element, respectively, that are specific for the desired cell type thus allowing the expression of the nucleic acid sequence according to the present invention only once the background is provided which allows the desired expression.
hi a further aspect the present invention is related to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a nucleic acid according to the present invention and/or a vector according to the present invention and, optionally, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or adjuvants or other vehicle(s). Preferably, such carrier, diluents, adjuvants and vehicles are inert, and non-toxic. The pharmaceutical composition is in its various embodiments adapted for administration in various ways. Such administration comprises systemic and local administration as well as oral, subcutaneous, parenteral, intravenous, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraperitonial, intranasal, and intrategral. It will be acknowledged by the ones skilled in the art that the amount of the pharmaceutical composition and the respective nucleic acid and vector, respectively, depends on the clinical condition of the individual patient, the site and method of administration, scheduling of administration, patient age, sex, bodyweight and other factors known to medical practitioners.
The pharmaceutically effective amount for purposes of prevention and/or treatment is thus determined by such considerations as are known in the medical arts. Preferably, the amount is effective to achieve improvement including but limited to improve the diseased condition or to provide for a more rapid recovery, improvement or elimination of symptoms and other indicators as are selected as appropriate measures by those skilled in the medical arts.
In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention may comprise other pharmaceutically active compounds. Preferably, such other pharmaceutically active compounds are selected from the group comprising compounds which allow for uptake intracellular cell delivery, compounds which allow for endosomal release, compounds which allow for, longer circulation time and compounds which allow for targeting of endothelial cells or pathogenic cells. Preferred compounds for endosomal release are chloroquine, and inhibitors of ATP dependent H+ pumps.
The pharmaceutical composition is preferably formulated so as to provide for a single dosage administration or a multi-dosage administration.
It will be acknowledged that the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention can be used for any disease which involves undesired development or growth of vasculature including angiogenesis, as well as any of the diseases and conditions described herein. Preferably, these kind of diseases are tumor diseases. Among tumor diseases, the following tumors are most preferred: endometrial cancer, colorectal carcinomas, gliomas, endometrial cancers, adenocarcinomas, endometrial hyperplasias, Cowden's syndrome, hereditary non- polyposis colorectal carcinoma, Li-Fraumene's syndrome, breast-ovarian cancer, prostate cancer (AH, I. U., Journal of the National Cancer Institute, Vol. 92, no. 11, June 07, 2000, page 861 - 863), Bannayan-Zonana syndrome, LDD (Lheπnitte-Duklos' syndrome) (Macleod, K., supra) hamartoma-macrocephaly diseases including Cow disease (CD) and Bannayan-Ruvalcaba-Rily syndrome (BRR), mucocutaneous lesions (e. g. trichilemmonmas), macrocephaly, mental retardation, gastrointestinal harmatomas, lipomas, thyroid adenomas, fibrocystic disease of the breast, cerebellar dysplastic gangliocytoma and breast and thyroid malignancies (Vazquez, F., Sellers, W. R., supra).
It is to be acknowledged that any of the tumor disease to be treated with the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention is preferably a late stage tumor disease. In another embodiment, the tumor disease involves cells which are tumor suppressor negative, whereby more preferably the tumor suppressor is PTEN.
The pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention can also be used in a method for preventing and/or treating a disease as disclosed herein, whereby the method comprises the administration of a nucleic acid according to the present invention, a vector according to the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition or medicament according to the present invention for any of the diseases described herein.
In a further aspect, the present invention is related to a method for designing or screening a nucleic acid which is suitable to down-regulate RTP801L, more particularly to down-regulate RTP801L function. This method comprises the use of a nucleic acid sequence as disclosed herein and the assessment of such nucleic acid in a suitable assay. Such assay is known in the art and, for example, described in the example part of this application. In a further step, a double- stranded nucleic acid is designed, preferably according to the design principles as laid down herein, which is suitable to down-regulate RTP801L, preferably in connection with a post transcriptional gene silencing mechanism such as RNA interference. Also the thus obtained, i. e. designed or screened, nucleic acid is assessed in the respective assay and the result, i. e. the effect of both the nucleic acid according to the present invention as well as the newly designed or screened nucleic acid in such assay compared. Preferably, the designed or screened nucleic acid is more suitable in case it is either more stable or more effective, preferably both. It will be acknowledged that the method will be particularly effective if any of the nucleic acids according to the present invention is used as a starting point. It is thus within the present invention that new nucleic acid molecules will be designed based on the principles disclosed herein, whereby the target sequence on the RTP801L mRNA will be slightly shifted relative to the target sequence on the RTP801L mRNA for the corresponding nucleic acid according to the present invention. Preferably the new nucleic acid will be shifted by at least one or more nucleotides relative to the stretch on the target mRNA in either the 5' or the 3' direction of the mRNA coding for RTP801L. It is however with in the present invention that the shift occurs in both directions simultaneously which means that the new nucleic acid incorporates the nucleic acid according to the present invention used as a starting point. It is also within the present invention that the elongation of the nucleic acid according to the present invention and used as a starting point is biased to either the 3' end or the 5' end. In case of such as bias either the 3' end or the 5' end of the new nucleic acid is longer, i.e more extended than the other end. When the new nucleic acid molecule is generated by extending either the 3' end of the 5' end of the antisense strand and/or the sense strand, the following sequence of steps is typically applied. If the shift is to the 5' end of the mRNA of RTP801L, the 3' end of the antisense strand has to be extended by the number of Hie nucleotides by which the 5' end of the mRNA of RTP801L is shifted. The nucleotide(s) thus to be added to the 3' end of the antisense strand of the new nucleic acid is/are complementary to those nucleotides following at the 5' end of the target sequence on the RTP801L mRNA used for the nucleic acid molecule according to the present invention used as a starting point. The same has to be done to the sense strand. However the nucleotides to be added to the sense strand have to correspond, i.e. be complementary to the nucleotides newly added to the 3' end of the antisense strand which means that they have to be added to the 5' end of the sense strand. The latter step on the sense strand, however has to be done only to the extent that apart from the antisense strand also the sense strand shall be shifted, which is the case in preferred embodiments of the present invention. Although this shifting can be done to an extent defined by the ones skilled in the art, more preferably the shift shall be done such that also the new nucleic acid still contains a strech of at least 14 nucleotides, preferably 14 contiguous nucleotides as exhibited by any of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein. The synthesis of any of the nucleic acids described herein is within the skills of the one of the art. Such synthesis is, among others, described in Beaucage SX. and Iyer R.P., Tetrahedron 1992; 48: 2223-2311, Beaucage SX. and Iyer R.P., Tetrahedron 1993; 49: 6123-6194 and Caruthers M.H. et. al., Methods Enzymol. 1987; 154: 287-313, the synthesis of thioates is, among others, described in Eckstein F., Annu. Rev. Biochem. 1985; 54: 367-402, the synthesis of RNA molecules is described in Sproat B., in Humana Press 2005 Edited by Herdewijn P.; Kap. 2: 17-31 and respective downstream processes are, among others, described in Pingoud A. et. al., in IRL Press 1989 Edited by Oliver R.W.A.; Kap. 7: 183-208 and Sproat B., in Humana Press 2005 Edited by Herdewijn P.; Kap. 2: 17-31 (supra).
siRNA for RTP801L can be made using methods known in the art as described above, based on the known sequence of RTP801L (SEQ ID NO:1), and can be made stable by various modifications as described above. For further information, see Example 5.
Further, in relation to the methods of the present invention as described herein, additional RNA molecules may be used with said methods e.g. inhibitory RNA molecules of the present invention include single stranded oligoribonucleotides preferably comprising stretches of at least
7-10 consecutive nucleotides present in the sequences detailed in Table A, said oligoribonucleotides being capable of forming [and/or comprising] double stranded regions in particular conformations that are recognized by intracellular complexes, leading to the degradation of said oligoribonucleotides into smaller RNA molecules that are capable of exerting inhibition of their corresponding endogenous gene, and DNA molecules encoding such
RNA molecules. The corresponding endogenous gene is preferably the 801L gene and may additionally be the RTP801 gene (described in US Patent No. 6,555,667), the VEGF gene and
/or the VEGF-Rl gene. The invention also provides a composition comprising the above single stranded oligoribonucleotide in a carrier, preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Additionally, the present invention provides for combination therapy for all the conditions disclosed herein and in particular conditions involving choroidal neovascularization. In said combination therapy, both the RTP801L and VEGFR genes are inhibited in order to ameliorate the symptoms of the disease being treated. These genes may be inhibited with a combination of siRNAs or antibodies (including aptamer antibodies) or both. The present invention therefore also provides for a novel pharmaceutical composition comprising an RTP801L inhibitor and a VEGF or VEGFR-I inhibitor, the RTP801L inhibitor preferable being an siRNA, more preferably an siRNA molecule detailed in Table A, optionally -selected from the group consisting of siRNAs Nos: 72 and 73, and the VEGF/ VEGFR-I inhibitor optionally being an antibody or aptamer. The combined use of said compounds (i.e., RTP801L siRNA and VEGF antibody or any other combined example disclosed herein) in the preparation of a medicament is also part of the present invention.
Thus, RTP801L siRNA such as an siRNA molecule detailed in Table A and optionally siRNA Nos: 72 and 73, may be administered in conjunction with agents which target VEGF or VEGF receptor 1 (VEGFRl). Such agents currently exist on the market or in various stages of approval and work through different mechanisms. Antibodies and antibody fragments such as ranibizumab (Lucentis, Genentech) attach to released VEGF to inhibit binding of VEGF to active receptors. An aptamer which can act like a ligand/antibody (Macugen, Eyetech/Pfizer, approved recently by the FDA for wet AMD) is also a possibility. Macugen bonds with extracellular VEGF to block its activity. These drugs are administered locally by intravitreal injection. Ami- VEGF siRNA based compounds (such as Acuity's Cand5 inhibitor of VEGF or SIRNA' s 027 inhibitor of VEGFR-I) are also available. Additionally, the small molecule aminosterol Squalamine (Genaera) which is administered systemically reportedly interferes in multiple facets of the angiogenic process, including inhibiting VEGF and other growth factor signaling in endothelial cells.
The conjoined administration of an RTP801L inhibitor, preferably an siRNA, and any of the above VEGF / VEGFR-I inhibitory agents can have an additive or even synergistic effect whereby said combined treatment is more effective than treatment by any of these individual compositions, irrespective of dosage in the single therapy option. RTP801L siRNA has a different mechanism of action and is potentially additive or even synergistic with VEGF- VEGFR inhibitors. It is to be understood that, in the context of the present invention, any of the siRNA molecules disclosed herein, or any long double-stranded RNA molecules (typically 25-500 nucleotides in length) which are processed by endogenous cellular complexes (such as DICER - see above) to form the siRNA molecules disclosed herein, or molecules which comprise the siRNA molecules disclosed herein, can be employed in the treatment of the diseases or disorders described herein.
Additional disorders which can be treated by the molecules and compositions of the present invention include all types of choroidal neovascularization (CNV), which occurs not only in wet AMD but also in other ocular pathologies such as ocular histoplasmosis syndrome, angiod streaks, ruptures in Bruch's membrane, myopic degeneration, ocular tumors and some retinal degenerative diseases.
An additional aspect of the present invention provides for methods of treating an apoptosis related disease. Methods for therapy of diseases or disorders associated with uncontrolled, pathological cell growth, e.g. cancer, psoriasis, autoimmune diseases, inter alia, and methods for therapy of diseases associated with ischemia and lack of proper blood flow, e.g. myocardial infarction (MT) and stroke, are provided. "Cancer" or "Tumor" refers to an uncontrolled growing mass of abnormal cells. These terms include both primary tumors, which may be benign or malignant, as well as secondary tumors, or metastases which have spread to other sites in the body. Examples of cancer- type diseases include, inter alia: carcinoma (e.g.: breast, colon and lung), leukemia such as B cell leukemia, lymphoma such as B-cell lymphoma, blastoma such as neuroblastoma and melanoma and sarcoma.
The invention also provides a composition comprising one or more of the compounds of the invention in a carrier, preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. This composition may comprise a mixture of two or more siRNAs for different genes or different siRNAs for the same gene. A composition comprising siRNA for the RTP801L gene and siRNA for the VEGF gene and /or the VEGF-Rl gene is envisaged.
Another compound of the invention comprises the above compound of the invention (structure A) covalently or non-covalently bound to one or more compounds of the invention (structure
A). This compound may be delivered in a carrier, preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and may be processed intracellularly by endogenous cellular complexes to produce one or more siRNAs of the invention. Another compound of the invention comprises the above compound of the invention (structure A) covalently or non-covalently bound to an siRNA for another gene, especially the VEGF gene and/or the VEGF-Rl gene.
This invention also comprises a novel chemical entity which is an RTP 80 IL inhibitor, preferably an siRNA, chemically bound, covalently or non-covalently, to any of the above VEGF / VEGFR-I inhibitory agents. A particular chemical entity envisaged is an siRNA RTP801L inhibitor covalently bound to an antibody to VEGF or VEGF receptor- 1. Methods of production of such novel chemical entities are known to those skilled in the art.
This invention also comprises a tandem double-stranded structure which comprises two or more siRNA sequences, which is processed intracellularly to form two or more different siRNAs, one inhibiting 801 and a second inhibiting VEGF / VEGFR-I In a related aspect, this invention also comprises a tandem double-stranded structure which comprises two or more siRNA sequences, which is degraded intraceliularly to form two or more different siRNAs, both inhibiting 801.
In particular, it is envisaged that a long oligonucleotide (typically about 80-500 nucleotides in length) comprising one or more stem and loop structures, where stem regions comprise the sequences of the oligonucleotides of the invention, may be delivered in a carrier, preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and may be processed intracellularly by endogenous cellular complexes (e.g. by DROSHA and DICER as described above) to produce one or more smaller double stranded oligonucleotides (siRNAs) which are oligonucleotides of the invention. This oligonucleotide can be termed a tandem shRNA construct. It is envisaged that this long oligonucleotide is a single stranded oligonucleotide comprising one or more stem and loop structures, wherein each stem region comprises a sense and corresponding antisense siRNA sequence of an 801 gene. In particular, it is envisaged that this oligonucleotide comprises sense and antisense siRNA sequences as depicted in Table A. Alternatively, the tandem shRNA construct may comprise sense and complementary antisense siRNA sequence corresponding to an 80 IL gene and additionally sense and complementary antisense siRNA sequence corresponding to a different gene such as 801, VEGF or VEGF-Rl .
As mentioned herein, siRNA against RTP801L may be the main active component in a pharmaceutical composition, or may be one active component of a pharmaceutical composition containing two or more siRNAs (or molecules which encode or endogenously produce two or more siRNAs, be it a mixture of molecules or one or more tandem molecule which encodes two or more siRNAs), said pharmaceutical composition further being comprised of one or more additional siRNA molecule which targets one or more additional gene. Simultaneous inhibition of RTP801L and said additional gene(s) has an additive or synergistic effect for treatment of the diseases disclosed herein, according to the following:
Acute Renal Failure (ARF) and other microvascular disorders: the pharmaceutical composition for treatment of ARF may be comprised of the following compound combinations: 1) RTP801L siRNA and p53 siRNA dimers; 2) RTP801L and Fas siRNA dimers; 3) RTP801L and Bax siRNA dimers; 4) p53 and Fas siRNA dimers; 5) RTP801L and Bax siRNA dimers; 6)
RTP801L and Noxa siRNA dimers; 7) RTP801L and Puma siRNA dimers; 8) RTP801L
(REDDl) and RTP801LL (REDD2) siRNA dimers; 9) RTP801LsiRNA, Fas siRNA and any of RTP801LL siRNA ρ53 siRNA, Bax siRNA, Noxa siRNA or Puma siRNA to form trimers or polymers (i.e., tandem molecules which encode three siRNAs). ,
Macular degeneration (MD), diabetic retinopathy (DR), spinal cord injury: pharmaceutical compositions for treatment of MD, DR and spinal cord injury may be comprised of the following compound combinations: 1) RTP801L siRNA combined with either of VEGF siRNA, VEGF-Rl siRNA, VEGF R2 siRNA, PKCbeta siRNA, MCPl siRNA, eNOS siRNA, KLF2 siRNA, RTP801 siRNA (either physically mixed or in a tandem molecule); 2) RTP801L siRNA in combination with two or more siRNAs of the above list (physically mixed or in a tandem molecule encodimg three siRNAs, or a combination thereof).
COPD and respiratory disorders: the pharmaceutical composition for treatment of respiratory disorders may be comprised of the following compound combinations: RTP801L siRNA combined with siRNA against one or more of the following genes: elastases, matrix metalloproteases, phospholipases, caspases, sphingomyelinase, RTP801 and ceramide synthase.
Further, a combination (tandem) siRNA directed against both RTP801 and RTP801L can be used to treat any of the conditions disclosed herein. For Example, the siRNA directed against RTP801 termed REDD14 (sense sequence: 5' GUGCCAACCUGAUGCAGCU 3' and antisense sequence 5' AGCUGCAUCAGGUUGGCAC 3') can be joined in tandem with any of the RTP801L siRNAs disclosed herein, such as siRNA No.s 72 or 73 in Table A, or any other siRNA present in Table A
Additionally, RTP801L siRNA or any nucleic acid molecule comprising or encoding RTP801L siRNA can be linked (covalently or non-covalently) to antibodies, in order to achieve enhanced targeting for treatment of the diseases disclosed herein, according to the following:
ARF: anti-Fas antibody (preferably neutralizing antibodies).
Macular degeneration, diabetic retinopathy, spinal cord injury: anti-Fas antibody, anti-MCPl antibody, anti- VEGFRl and anti-VEGFR2 antibody. The antibodies should be preferably be neutralizing antibodies.
Any molecules, such as, for example, antisense DNA molecules which comprise the siRNA sequences disclosed herein (with the appropriate nucleic acid modifications) are particularly desirable and may be used in the same capacity as their corresponding siRNAs for all uses and methods disclosed herein.
The invention also comprises a method of treating a patient suffering from a disorder such as the disorders described herein comprising administering to the patient the above composition or compound in a therapeutically effective dose so as to thereby treat the patient.
Antisense molecules
By the term "antisense" (AS) or "antisense fragment" is meant a polynucleotide fragment (comprising either deoxyribonucleotides, ribonucleotides or a mixture of both) having inhibitory antisense activity, said activity causing a decrease in the expression of the endogenous genomic copy of the corresponding gene. An AS polynucleotide is a polynucleotide which comprises consecutive nucleotides having a sequence of sufficient length and homology to a sequence present within the sequence of the target gene to permit hybridization of the AS to the gene. Many reviews have covered the main aspects of antisense (AS) technology and its enormous therapeutic potential (Aboul-Fadl T., Curr Med Chem. 2005;12(19):2193-214; Crooke ST, Curr MoI Med. 2004 Aug;4(5):465-87; Crooke ST, Annu Rev Med. 2004;55:61-95; Vacek M et al., Cell MoI Life Sci. 2003 May;60(5): 825-33; Cho-Chung YS, Arch Pharm Res. 2003 Mar;26(3):183-91. There are further reviews on the chemical (Crooke, 1995; Uhlmann et al, 1990), cellular (Wagner, 1994) and therapeutic (Hanania, et al, 1995; Scanlon, et al, 1995; Gewirtz, 1993) aspects of this technology. Antisense intervention in the expression of specific genes can be achieved by the use of synthetic AS oligonucleotide sequences (for recent reports see Lefebvre-d'Hellencourt et al, 1995; Agrawal, 1996; LevLehman et al, 1997). AS oligonucleotide sequences may be short sequences of DNA, typically 15-30 mer but may be as small as 7 mer (Wagner et al, 1996), designed to complement a target mRNA of interest and form an RNA:AS duplex. This duplex formation can prevent processing, splicing, transport or translation of the relevant mRNA. Moreover, certain AS nucleotide sequences can elicit cellular RNase H activity when hybridized with their target mRNA, resulting in mRNA degradation (Calabretta et al, 1996 Semin Oncol. 23(l):78-87). In that case, RNase H will cleave the RNA component of the duplex and can potentially release the AS to further hybridize with additional molecules of the target RNA. An additional mode of action results from the interaction of AS with genomic DNA to form a triple helix which can be transcriptionally inactive.
The sequence target segment for the antisense oligonucleotide is selected such that the sequence exhibits suitable energy related characteristics important for oligonucleotide duplex formation with their complementary templates, and shows a low potential for self-dimerization or self- complementation [Anazodo et al., 19961. For example, the computer program OLIGO (Primer Analysis Software, Version 3.4), can be used to determine antisense sequence melting temperature, free energy properties, and to estimate potential self-dimer formation and self- complimentary properties. The program allows the determination of a qualitative estimation of these two parameters (potential self-dimer formation and self- complimentary) and provides an indication of "no potential" or "some potential" or "essentially complete potential". Using this program target segments are generally selected that have estimates of no potential in these parameters. However, segments can be used that have "some potential" in one of the categories. A balance of the parameters is used in the selection as is known in the art. Further, the oligonucleotides are also selected as needed so that analogue substitution do not substantially affect function.
Phosphorothioate antisense oligonucleotides do not normally show significant toxicity at concentrations that are effective and exhibit sufficient pharmacodynamic half-lives in animals (Agarwal et al., 1996) and are nuclease resistant. Antisense induced loss-of-function phenotypes related with cellular development were shown for the glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP), for the establishment of tectal plate formation in chick (Galileo et al., 1991) and for the N-myc protein, responsible for the maintenance of cellular heterogeneity in neuroectodermal cultures (ephithelial vs. neuroblastic cells, which differ in their colony forming abilities, tumorigenicity and adherence) (Rosolen et al., 1990; Whitesell et al, 1991). Antisense oligonucleotide inhibition of basic fibroblast growth factor (bFgF), having mitogenic and angiogenic properties, suppressed 80% of growth in glioma cells (Morrison, 1991) in a saturable and specific manner. Being hydrophobic, antisense oligonucleotides interact well with phospholipid membranes (Akhter et al., 1991). Following their interaction with the cellular plasma membrane, they are actively (or passively) transported into living cells (Loke et al., 1989), in a saturable mechanism predicted to involve specific receptors (Yakubov et al., 1989).
Ribozymes
A "ribozyme" is an RNA molecule that possesses RNA catalytic ability (see Cech for review) and cleaves a specific site in a target RNA. In accordance with the present invention, ribozymes which cleave mRNA may be utilized as inhibitors. This may be necessary in cases where antisense therapy is limited by stoichiometric considerations (Sarver et al., 1990, Gene Regulation and Aids, pp. 305-325). Ribozymes can then be used that will target the a gene associated with a bone marrow disease. The number of RNA molecules that are cleaved by a ribozyme is greater than the number predicted by stochiochemistry. (Hampel and Tritz, 1989; Uhlenbeck, 1987). Ribozymes catalyze the phosphodiester bond cleavage of RNA. Several ribozyme structural families have been identified including Group I introns, RNase P, the hepatitis delta virus ribozyme, hammerhead ribozymes and the hairpin ribozyme originally derived from the negative strand of the tobacco ringspot virus satellite RNA (sTRSV) (Sullivan, 1994; US Patent No. 5,225,347). The latter two families are derived from viroids and virusoids, in which the ribozyme is believed to separate monomers from oligomers created during rolling circle replication (Symons, 1989 and 1992). Hammerhead and hairpin ribozyme motifs are most commonly adapted for trans-cleavage of mRNAs for gene therapy (Sullivan, 1994). In general the ribozyme has a length of from about 30-100 nucleotides. Delivery of ribozymes is similar to that of AS fragments and/or siRNA molecules.
It will be noted that all the polynucleotides to be used in the present invention may undergo modifications so as to possess improved therapeutic properties. Modifications or analogs of nucleotides can be introduced to improve the therapeutic properties of polynucleotides. Improved properties include increased nuclease resistance and/or increased ability to permeate cell membranes. Nuclease resistance, where needed, is provided by any method known in the art that does not interfere with biological activity of the AS polynucleotide, siRNA, cDNA and/or ribozymes as needed for the method of use and delivery (Iyer et al., 1990; Eckstein, 1985; Spitzer and Eckstein, 1988; Woolf et al., 1990; Shaw et al., 1991). Modifications that can be made to oligonucleotides in order to enhance nuclease resistance include modifying the phophorous or oxygen heteroatom in the phosphate backbone. These include preparing methyl phosphonates, phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates and morpholino oligomers. In one embodiment it is provided by having phosphorothioate bonds linking between the four to six 3'- terminus nucleotide bases. Alternatively, phosphorothioate bonds link all the nucleotide bases. Other modifications known in the art may be used where the biological activity is retained, but the stability to nucleases is substantially increased.
AU analogues of, or modifications to, a polynucleotide may be employed with the present invention, provided that said analogue or modification does not substantially affect the function of the polynucleotide. The nucleotides can be selected from naturally occurring or synthetic modified bases. Naturally occurring bases include adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine and uracil. Modified bases of nucleotides include inosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2- aminoadenine, 6-methyl, 2-propyl and other alkyl adenines, 5-halo uracil, 5-halo cytosine, 6-aza cytosine and 6-aza thymine, psuedo uracil, 4- thiuracil, 8-halo adenine, 8-aminoadenine, 8-thiol adenine, 8- thiolalkyl adenines, 8-hydroxyl adenine and other 8-substituted adenines, 8-halo guanines, 8- amino guanine, 8-thiol guanine, 8-thioalkyl guanines, 8- hydroxyl guanine and other substituted guanines, other aza and deaza adenines, other aza and deaza guanines, 5-trifiuoromethyl uracil and 5- trifluoro cytosine.
In addition, analogues of polynucleotides can be prepared wherein the structure of the nucleotide is fundamentally altered and that are better suited as therapeutic or experimental reagents. An example of a nucleotide analogue is a peptide nucleic acid (PNA) wherein the deoxyribose (or ribose) phosphate backbone in DNA (or RNA is replaced with a polyamide backbone which is similar to that found in peptides. PNA analogues have been shown to be resistant to degradation by enzymes and to have extended lives in vivo and in vitro. Further, PNAs have been shown to bind stronger to a complementary DNA sequence than a DNA molecule. This observation is attributed to the lack of charge repulsion between the PNA strand and the DNA strand. Other modifications that can be made to oligonucleotides include polymer backbones, cyclic backbones, or acyclic backbones, as well as LNA ("locked nucleic acid").
The polypeptides employed in the present invention may also be modified, optionally chemically modified, in order to improve their therapeutic activity. "Chemically modified" - when referring to the polypeptides, means a polypeptide where at least one of its amino acid residues is modified either by natural processes, such as processing or other post-translational modifications, or by chemical modification techniques which are well known in the art. Among the numerous known modifications typical, but not exclusive examples include: acetylation, acylation, amidation, ADP-ribosylation, glycosylation, GPI anchor formation, covalent attachment of a lipid or lipid derivative, methylation, myristlyation, pegylation, prenylation, phosphorylation, ubiqutination, or any similar process.
Additional possible polypeptide modifications (such as those resulting from nucleic acid sequence alteration) include the following:
"Conservative substitution" - refers to the substitution of an amino acid in one class by an amino acid of the same class, where a class is defined by common physicochemical amino acid side chain properties and high substitution frequencies in homologous polypeptides found in nature, as determined, for example, by a standard Dayhoff frequency exchange matrix or BLOSUM matrix. Six general classes of amino acid side chains have been categorized and include: Class I (Cys); Class II (Ser, Thr, Pro, Ala, GIy); Class III (Asn, Asp, GIn, GIu); Class IV (His, Arg, Lys); Class V (He, Leu, VaI, Met); and Class VI (Phe, Tyr, Tip). For example, substitution of an Asp for another class III residue such as Asn, GIn, or GIu, is a conservative substitution. "Non-conservative substitution" - refers to the substitution of an amino acid in one class with an amino acid from another class; for example, substitution of an Ala, a class II residue, with a class III residue such as Asp, Asn, GIu, or GIn.
"Deletion" - is a change in either nucleotide or amino acid sequence in which one or more nucleotides or amino acid residues, respectively, are absent. "Insertion" or "addition" - is that change in a nucleotide or amino acid sequence which has resulted in the addition of one or more nucleotides or amino acid residues, respectively, as compared to the naturally occurring sequence.
"Substitution" - replacement of one or more nucleotides or amino acids by different nucleotides or amino acids, respectively. As regards amino acid sequences the substitution may be conservative or non- conservative.
In an additional embodiment of the present invention, the RTP801L polypeptide or polynucleotide may be used to diagnose or detect macular degeneration in a subject. A detection method would typically comprise assaying for RTP801L mRNA or RTP801L polypeptide in a sample derived from a subject.
"Detection" - refers to a method of detection of a disease. This term may refer to detection of a predisposition to a disease, or to the detection of the severity of the disease.
By "homolog/homology", as utilized in the present invention, is meant at least about 70%, preferably at least about 75% homology, advantageously at least about 80% homology, more advantageously at least about 90% homology, even more advantageously at least about 95%, e.g., at least about 97%, about 98%, about 99% or even about 100% homology. The invention also comprehends that these polynucleotides and polypeptides can be used in the same fashion as the herein or aforementioned polynucleotides and polypeptides.
Alternatively or additionally, "homology", with respect to sequences, can refer to the number of positions with identical nucleotides or amino acid residues, divided by the number of nucleotides or amino acid residues in the shorter of the two sequences, wherein alignment of the two sequences can be determined in accordance with the Wilbur and Lipman algorithm ((1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:726); for instance, using a window size of 20 nucleotides, a word length of 4 nucleotides, and a gap penalty of 4, computer-assisted analysis and interpretation of the sequence data, including alignment, can be conveniently performed using commercially available programs (e.g., Intelligenetics™ Suite, Intelligenetics Inc., CA). When RNA sequences are said to be similar, or to have a degree of sequence identity or homology with DNA sequences, thymidine (T) in the DNA sequence is considered equal to uracil (U) in the RNA sequence. RNA sequences within the scope of the invention can be derived from DNA sequences or their complements, by substituting thymidine (T) in the DNA sequence with uracil (U). Additionally or alternatively, amino acid sequenςe similarity or homology can be determined, for instance, using the BlastP program (Altschul et al, Nucl. Acids Res. 25:3389-3402) and available at NCBI. The following references provide algorithms for comparing the relative identity or homology of amino acid residues of two polypeptides, and additionally, or alternatively, with respect to the foregoing, the teachings in these references can be used for determining percent homology: Smith et al, (1981) Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482-489; Smith et al, (1983) Nucl. Acids Res. 11:2205-2220; Devereux et al, (1984) Nucl. Acids Res. 12:387-395; Feng et al, (1987) J. Molec. Evol. 25:351-360; Higgins et al, (1989) CABIOS 5:151-153; and Thompson βt al, (1994) Nucl. Acids Res. 22:4673-4680. "Having at least X% homolgy" - with respect to two amino acid or nucleotide sequences, refers to the percentage of residues that are identical in the two sequences when the sequences are optimally aligned. Thus, 90% amino acid sequence identity means that 90% of the amino acids in two or more optimally aligned polypeptide sequences are identical.
An additional embodiment of the present invention concerns a pharmaceutical composition comprising an RTP801L inhibitor in a therapeutically affective amount as an active ingredient and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The inhibitor may be a biological inhibitor, an organic molecule, a chemical molecule, etc. said pharmaceutical composition may comprise an RTP801L inhibitor which is a polynucleotide which comprises consecutive nucleotides having a sequence which is an antisense sequence to the sequence set forth in Figure 1 (SEQ ID No: 1). Further, the RTP801L inhibitor may be a vector comprising these polynucleotides. Additionally, the RTP801L inhibitor may be a monoclonal antibody which specifically binds to an epitope comprising 4-25 amino acids set forth in Figure 2 (SEQ ID No:2), or an RNA molecule which targets the RTP801L gene niRNA such as an siRNA molecule (optionally depicted in Table A) or a ribozyme. The active ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition can include oligonucleotides that are nuclease resistant needed for the practice of the invention or a fragment thereof shown to have the same effect targeted against the appropriate sequence(s) and/or ribozymes. Combinations of active ingredients as disclosed in the present invention can be used, including combinations of antisense sequences.
An additional embodiment of the present invention provides for the use of a therapeutically effective dose of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from any of the diseases or conditions described herein eg spinal cord disease or injury. In one embodiment the inhibitor is preferably an siRNA. In another embodiment the inhibitor is preferably Structure A depicted herein.
The invention has been described in an illustrative manner, and it is to be understood that the terminology which has been used is intended to be in the nature of words of description rather than of limitation.
Obviously, many modifications and variations of the present invention are possible in light of the above teachings. It is, therefore, to be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the invention can be practiced otherwise than as specifically described.
Throughout this application, various publications, including United States patents, are referenced by author and year and patents by number. The disclosures of these publications and patents and patent applications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference into this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this invention pertains.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Fig. 1 details the coding sequence of the RTP801L gene (SEQ ID NO: 1);
Fig. 2 details the amino acid sequence of the RTP801L polypeptide (SEQ ID NO:2); Fig. 3 details the activity results of REDD2 siRNAs on the endogenous REDD2 gene in wt MEF cells following H2O2 treatment;
Fig. 4 demonstrates dose dependent activity of REDD2 siRNAs as measured in 801 wt MEF cells;
Fig. 5 shows activity results of REDD2 siRNAs on the endogenous REDD2 gene in wt
293T cells;
Fig. 6 demonstrates dose dependent activity of RTP801L siRNA as measured in 293T cells.
EXAMPLES
Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following preferred specific embodiments are, therefore, to be construed as merely illustrative, and not limitative of the claimed invention in any way.
Standard molecular biology protocols known in the art not specifically described herein are generally followed essentially as in Sambrook et al, Molecular cloning: A laboratory manual, Cold Springs Harbor Laboratory, New-York (1989, 1992), and in Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons, Baltimore, Maryland (1988).
Standard organic synthesis protocols known in the art not specifically described herein are generally followed essentially as in Organic syntheses: VoLl- 79, editors vary, J. Wiley, New York, (1941 - 2003); Gewert et al., Organic synthesis workbook, Wiley-VCH, Weinheim (2000); Smith & March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, Wiley-Interscience; 5th edition (2001).
Standard medicinal chemistry methods known in the art not specifically described herein are generally followed essentially as in the series "Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry", by various authors and editors, published by Pergamon Press.
The features of the present invention disclosed in the specification, the claims and/or the drawings may both separately and in any combination thereof be material for realizing the invention in various forms thereof.
Example 1
General Materials and methods
If not indicated to the contrary, the following materials and methods were used in Examples 1-5:
Cell culture
The first human cell line, namely HeLa cells (American Type Culture Collection) were cultured as follows: HeIa cells (American Type Culture Collection) were cultured as described in Czauderna F et al. (Czauderna, F., Fechtner, M., Aygun, H., Arnold, W., Klippel, A., Giese, K. & Kaufmann, J. (2003). Nucleic Acids Res, 31, 670-82). The second human cell line was a human keratinozyte cell line which was cultivated as follows: Human keratinocytes were cultured at 37 0C in Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM) containing 10% FCS.
The mouse cell line was B 16V (American Type Culture Collection) cultured at 37 0C in Dulbecco's modified Eagle medium (DMEM) containing 10% FCS. Culture conditions were as described in Methods Find Exp Clin Pharmacol. 1997 May; 19(4) :231 -9 :
In each case, the cells were subject to the experiments as described herein at a density of about 50,000 cells per well and the double-stranded nucleic acid according to the present invention was added at 20 nM, whereby the double-stranded nucleic acid was complexed using 1 μg/ml of a proprietary lipid.
Induction ofhypoxia-like condition
The cells were treated with CoCl2 for inducing a hypoxia-like condition as follows: siRNA transfections were carried out in 10-cm plates (30-50% confluency) as described by (Czauderna et al., 2003; Kretschmer et al., 2003). Briefly, siRNA were transfected by adding a preformed 10x concentrated complex of GB and lipid in serum-free medium to cells in complete medium. The total transfection volume was 10 ml. The final lipid concentration was 1.0 μg/ml; the final siRNA concentration was 20 nM unless otherwise stated. Induction of the hypoxic responses was carried out by adding CoCl2 (lOOμM) directly to the tissue culture medium 24 h before lysis. Preparation of cell extracts and immuno blotting
The preparation of cell extracts and immuno blot analysis were carried out essentially as described by Klippel et al. (Klippel, A., Escobedo, M.A., Wachowicz, M.S., Apell, G., Brown, T.W., Giedlin, M.A., Kavanaugh, W.M. & Williams, L.T. (1998). MoI Cell Biol, 18, 5699-711;
Klippel, A., Reinhard, C, Kavanaugh, W.M., Apell, G., Escobedo, M.A. & Williams, L.T.
(1996). MoI Cell Biol, 16, 4117-27). Polyclonal antibodies against full length RTP801L were generated by immunising rabbits with recombinant RTP801L protein producing bacteria from pET19-b expression vector (Merck Biosciences GmbH, Schwalbach, Germany). The murine monoclonal anti-pl 10a and anti-p85 antibodies have been described by Klippel et al. (supra).
Example 2
Experimental models, methods and results relating to Macular Degeneration
The compounds of the present invention are tested in the following animal model of Choroidal neovascularization (CNV). This hallmark of wet AMD is induced in model animals by laser treatment.
A) MOUSE MODEL
Choroidal neovascularization (CNV) induction Choroid neovascularization (CNV), a hallmark of wet AMD, is triggered by laser photocoagulation (532 nm, 200 mW, 100 ms, 75 μm) (OcuLight GL, Mdex, Mountain View, CA) performed on both eyes of each mouse on day 0 by a single individual masked to drug group assignment. Laser spots are applied in a standardized fashion around the optic nerve, using a slit lamp delivery system and a cover slip as a contact lens.
Treatment groups
CNV is induced in the following groups of mice (males 6-8 weeks of age):
(1) 12 WT mice; (2) 12 RTP801L Knock-Out mice; (3) 12 WT mice injected with 0.25 μg of synthetic stabilized active anti-RTP801L siRNA (REDD14) in one eye and inactive anti-RTP801L siRNA (REDD8 - negative control) in the fellow eye, at days 0 and 7;
(4) 12 WT mice injected with 0.25 μg of synthetic stabilized active anti-RTP801L siRNA (REDD 14) in one eye and inactive anti-GFP siRNA (negative control) in the fellow eye at days 0 and 7;
(5) 12 WT mice injected with either 0.1 μg of synthetic stabilized active anti- RTP801L siRNA (REDD14) in one eye and PBS (negative control) in the fellow eye at days 0 and 7; (6) 12 WT mice injected with either 0.05 μg of synthetic stabilized active anti-RTP801L siRNA (REDD 14) in one eye and PBS (negative control) in the fellow eye at days 0 and 7.
Both eyes of each mouse are laser-treated.
Evaluation
1. The experiment is terminated at day 14. For evaluation, the eyes are enucleated and fixed with 4% paraformaldehyde for 30 min at 40C. The neurosensory retina is detached and severed from the optic nerve. The remaining RPE-choroid-sclera complex is flat mounted in Immu-Mount (Vectashield Mounting Medium, Vector) and coverslipped.
Flat mounts are examined with a scanning laser confocal microscope (TCS SP, Leica, Germany). Vessels are visualized by exciting with blue argon laser. Horizontal optical sections (1 μm step) are obtained from the surface of the RPE-choroid-sclera complex. The deepest focal plane in which the surrounding choroidal vascular network connecting to the lesion can be identified is judged to be the floor of the lesion. Any vessel in the laser treated area and superficial to this reference plane is judged as CNV. Images of each section are digitally stored. The area of CNV-related fluorescence is measured by computerized image analysis using the Leica TCS SP software. The summation of whole fluorescent area in each horizontal section is used as an index for the volume of CNV. 2. Separate WT mice are used for evaluating RTP801L mRNA expression in CNV (as well as the expression of other genes relevant to AMD) (untreated and treated with siRNA) using real-time PCR on RNA extracted from RPE/choroids, or from neural retina.
Expression profiling conducted in the mouse model of CNV revealed that the RTP801L transcript level is gradually increased in mouse Retina following CNV induction, thus indicating that RTP801L is a good target for inhibition in the treatment of AMD and other conditions which involve choroidal neovascularization.
B) NON-HUMAN PRIMATE MODEL
CNV induction
Choroidal neovascularization (CNV) is induced by perimacular laser treatment of both eyes prior to doseadministration. Nine lesions are placed in the macula with a laser [OcuLight GL (532 nm) Laser Photo-coagulator with an IRIS Medical® Portable Slit Lamp Adaptor], and laser spots in the right eye mirror the placement in the left eye. The approximate laser parameters are as follows: spot size: 50-100 μm diameter; laser power: 300-700 milliwatts; exposure time: 0.1 seconds.
Treatment
Immediately following laser treatment, both eyes of all animals are subjected to a single intravitreal injection. Left eye is typicallly dosed with 350 ug of synthetic stabilized siRNA against RTP801L in the final volume of 50 ul, whereas the contralateral eye receives 50 ul of PBS (vehicle).
Evaluation
1. All the animals are subj ected to daily examination of food consumption and body weight measurements. 2. two monkeys are euthanized at day 6 following CNV induction. Their eyes are enucleated and the posterior pole is flattened. Then the fovea region is excised and separated into choroids and neuroretina which are separately (for every animal) frozen in liquid nitrogen to be subsequentlyused for RNA extraction and real time PCR evaluation of RTP801L expression.
3. Fluorescein angiograms are performed pre-study, and at the end of weeks 1, 2, and 3 following CNV induction. Photographs are taken, using a fundus camera (TRC-50EX Retina Camera). Images are captured using the TOPCON EvlAGEnet™ system. Fluorescein dye (10% fluorescein sodium, approximately 0.1 mL/kg) is injected via vascular access ports. Photographs are taken at several timepoints following dye injection, to include the arterial phase, early arteriovenous phase and several late arteriovenous phases in order to evaluate neovascularization snd to monitor leakage of fluorescein associated with CNV lesions. Interpretation and analysis of the fluorescein angiograms is independently conducted by two ophthalmologists.
Neovascularization (NV) is assessed in early angiograms and every spot is graded according to the following scheme:
0 - no signs of NV 0.5 - suspicious spot 1 - "hot" spot
2 - NV in the laser burn
3 - evident NV
Leakage is assessed according to the following scheme: 0 - no leakage
0.5 - suspicious spot
1 - evident small spot leakage
2 - leakage growing with time
3 - leakage greater than previous borders (evidently) In addition, the size of every spot is compared between the early and the late angiograms using morphometric measurements, and the increase in the spot's size resulting from the leakage is calculated.
4. Electroretinograms (ERGs) are recorded using an Epic 2000 electroretinograph according to Sierra's SOPs and the study-specific SOP, including the use of the Ganzfield apparatus, at prestudy and in the end of week 3. The tabulated ERG data are evaluated by a veterinary ophthalmologist.
C) EFFICACY OF COMBINATION THERAPY OF RTP801L SIRNA (REDD14) AND ANTI-VEGF ANTIBODY
The efficacy of combination therapy of RTP801 L siRNA (REDD 14) and anti- VEGF antibody or aptamer (such as macugen) in the treatment of diseases in which CNV occurs is tested in the above mouse CNV model.
A) CNV volume studies The volume of choroidal neovascularization (CNV) 3 weeks after laser injury is computed byconfocal fluorescence microscopy as previously described (Sakurai et al. IOVS 2003;44: 3578-85 & Sakurai et al. /OPS 2003; 44: 2743-2749).
In previous studies the assignee of the present invention found that anti- VEGF-A antibody (Ab) reduced CNV volume in a dose dependent fashion. A dose of 1 ng of VEGF-A Ab was chosen for the RTP801L siRNA+VEGF-A Ab combination studies because this dose had an intermediate inhibitory effect: VEGF-A Ab (1 ng) reduced the size of CNV by 26±6%.
In a stusy conducted with siRNA against RTP801, The principal findings were: • The addition of RTP801 siRNA at the lower 0.05 μg dose reduced the size of CNV by 27±4% compared to VEGF-A Ab alone. • The addition of RTP801 siRNA at the higher 0.25 μg dose reduced the size of CNV by 55±3% compared to VEGF-A Ab alone.
B) CNV leakage studies
Experiment 1
This experiment was designed in order to identify a potential additive or synergistic therapeutic effect of inhibition of VEGF and RTP801L in the model of laser-induced choroid neovascularization in mice Materials:
• RTP801L siRNA
• negative control
• Anti-VEGF antibodies or macugen
• negative control CNV is induced on day zero as described above; the test material is injected to the subjects on day zero and day 7.
The results are evaluated by Fluorescein angiography on weeks 1, 2, 3, and by CNV volume measurement on week 3.
Experimental groups: • VEGF Ab or macugen 0.5 ng/eye
• VEGF Ab or macugen 1 ng/eye
• VEGF Ab or macugen 2 ng/ eye
• VEGF Ab 4 or macugen ng/eye
• RTP801L siRNA 0.05 ug/eye • RTP801L siRNA 0.1 ug/eye
• RTP801L siRNA 0.25 ug/eye
• RTP801L siRNA 0.05 ug/eye + VEGF Ab or macugen 1 ng/eye
• RTP801L siRNA 0.1 ug/eye + VEGF Ab or macugen 1 ng/eye
• RTP801L siRNA 0.25 ug/eye + VEGF Ab or macugen 1 ng/eye Control groups
• PBS
• Non-specific IgG 2 ng/eye
• negative control 0.1 ug/eye • negative control 0.1 ug/eye + VEGF Ab or macugen 1 ng/eye
The results show an additive or synergistic therapeutic effect of inhibition of VEGF and RTP801L
Experiment 2
This experiment was designed in order to study the effect of RTP801L siRNA on gene expression in RPE and neural retina. Experimental design Groups:
• PBS
• RTP801L siRNA 0.25 mg CNV is induced by laser treatment as described above on day zero; the test material is also injected on day zero, and the effect evaluated by qPCR analysis of gene expression in RPE and neural retina on days zero and 5.
Results obtained with RTP801 a functionally homologous gene:
• Simultaneous inhibition of RTP801L and VEGF has enhanced inhibitory effect on choroid neovascularization and neovascular leakage.
• Inhibition of RTP801 expression by REDD14 (siRNA to 801) not only prevents PEDF downregulation in the CNV model but enhances its expression compared to the baseline.
• Inhibition of RTP801 expression leads to concomitant downregulation of MCPl which should have an anti-inflammatory effect. • Without being bound by theory, the increase of PEDF expression by REDD 14 may underlie the observed cooperative effect of simultaneous inhibition of VEGF and RTP801
(Note: PEDF is a well-known antiangiogenic and neuroprotective factor.) • Without being bound by theory, the reduction of MCPl expression by REDD 14 may also underlie the observed cooperative effect of simultaneous inhibition of VEGF and RTP801
(Note: MCPl is a known pro-inflammatory chemokine involved in pathogenesis of AMD.) Similar results are obtained using inhibitors to 801L. Additional AMD models which may be used to test the methods of the present invention:
• Ccl-2 or Ccr-2 deficient animals - deficiency in either of these proteins causes the development of some of the main features of AMD. Animals deficient in these proteins can be used to test the methods of the present invention.
For further information on AMD animal models, see: Chader, Vision research 42 (2002) 393- 399; Ambati et al., Nature Medicine 9(11) (2003) 1390-1397; Tolentino et al., Retina 24 (2004) 132-138.
Example 3
Models and results relating to COPD and Emphysema
The compounds of the present invention are tested in the following an animal models and are shown to prevent emphysema:
* Cigarette smoke-induced emphysema model: chronic exposure to cigarette smoke causes emphysema in several animals such as, inter alia, mouse, guinea pig.
* Lung protease activity as a trigger of emphysema.
* VEGFR inhibition model of emphysema.
* Bronchial instillation with human neutrophil / pancreatic elastase in rodents. * MMP (matrix metalloprotease)-induced enphysema. * Inflammation-induced emphysema.
Additionally, emphysema models may be generated through genetic means (e.g., mice carrying the TSK mutation), and emphysematous animals may be generated by known modifiers of susceptibility to emphysema such as, inter alia, lung injury, alveolar hypoplasia, hyperoxia, glucocorticoid treatment and nutrition.
Evaluation of the influence of lack of RTP801L on disease progression in mouse models of emphysema by inhibiting endogenous RTP801L employing intralung delivery RTP801L - inactivating siRNA
CS-induced inflammation is induced by 7 day smoking in 2 groups of C57BL6 mice, 10 mice per group. Group 1 : CS + delivery of control siRNA ; Group 2: CS + RTP801L siRNA. Control groups of mice are instilled with either type of siRNA but kept in room air conditions. The lungs are subsequently agarose-inflated, fixed and imbedded in paraffin, and development oxidative stress in the KO mice is assessed by: a) immunohistochemical localization and quantitation of 8-oxo-dG in the lung sections; b) immunohistochemical localization and quantitation of active caspase 3 in the lung sections using specific antibodies, or quantitative evaluation of the number of TUNEL-positive cells; c) measurement of ceramide concentration in the lung extracts; d) measurement of caspase activity in the lung extracts.
Methods
Exposure to cigarette smoking (CS)
Exposure is carried out (7 h/day, 7 days/week) by burning 2R4F reference cigarettes (2.45 mg nicotine per cigarette; purchased from the Tobacco Research Institute, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY, USA) using a smoking machine (Model TE-IO, Teague Enterprises, Davis, CA, USA). Each smoldering cigarette is puffed for 2 s, once every minute for a total of eight puffs, at a flow rate of 1.05 L/min, to provide a standard puff of 35 cm3. The smoke machine is adjusted to produce a mixture of sidestream smoke (89%) and mainstream smoke (11%) by burning five cigarettes at one time. Chamber atmosphere is monitored for total suspended particulates and carbon monoxide, with concentrations of 90 mg/m3 and 350 ppm, respectively.
Morphologic and morphometric analyses
After exposing the mice to CS or instillation of RTP801L expressing plasmid, the mice are anesthetized with halothane and the lungs are inflated with 0.5% low-melting agarose at a constant pressure of 25 cm as previously described. The inflated lungs are fixed in 10% buffered formalin and embedded in paraffin. Sections (5 μm) are stained with hematoxylin and eosin. Mean alveolar diameter, alveolar length, and mean linear intercepts are determined by computer-assisted morphometry with the Image Pro Plus software (Media Cybernetics, Silver Spring, MD, USA). The lung sections in each group are coded and representative images (15 per lung section) are acquired by an investigator masked to the identity of the slides, with a Nikon E800 microscope, 2OX lens. The results show that siRNA to 801L prevents emphysema caused by smoking as measured by the four parameters described above..
Bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) and phenotyping
Following exposure to CS or instillation of RTP801L expressing plasmid, the mice are anesthetized with sodium pentobarbital. The BAL fluid collected from the lungs of the mice is centrifuged (500 'g at 4°C), and the cell pellet is resuspended in phosphate-buffered saline. The total number of cells in the lavage fluid is determined, and 2 x 104 cells are cytocentrifuged (Shandon Southern Products, Pittsburgh, PA, USA) onto glass slides and stained with Wright- Giemsa stain. Differential cell counts are performed on 300 cells, according to standard cytologic techniques .
Identification of alveolar apoptotic cell populations in the lungs. To identify the different alveolar cell types undergoing apoptosis in the lungs, an immunohistochemical staining of active caspase 3 is performed in the lung sections from the room air (RA) as well as CS exposed mice. To identify the apoptotic type II epithelial cells in the lungs, after active caspase 3 labeling, the lung sections are incubated first with anti-mouse surfactant protein C (SpC) antibody and then with an anti-rabbit Texas red antibody. Apoptotic endothelial cells are identified by incubating the sections first with the anti-mouse CD 31 antibody and then with the biotinylated rabbit anti-mouse secondary antibody. The lung sections are rinsed in PBS and then incubated with the streptavidin-Texas red conjugated complex. The apoptotic macrophages in the lungs are identified by incubating the sections first with the rat anti-mouse Mac-3 antibody and then with the anti-rat Texas red antibody. Finally, DAPI is applied to all lung sections, incubated for 5 minutes, washed and mounted with Vectashield HardSet mounting medium. DAPI and fluorescein are visualized at 330-380 nm and 465-495 run, respectively. Images of the lung sections are acquired with the Nikon E800 microscope, 40X lens.
Immunohistochemical localization of active caspase-3
Immunohistochemical staining of active caspase-3 assay is performed using anti— active caspase- 3 antibody and the active caspase-3-positive cells are counted with a macro, using Image Pro Plus program. The counts are normalized by the sum of the alveolar profiles herein named as alveolar length and expressed in μm. Alveolar length correlates inversely with mean linear intercept, i.e., as the alveolar septa are destroyed, mean linear intercepts increases as total alveolar length, i.e., total alveolar septal length decreases.
Caspase 3 activity assay The caspase-3/7 activity is measured in lung tissue extracts using a fiuorometric assay according to the manufacturer's instructions. Snap-frozen lung tissue (n = 3 per group) was homogenized with the assay buffer, followed by sonication and centrifugation at 800 x g. After removal of nuclei and cellular debris, the supernatant (300 μg protein) is then incubated with the pro- fluorescent substrate at room temperature for Ih and the fluorescence intensity was measured utilizing a Typhoon phosphoimager (Amersham Biosciences, Inc., Piscataway, NJ, USA). The results are expressed as the rate of specific caspase-3 substrate cleavage, expressed in units of caspase 3 enzymatic activity, normalized by total protein concentration. Active recombinant caspase 3 was utilized as the assay standard (0-4 U). Tissue lysates without substrate, assay buffer alone, and lysates with caspase 3 inhibitor were utilized as negative controls.
Immunohistochemical localization of 8-oxo-dG
For the immunohistochemical localization and quantification of 8-oxo-dG, lung sections from the mice exposed to CS or instilled with RTP801L expressing plasmid are incubated with anti-8- oxo-dG antibody and stained using InnoGenexTM Iso-IHC DAB kit using mouse antibodies. The 8-oxo-dG-positive cells are counted with a macro (using Image Pro Plus), and the counts were normalized by alveolar length as described.
Instillation of plasmid DNA into mouse lungs
Plasmid DNA of RTP801L expressing and control vectors are prepared under endotoxin-free DNA isolation kit. For intra-tracheal instillation, 50 ug of plasmid DNA is delivered in 80 ul sterile perfluorocarbon. The oxygen carrying properties of perfluorocarbon make it well- tolerated at these volumes, while its physical-chemical properties allow for extremely efficient distal lung delivery when instilled intratracheally. Mice are anesthetized by brief inhalational halothane exposure, the tongue is gently pulled forward by forceps and the trachea instilled with perfluorocarbon solution applied at the base of the tongue via a blunt angiocatheter.
Instillation of siRNA into mouse lungs.
Mice are anesthetized with an intra-peritoneal injection of Ketamine/Xylazine (115/22 mg/kg). 50μg of siRNA is instilled intranasally in 50μl volume of 0.9% NaCl by delivering five consecutive 10 μl portions. At the end of the intranasal instillation, the mouse's head is held straight up for 1 minute to ensure that all the instilled solution drains inside.
For further information, see: Rangasamy T, Cho CY, Thimmulappa, RK, Zhen L, Srisuma SS,
Kensler TW, Yamamoto M, Petrache I, Tuder RM, Biswal S. Genetic ablation ofNrβ enhances susceptibility to cigarette smoke-iduced emphysema in mice. Submitted to Journal of Clinincal Investigation; Yasunori Kasahara, Rubin M. Tuder, Carlyne D. Cool, David A. Lynch, Sonia C. Flores, and Norbert F. Voelkel. Endothelial Cell Death and Decreased Expression of Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor and Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor 2 in Emphysema. Am J Respir Crit Care Med VoI 163. pp 737-744, 2001; Yasunori Kasahara, Rubin M. Tuder, Laimute Taraseviciene-Stewart, Timothy D. Le Cras, Steven Abman, Peter K. Hirth, Johannes Waltenberger, and Norbert F. Voelkel. Inhibition of VEGF receptors causes lung cell apoptosis and emphysema. J. CHn. Invest. 106:1311-1319 (2000); and a review on the topic: Robin M. Tuder, Sharon McGrath and Enid Neptune, The pathological mechanisms of emphysema models: what do they have in common?, Pulmonary Pharmacology & Therpaeutics 2002.
Example 4
Models and results relating to microvascular disorders The compounds of the present invention are tested in animal models of a range of microvascular disorders as described below.
1. Diabetic Retinopathy
RTP801L promotes neuronal cell apoptosis and generation of reactive oxygen species in vitro.
The inventor of the current invention also found that in RTP801 knockout (KO) mice subjected to the model of retinopathy of prematurity (ROP), pathologic neovascularization NV was reduced under hypoxic conditions, despite elevations in VEGF, whereas the lack of this gene did not influence physiologic neonatal retinal NV. Moreover, in this model, lack of RTP801 was also protective against hypoxic neuronal apoptosis and hyperoxic vaso-obliteration.
Experiment lv
Diabetes is induced in 8wk old RTP801L KO and C57/129sv wildtype (WT) littermate mice by intraperitoneal injection of STZ. After 4 weeks, ERG (single white flash, 1.4xlOΛ4 ftc, 5 ms) is obtained from the left eye after 1 hour of dark adaptation. RVP is assessed from both eyes using the Evans-blue albumin permeation technique. Experiment 2
Diabetes is induced in RTP801L knockout and in control wild type mice with the matched genetic background. In addition, it is induced in C57B16 mice, which are subsequently used for intravitreal injection of anti-RTP801L and control siRNAs. For diabetes induction, the mice are injected with streptozotocin (STZ 90 mg/kg/d for 2 days after overnight fast). Animal physiology is monitored throughout the study for changes in blood glucose, body weight, and hematocrit. Vehicle-injected mice serve as controls. The appropriate animals are treated by intravitreal injections of lug of REDD14 anti-RTP801L siRNA or lug of anti-GFP control siRNA. siRNA is injected twice in the course of the study - on day 0, when the first STZ injection is performed, and on day 14 after the STZ injection.
Retinal vascular leakage is measured using the Evans-blue (EB) dye technique on the animals after 4 weeks duration of diabetes. Mice have a catheter implanted into the right jugular vein 24 hours prior to Evans Blue (EB) measurements. Retinal permeability measurements in both eyes of each animal follows a standard Evans-blue protocol.
2. Retinopathy of prematurity Retinopathy of prematurity is induced by exposing the test animals to hypoxic and hyperoxic conditions, and subsequently testing the effects on the retina.
3. Myocardial infarction
Myocardial infarction is induced by Left Anterior Descending artery ligation in mice, both short term and long term.
4. Microvascular Ischemic conditions
Animal models for assessing ischemic conditions include:
1. Closed Head hijury (CHI) - Experimental TBI produces a series of events contributing to neurological and neurometabolic cascades, which are related to the degree and extent of behavioral deficits. CHI is induced under anesthesia, while a weight is allowed to free-fall from a prefixed height (Chen et al, J. Neurotrauma 13, 557, 1996) over the exposed skull covering the left hemisphere in the midcoronal plane.
2. Transient middle cerebral artery occlusion (MCAO) - a 90 to 120 minutes transient focal ischemia is performed in adult, male Sprague Dawley rats, 300-370 gr. The method employed is the intraluminal suture MCAO (Longa et al., Stroke, 30, 84, 1989, and Dogan et al., J. Neurochem. 72, 765, 1999). Briefly, under halothane anesthesia, a 3-0-nylon suture material coated with Poly-L-Lysine is inserted into the right internal carotid artery (ICA) through a hole in the external carotid artery. The nylon thread is pushed into the ICA to the right MCA origin (20-23 mm). 90-120 minutes later the thread is pulled off, the animal is closed and allowed to recover. 3. Permanent middle cerebral artery occlusion (MCAO) - occlusion is permanent, unilateral-induced by electrocoagulation of MCA. Both methods lead to focal brain ischemia of the ipsilateral side of the brain cortex leaving the contralateral side intact (control). The left MCA is exposed via a temporal craniectomy, as described for rats by Tamura A.et al., J
Cereb Blood Flow Metab. 1981;l:53-60. The MCA and its lenticulostriatal branch are occluded proximally to the medial border of the olfactory tract with microbipolar coagulation. The wound is sutured, and animals returned to their home cage in a room warmed at 26°C to 280C. The temperature of the animals is maintained all the time with an automatic thermostat.
5. Acute Renal Failure (ARF)
Testing active siRNA for treating ARF may be done using sepsis-induced ARF or ischemia- reperfusion-induced ARF.
1. Sepsis induced ARF
Two predictive animal models of sepsis-induced ARF are described by Miyaji T, Hu X, Yuen PS, Muramatsu Y, Iyer S, Hewitt SM, Star RA, 2003, Ethyl pyruvate decreases sepsis-induced acute renal failure and multiple organ damage in aged mice, Kidney Int. Nov;64(5): 1620-31. These two models are lipopolysaccharide administration and cecal ligation puncture in mice, preferably in aged mice.
2. Ischemia-reperfusion-induced ARF This predictive animal model is described by Kelly KJ, Plotkin Z, Vulgamott SL, Dagher PC, 2003 January,. P53 mediates the apoptotic response to GTP depletion after renal ischemia- reperfusion: protective role of ap53 inhibitor, J Am Soc Nephrol; 14(1): 128-38.
Ischemia-reperfusion injury is induced in rats following 45 minutes bilateral kidney arterial clamp and subsequent release of the clamp to allow 24 hours of reperfusion. anti RTP801L siRNA or GFP siRNA (negative control) are injected into the jugular vein 2 hrs prior to and 30 minutes following the clamp. Additional siRNA is given via the tail vein at 4 and 8 hrs after the clamp. ARF progression is monitored by measurement of serum creatinine levels before and 24 hrs post surgery. At the end of the experiment, the rats are perfused via an indwelling femoral line with warm PBS followed by 4% paraformaldehyde. The left kidneys are removed and stored in 4% paraformaldehyde for subsequent histological analysis. Acute renal failure is frequently defined as an acute increase of the serum creatinine level from baseline. An increase of at least 0.5 mg per dL or 44.2 μmol per L of serum creatinine is considered as an indication for acute renal failure. Serum creatinine is measured at time zero before the surgery and at 24 hours post ARF surgery. siRNA to 80 IL prevents production of ARF in this model
To study the distribution of siRNA in the rat kidney, Cy3-labeled 19-mer blunt-ended siRNA molecules (2 mg/kg) having alternating O-methyl modification in the sugar residues were administered iv for 3-5 min, after which in vivo imaging was conducted using two-photon confocal microscopy. The confocal microscopy analysis revealed that the majority of siRNA in the kidneys is concentrated in the endosomal compartment of proximal tubular cells. Both endosomal and cytoplasmic siRNA fluorescence were relatively stable during the first 2 hrs post delivery and disappeared at 24 hrs. The expression of RTP801L during ischernia-reperfurion induced ARF was examined in rat kidneys. In both kidney regions, cortex and medulla, RTP801L transcript level is decreased in the ARF- lOhr group relative to the control group transcript level. RTP801L transcript level is also elevated (up-regulated) in the kidney medulla, 3 and 6 hrs following the ARF operation (bilateral renal artery clamp).
Example 5
Preparation of siRNAs
Using proprietary algorithms and the known sequence of gene RTP801L (SEQ ID NO:1), the sequences of many potential siRNAs were generated. siRNA molecules according to the above specifications were prepared essentially as described herein.
The siRNAs of the present invention can be synthesized by any of the methods which are well- known in the art for synthesis of ribonucleic (or deoxyribonucleic) oligonucleotides. For example, a commercially available machine (available, inter alia, from Applied Biosystems) can be used; the oligonucleotides are prepared according to the sequences disclosed herein. Overlapping pairs of chemically synthesized fragments can be ligated using methods well known in the art (e.g., see U.S. Patent No. 6,121,426). The strands are synthesized separately and then are annealed to each other in the tube. Then, the double-stranded siRNAs are separated from the single-stranded oligonucleotides that were not annealed (e.g. because of the excess of one of them) by HPLC. In relation to the siRNAs or siRNA fragments of the present invention, two or more such sequences can be synthesized and linked together for use in the present invention. The siRNA molecules of the invention may be synthesized by procedures known in the art e.g. the procedures as described in Usman et al, 1987, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 109, 7845; Scaringe et al., 1990, Nucleic Acids Res., 18, 5433; Wincott et al., 1995, Nucleic Acids Res. 23, 2677-2684; and Wincott et al., 1997, Methods MoI. Bio., IA, 59, and may make use of common nucleic acid protecting and coupling groups, such as dimethoxytrityl at the 5 -end, and phosphoramidites at the 3 -end. The modified (e.g. 2'-O-methylated) nucleotides and unmodified nucleotides are incorporated as desired. Alternatively, the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can be synthesized separately and joined together post-synthetically, for example, by ligation (Moore et al., 1992, Science 256, 9923; Draper et al., International PCT publication No. WO93/23569; Shabarova et al., 1991, Nucleic Acids Research 19, 4247; Bellon et al., 1997, Nucleosides & Nucleotides, 16, 951; Bellon et al., 1997, Bioconjugate Chem. 8, 204), or by hybridization following synthesis and/or deprotection. The siRNA molecules of the invention can also be synthesized via a tandem synthesis methodology, as described in US patent application publication No. US2004/0019001 (McSwiggen) wherein both siRNA strands are synthesized as a single contiguous oligonucleotide fragment or strand separated by a cleavable linker which is subsequently cleaved to provide separate siRNA fragments or strands that hybridize and permit purification of the siRNA duplex. The linker can be a polynucleotide linker or a non-nucleotide linker. For further information, see PCT publication No. WO 2004/015107 (ATUGEN).
As described above, the siRNAs consisting of the sequences set forth in Table A (below) were constructed such that alternate sugars have 2'-O-methyl modification i.e. alternate nucleotides were thus modified. In these preferred embodiments, in one strand of the siRNA the modified nucleotides were numbers 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17 and 19 and in the opposite strand the modified nucleotides were numbers 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 and 18. Thus these siRNAs are blunt-ended 19- mer RNA molecules with alternate 2-0'-methyl modifications as described above.
TABLEA
'M
Figure imgf000136_0001
Os
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000138_0001
90
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
κ>
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
4-
Figure imgf000146_0001
O\
Figure imgf000147_0001
4-
Figure imgf000148_0001
90
Figure imgf000149_0001
4-
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000153_0001
'Jx
Figure imgf000154_0001
'Jt
Figure imgf000155_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
%
Note that in the above Table A, the sense strands of siRNAs 1-925 have SEQ ID NOS: 3-927 respectively, and the antisense strands of siRNAs 1-925 have SEQ ID NOS: 928-1852 respectively.
Further note that the coding region of gene RTP801L, as presented in Figure 1, is between nucleotides 204-785. Therefore, any siRNA within this region targets the coding region of RTP801L, and any siRNA outside this region targets the non-coding region of RTP801L i.e. the 5'UTR or the 3' UTR. The exact region targeted by each siRNA is given in Table A (column 5).
Additionally, all sequences presented in Table A are depicted in the direction 5' to 3'.
Example 6
Pharmacology and drug delivery
The nucleotide sequences of the present invention are delivered either directly or with viral or non-viral vectors. When delivered directly the sequences are generally rendered nuclease resistant. Alternatively the sequences can be incorporated into expression cassettes or constructs such that the sequence is expressed in the cell as discussed herein below. Generally the construct contains the proper regulatory sequence or promoter to allow the sequence to be expressed in the targeted cell.
The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are administered and dosed in accordance with good medical practice, taking into account the clinical condition of the individual patient, the disease to be treated, the site and method of administration, scheduling of administration, patient age, sex, body weight and other factors known to medical practitioners.
The pharmaceutically "effective amount" for purposes herein is thus determined by such considerations as are known in the art. The amount must be effective to achieve improvement including but not limited to improved survival rate or more rapid recovery, or improvement or elimination of symptoms and other indicators as are selected as appropriate measures by those skilled in the art.
The treatment generally has a length proportional to the length of the disease process and drug effectiveness and the patient species being treated. It is noted that humans are treated generally longer than the mice or other experimental animals exemplified herein.
The compounds of the present invention are administered by any of the conventional routes of administration. It should be noted that the compound can be administered as the compound or as pharmaceutically acceptable salt and can be administered alone or as an active ingredient in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, solvents, diluents, excipients, adjuvants and vehicles. The compounds can be administered orally, subcutaneously or parenterally including intravenous, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraperitoneally, and intranasal administration as well as intrathecal and infusion techniques. Implants of the compounds are also useful. Liquid forms may be prepared for injection, the term including subcutaneous, transdermal, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal, and other parental routes of administration. The liquid compositions include aqueous solutions, with and without organic cosolvents, aqueous or oil suspensions, emulsions with edible oils, as well as similar pharmaceutical vehicles. In addition, under certain circumstances the compositions for use in the novel treatments of the present invention may be formed as aerosols, for intranasal and like administration. The patient being treated is a warm-blooded animal and, in particular, mammals including man. The pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, solvents, diluents, excipients, adjuvants and vehicles as well as implant carriers generally refer to inert, non-toxic solid or liquid fillers, diluents or encapsulating material not reacting with the active ingredients of the invention.
When administering the compound of the present invention parenterally, it is generally formulated in a unit dosage injectable form (solution, suspension, emulsion). The pharmaceutical formulations suitable for injection include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
The carrier can be a solvent or dispersing medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Nonaqueous vehicles such a cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, soybean oil, corn oil, sunflower oil, or peanut oil and esters, such as isopropyl myristate, can also be used as solvent systems for compound compositions. Additionally, various additives which enhance the stability, sterility, and isotonicity of the compositions, including antimicrobial preservatives, antioxidants, chelating agents, and buffers, can be added. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. In many cases, it is desirable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin. According to the present invention, however, any vehicle, diluent, or additive used have to be compatible with the compounds.
Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the compounds utilized in practicing the present invention in the required amount of the appropriate solvent with various of the other ingredients, as desired.
A pharmacological formulation of the present invention can be administered to the patient in an injectable formulation containing any compatible carrier, such as various vehicle, adjuvants, additives, and diluents; or the compounds utilized in the present invention can be administered parenterally to the patient in the form of slow-release subcutaneous implants or targeted delivery systems such as monoclonal antibodies, vectored delivery, iontophoretic, polymer matrices, liposomes, and microspheres. Examples of delivery systems useful in the present invention include U. S. Patent Nos. 5,225,182; 5,169,383; 5,167,616; 4,959,217; 4,925,678; 4,487,603; 4,486,194; 4,447,233; 4,447,224; 4,439,196; and 4,475,196. Many other such implants, delivery systems, and modules are well known to those skilled in the art.
A pharmacological formulation of the compound utilized in the present invention can be administered orally to the patient. Conventional methods such as administering the compound in tablets, suspensions, solutions, emulsions, capsules, powders, syrups and the like are usable. Known techniques which deliver it orally or intravenously and retain the biological activity are preferred. In one embodiment, the compound of the present invention can be administered initially by intravenous injection to bring blood levels to a suitable level. The patient's levels are then maintained by an oral dosage form, although other forms of administration, dependent upon the patient's condition and as indicated above, can be used.
In general, the active dose of compound for humans is in the range of from lng/kg to about 20- 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably about 0.01 mg to about 2-10 mg/kg body weight per day, in a regimen of one dose per day or twice or three or more times per day for a period of 1-2 weeks or longer, preferably for 24-to 48 hrs or by continuous infusion during a period of 1-2 weeks or longer.
Administration of compounds of the present invention to the eve The compounds of the present invention can be administered to the eye topically or in the form of an injection, such as an intravitreal injection, a sub-retinal injection or a bilateral injection. Further information on administration of the compounds of the present invention can be found in Tolentino et al, Retina 24 (2004) 132-138; Reich et al, Molecular vision 9 (2003) 210-216.
Pulmonary administration of compounds of the present invention
The therapeutic compositions of the present invention are preferably administered into the lung by inhalation of an aerosol containing these compositions / compounds, or by intranasal or intratracheal instillation of said compositions. Formulating the compositions in liposomes may benefit absorption. Additionally, the compositions may include a PFC liquid such as perflubron, and the compositions may be formulated as a complex of the compounds of the invention with polyethylemeimine (PEI).
For further information on pulmonary delivery of pharmaceutical compositions see Weiss et al., Human gene therapy 10:2287-2293 (1999); Densmore et al., Molecular therapy 1:180-188 (1999); Gautam et al., Molecular therapy 3:551-556 (2001); and Shahiwala & Misra, AAPS PharmSciTech 5 (2004). Additionally, respiratory formulations for siRNA are described in U.S. patent application No. 2004/0063654 of Davis et el.
Further, the compounds of the present invention may be administered topically where appropriate (such as in the case of diabetic foot ulcers for example), optionally in a lipid / liposome formulation.
A preferred administration mode is topical delivery of the RTP801L inhibitors onto the round window membrane of the cochlea as disclosed for example in Tanaka et al. (Hear Res. 2003 Mar;177(l-2):21-31). In the treatment of pressure sores or other wounds, the administration of the pharmaceutical composition is preferably by topical application to the damages area, but the compositions may also be administered systemically.
Additional formulations for improved delivery of the compounds of the present invention can include non-formulated compounds, compounds covalently bound to cholesterol, and compounds bound to targeting antibodies (Song et al., Antibody mediated in vivo delivery of small interfering RNAs via cell-surface receptors, Nat Biotechnol. 2005 Jun;23(6):709-17).
Example 7
Model systems for pressure sores or pressure ulcers
Pressure sores or pressure ulcers including diabetic ulcers, are areas of damaged skin and tissue that develop when sustained pressure (usually from a bed or wheelchair) cuts off circulation to vulnerable parts of the body, especially the skin on the buttocks, hips and heels. The lack of adequate blood flow leads to ischemic necrosis and ulceration of the affected tissue. Pressure sores occur most often in patients with diminished or absent sensation or who are debilitated, emaciated, paralyzed, or long bedridden. Tissues over the sacrum, ischia, greater trochanters, external malleoli, and heels are especially susceptible; other sites may be involved depending on the patient's situation. Testing the active inhibitors of the invention (such as siRNA) for treating pressure sore, ulcers and similar wounds is done in the mouse model described in Reid RR, SuIl AC, Mogford JE, Roy N, Mustoe TA. Cyclical Magnetic Pressure Necrosis: A Novel Murine Model of Cutaneous Ischemia-Reperfusion Injury. J Surgical Research.116: 172-180, 2004. Additionally, a rabbit model is described by Mustoe et al, JCI, 1991; Ahn & Mustoe, Ann Pl Surg, 1991 and is used for testing the siRNAs of the invention.
Example 8
Model systems for spinal cord injury
Spinal cord injury, or myelopathy, is a disturbance of the spinal cord that results in loss of sensation and/or mobility. The two common types of spinal cord injury are due to trauma and disease. Traumatic injury can be due to automobile accidents, falls, gunshot, diving accidents . inter alia , and diseases which can affect the spinal cord include polio, spina bifida, tumors and Friedreich's ataxia.
Testing the active inhibitors of the invention (such as siRNA) for treating spinal cord injury is done in the rat spinal cord contusion model as described by Young, W. in ProR Brain Res. 2002; 137:231-55. Other predictive animal models of spinal cord injury are described in the following references :
Gruner, J. A. (1992). "A monitored contusion model of spinal cord injury in the rat." J Neurotrauma 9(2): 123; Hasegawa, K. and M. Grumet (2003). "Trauma-induced tumorigenesis of cells implanted into the rat spinal cord." J Neurosurg 98(5): 1065-71; and Huang, P. P. and W. Young (1994). "The effects of arterial blood gas values on lesion volumes in a graded rat spinal cord contusion model." J Neurotrauma 11(5): 547.
Example 9
Model systems for Glaucoma Testing the active inhibitors of the invention (such as siRNA) for treating or preventing Glaucoma is done in the animal model for example as described by Pease et al., J. Glaucoma, 2006, 15(6):512-9 (Manometric calibration and comparison of TonoLab and TonoPen tonometers in rats with experimental glaucoma and in normal mice).
Example 10
Model systems for Ischemia and reperfusion injury following lung transplantation in rats
Testing the active inhibitors of the invention (such as siRNA) for treating or preventing Ischemia and reperfusion injury following lung transplantation is done in the animal model for example as described by Mizobuchi et al., J. Heart Lung Transplant 2004:23:889-93.
Example 11
Model systems for Acute Lung Injury (ALI)
Intratracheal (i.t) administration of LPS (Lipopolysaccharide), a bacterial cell wall component, is an accepted experimental model of acute lung injury (ALI), as LPS stimulates profound lung recruitment of inflammatory cells and the subsequent development of systemic inflammation. (See, for example, Fang WF, Cho JH, He Q, Lin MC, Wu CC, Voelkel NF, Douglas IS. "Lipid A Fraction of LPS Induces a Discrete MAPK Activation in Acute Lung Injury" Am J Physiol Lung Cell MoI Physiol. 2007 May 11; Hagiwara S, Iwasaka H, Noguchi T. "Nafamostat mesilate inhibits the expression of HMGBl in lipopolysaccharide-induced acute lung injury" J Anesth. 2007;21(2):164-70. Epub 2007 May 30.).
Time-dependent changes of RTP801Lgene expression in mice lungs during the first 24 hours (time points 0.5; 1; 2; 4; 8 & 24 hours), after Intratracheal (i.t) administration of LPS was assessed. The assessment of gene expression was done using qPCR.
The results indicate that the level of the RTP801L transcript is gradually decreased following LPS instillation.
Example 12
Model systems for Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome Testing the active inhibitors of the invention (such as siRNA) for treating Acute respiratory distress syndrome is done in the animal model as described by Chen et al. in J Biomed Sci. 2003;10(6 Pt l):588-92.
Example 13 Model systems for hearing loss conditions
(ϊ) Distribution of Cv3-PTEN siRNA in the cochlea following local application to the round window of the ear:
A solution of 1 μg/100 μl of Cy3- PTEN siRNA (total of 0.3-0.4 μg) PBS was applied to the round window of chinchillas. The Cy3-labelled cells within the treated cochlea were analyzed 24-48 hours post siRNA round window application after sacrifice of the chinchillas. The pattern of labeling within the cochlea was similar following 24h and 48 h and includes labeling in the basal turn of cochlea, in the middle turn of cochlea and in the apical turn of cochlea. Application of Cy3-PTEN siRNA onto scala tympani revealed labelling mainly in the basal turn of the cochlea and the middle turn of the cochlea. The Cy3 signal was persistence to up to 15 days after the application of the Cy3- PTEN siRNA. These results indicate for the first time that local application of siRNA molecules within the round window leads to significant penetration of the siRNA molecules to the basal, middle and apical turns of the cochlea. The active inhibitors of the invention (such as siRNA) are tested in this model .
(ϊϊ) Animal model of carboplatin-induced or cisplatin-induced hair cell death in the cochlea of chinchilla:
Chinchillas are pre-treated by direct administration of specific siRNAs to 801L (siRNA Nos: 72 or 73 in Table A) in saline to the left ear of each animal. Saline is given to the right ear of each animal as placebo. Two days following the administration of the specific siRNA, the animals are treated with carboplatin (75 mg/kg ip) or cisplatin (intraperitoneal infusion of 13mg/kg over 30 minutes). After sacrifice of the chinchillas (two weeks post carboplatin treatment) the percentage of dead cells of inner hair cells (IHC) and outer hair cells (OHC) is calculated in the left ear (siRNA treated) and in the right ear (saline treated).The percentage of dead cells is lower in the siRNA treated ear than in the control
(ϊii) Animal model of acoustic-induced hair cell death in the cochlea of chinchilla:
The activity of specific siRNA to 801L (siRNA Nos: 72 or 73 in Table A) in an acoustic trauma model is studied in chinchilla. The animals are exposed to an octave band of noise centered at 4 kHz for 2.5h at 105 dB. The left ear of the noise-exposed chinchillas is pre-treated (48 h before the acoustic trauma) with 30 μg of either siRNA in ~10 μL of saline; the right ear is pre-treated with vehicle (saline). The compound action potential (CAP) is a convenient and reliable electrophysiological method for measuring the neural activity transmitted from the cochlea. The CAP is recorded by placing an electrode near the base of the cochlea in order to detect the local field potential that is generated when a sound stimulus, such as click or tone burst, is abruptly turned on. The functional status of each ear is assessed 2.5 weeks after the acoustic trauma. Specifically, the mean threshold of the compound action potential recorded from the round window is determined 2.5 weeks after the acoustic trauma in order to determine if the thresholds in the siRNA-treated ear are lower (better) than the untreated (saline) ear. In addition, the amount of inner and outer hair cell loss is determined in the siRNA-treated and the control ear. It is found that the thresholds in the siRNA-treated ear are lower than the untreated (saline) ear Also, the amount of hair cell loss is lower in the siRNA-treated ear than in the control ear. Example 14
REDD2 siRNA activity
The following synthetic stabilized siRNA molecules against 80 IL gene, generated as a stock solution lOOuM in double distilled water, were tested.
Figure imgf000167_0001
Thus, the siRNAs tested were blunt-ended 19mers wherein alternate sugars have a 2'-O-methyl modification, having the sequences presented in Table A, No.s 915, 876, 493, 72 and 73. The 2-
O-methyl modification is present on nucleotides 1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17 and 19 of the antisense strand and nucleotides 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16 and 18 of the sense strand. The siRNAs tested were unphosphorylated but the parallel phosphorylated molecules are used to achieve essentially identical results. The inventors of the present application have shown elsewhere (PCT Patent Publication No.s WO 2006/0354 and 2006/023544) that unphosphorylated and the parallel phosphorylated siRNA modified compounds have similar activity
The following negative controls were used: a) Cy3 -labeled synthetic stabilized siRNA against human, mouse and rat PTEN gene (PTEN- Cy3). Stock solution 20 mg/ml in double distilled. b) Synthetic stabilized siRNA against GFP (GFP siRNA). Stock solution 20 mg/ml in double distilled. The cells used in the experiment were 801 wt and Ko mouse embryonic fibroblasts (MEF) cells and 293T embryonic kidney cells.
The transfection reagent used was Lipofectamine 2000 (Invitrogene, Cat#l 1668-019).
Methods
3xlO5 and IxIO5 801 wt MEF and 293T cells were seeded per well of the 6 wells plate, respectively. 24h subsequently, cells were transfected with: a. DDIT4L siKNA molecules at final concentrations per well of 0.5-40 nM b. GFP siRNA molecules at final concentrations per well of 0.5- 40 nM c. PTEN-Cy3 siRNA at final concentrations per well of 20-40 nM
Transfection mixture per each well contained 3 Dl lipofectamine 2000 reagent (in 250ul serum free medium).
RNA was extracted from cells 72h following transfection. In the last 8h of incubation, 50OuM H2O2 was added to wt MEF cells.
RNA was prepared from the cells and processed, and qPCR was performed for the evaluation of REDD2 rnRNA levels, using mouse or human REDD2-specific oligonucleotides and Cyclophylin as a reference gene.
Results and conclusions
As shown in Figures 3-6, the best active siRNA oligos in both mouse and human genes were DDIT4L_228 (Table A ID 72) and DDIT4L_229 (Table A ID 73). DDIT4L_228 was slightly more active on the human RTP801L gene than DDIT4L_229. Both siRNAs 72 and 73 were more active than siRNAs 915, 876 and 493, as can be seen from Figures 3-6.

Claims

What is claimed:
1. A compound having the structure
5' UCUUGAGCAAUUCUCUGGG 3' antisense strand (SEQ ID NO: 1000) 3' AGAACUCGUUAAGAGACCC 5' sense strand (SEQ ID NO: 75)
wherein alternating ribonucleotides in the antisense and the sense strands are modified to result in a 2'-O-methyl modification in the sugar residue of the ribonucleotides; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified to result in the 2'-O-methyl modification; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified; and wherein the antisense and the sense strands are non-phosphorylated at the 3' termini.
2. A compound having the structure
5' UCUUGAGCAAUUCUCUGGG 3' antisense strand (SEQ ID NO: 1000) 3' AGAACUCGUUAAGAGACCC 5' sense strand (SEQ ID NO: 75)
wherein alternating ribonucleotides in the antisense and the sense strands are modified to result in a 2'-O-methyl modification in the sugar residue of the ribonucleotides; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified to result in the 2'-O-methyl modification; wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified; and wherein the antisense and the sense strands are phosphorylated at the 3' and 5' termini.
3. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
4. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 1 or 2 for the treatment of a patient suffering from a respiratory disorder, an eye disease, a microvascular disorder, a hearing disorder or spinal cord injury or disease.
5. The use according to claim 4, wherein the eye disease is macular degeneration.
6. The use according to claim 4, wherein the eye disease is glaucoma.
7. The use according to claim 4, wherein the respiratory disorder is Acute Lung Injury.
8. The use according to claim 4, wherein the respiratory disorder is COPD.
9. The use according to claim 4, wherein the respiratory disorder is asthma.
10. The use according to claim 4, wherein the microvascular disorder is pressure sores.
11. The use according to claim 4, wherein the microvascular disorder is acute renal failure.
12. The use according to claim 4, wherein the hearing disorder is age-related deafness.
13. The use according to claim 4, wherein the hearing disorder is cisplatin-induced deafness.
14. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of an RTP801L inhibitor for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from a respiratory disorder, an eye disease, a microvascular disorder, a hearing disorder or spinal cord injury or disease.
15. The use according to claim 14, wherein the eye disease is macular degeneration.
16. The use according to claim 14, wherein the respiratory disorder is COPD.
17. The use according to claim 14, wherein the respiratory disorder is asthma.
18. The use according to claim 14, wherein the respiratory disorder is chronic bronchitis.
19. The use according to claim 14, wherein the respiratory disorder is emphysema.
20. The use according to claim 14, wherein the microvascular disorder is diabetic retinopathy.
21. The use according to claim 14, wherein the microvascular disorder is acute renal failure.
22. The use according to claim 14, wherein the hearing disorder is cisplatin- induced deafness.
23. The use according to any one of claims 14-22, wherein the inhibitor comprises an oligonucleotide which comprises consecutive nucleotides having a sequence of sufficient length and homology to a sequence present within the sequence of the RTP801L gene set forth in SEQ ED NO:1 to permit hybridization of the inhibitor to the gene.
24. The use according to any one of claims 14-22, wherein the RTP801L inhibitor is an antibody which specifically binds to an epitope present within a polypeptide which comprises consecutive amino acids, the sequence of which is set forth in Figure 2 (SEQ ID No:2).
25. The use according to any one of claims 14-22, wherein the RTP80 IL inhibitor down regulates the expression of gene RTP 80 IL.
26. The use according to any one of claims 14-22, wherein the RTP801L inhibitor is an siRNA.
27. The use according to claim 26, wherein the siRNA comprises consecutive nucleotides having a sequence identical to any one of the sequences set forth in any one of Table A (SEQ ID NOs:3-1852).
28. The use according to claim 25, wherein the inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of an siRNA molecule, a vector comprising an siRNA molecule, a vector which can express an siRNA molecule and a molecule which is endogenously processed into an siRNA molecule.
29. A compound having the structure:
5 ' (N)x - Z 3 ' (antisense strand) 3' Z'-(N')y 5' (sense strand)
wherein each N and N' is a ribonucleotide which may be modified or unmodified in its sugar residue and (N)x and (N')y is oligomer in which each consecutive N or N' is joined to the next N or N' by a covalent bond ;
wherein each of x and y is an integer between 19 and 40;
wherein each of Z and Z' may be present or absent, but if present is dTdT and is covalently attached at the 3' terminus of the strand in which it is present;
and wherein the sequence of (N)x comprises one or more of the antisense sequences present in Table A.
30. A compound according to claim 29 wherein the covalent bond is a phosphodiester bond, wherein x = y, preferably wherein x = y = 19 , wherein Z and Z' are both absent, wherein at least one ribonucleotide is modified in its sugar residue at the T position, wherein the moiety at the 2' position is methoxy (2'-0-methyl) wherein alternating ribonucleotides are modified in both the antisense and the sense strands and wherein the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the antisense strand are modified in their sugar residues, and the ribonucleotides at the 5' and 3' termini of the sense strand are unmodified in their sugar residues.
31. A compound according to any one of claims 29-30 wherein the sequence of (N)x comprises the antisense sequence selected from the group consisting of ID No.s 72, 73, 493, 876 and 925 of Table A.
32. A compound according to claim 29 wherein the compound lacks a terminal phosphate.
33. A compound comprising an oligonucleotide wherein one strand comprises consecutive nucleotides having, from 5' to 3', the sequence set forth SEQ ID NOS: 3- 927 or a homolog thereof wherein in up to 2 of the nucleotides in each terminal region a base is altered.
34. A compound comprising an oligonucleotide wherein one strand comprises consecutive nucleotides having, from 5' to 3', the sequence set forth in SEQ ID NOS: 928-1852 -wherein a plurality of the bases may be modified, preferably by a 2-0- methyl modification, or a homolog thereof wherein in up to 2 of the nucleotides in each terminal region a base is altered.
35. A compound according to any one of claims 29-34 comprising a 2' O-Me group on the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh, thirteenth, fifteenth, seventeenth and nineteenth nucleotide of the antisense strand and the second, fourth, sixth, eighth, tenth, twelfth, fourteenth, sixteenth and eighteenth nucleotide of the sense strand.
36. A compound according to any one of claims 29-35 wherein the compound is phosphorylated or non-phosphorylated.
37. A compound according to any one of claims 30-36 wherein the dinucleotide dTdT is covalently attached to the 3 ' terminus.
38. A compound according to any one of claims 29-37 wherein in at least one nucleotide a sugar residue is modified.
39. A compound according to claim 38 wherein the modification is a 2'-O-methyl modification.
40. A compound according to any one of claims 28-38 wherein the 2' OH group is replaced by a group or moiety selected from the group comprising -H-OCH3, - OCH2CH3, -OCH2CH2 CH3, -NH2, and F.
41. Use of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 29-40 for the preparation of a medicament for promoting recovery in a patient suffering from a respiratory disorder, an eye disease, a microvascular disorder, a hearing disorder or spinal cord injury or disease.
42. A pharmaceutical composition comprising two or more compounds of any one of claims 32-40.
43. The composition of claim 42 whereby said two compounds are physically mixed together in amounts which generate beneficial activity.
44. The composition of claim 42 whereby said two compounds are covalently or non-covalently bound.
45. The composition of claim 42 whereby said two compounds are joined together by a nucleic acid linker of a length ranging from 2-100, preferably 2-50 or 2-30 nucleotides.
46. A composition according to any one of claims 42-45 for the treatment of a respiratory disorder, an eye disease, a microvascular disorder or spinal cord injury or disease.
47. A compound comprising a double-stranded nucleic acid comprising two siRNA sequences selected from Table A covalently or non-covalently bound or joined by a linker.
48. The nucleic acid of claim 47 wherein one or more of the siRNA sequences selected from Table A comprise ID Nos: 72, 73, 493, 876 and 915.
PCT/IL2007/000695 2006-06-09 2007-06-07 Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of rtp801l WO2007141796A2 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP07736435A EP2026843A4 (en) 2006-06-09 2007-06-07 Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of rtp801l
IL195722A IL195722A0 (en) 2006-06-09 2008-12-04 Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of rtp801l

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US81222906P 2006-06-09 2006-06-09
US60/812,229 2006-06-09

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007141796A2 true WO2007141796A2 (en) 2007-12-13
WO2007141796A3 WO2007141796A3 (en) 2010-12-16

Family

ID=38801900

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IL2007/000695 WO2007141796A2 (en) 2006-06-09 2007-06-07 Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of rtp801l

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (4) US7626015B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2026843A4 (en)
WO (1) WO2007141796A2 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011066475A1 (en) 2009-11-26 2011-06-03 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sirna compounds comprising terminal substitutions
WO2011072091A1 (en) 2009-12-09 2011-06-16 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating diseases, disorders or injury of the cns
WO2012078536A2 (en) 2010-12-06 2012-06-14 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double stranded oligonucleotide compounds comprising positional modifications
WO2013070821A1 (en) 2011-11-08 2013-05-16 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating diseases, disorders or injury of the nervous system
CN109581185A (en) * 2018-11-16 2019-04-05 北京时代民芯科技有限公司 The detection of SoC chip laser analog single particle radiation and Fault Locating Method and system
EP4035659A1 (en) 2016-11-29 2022-08-03 PureTech LYT, Inc. Exosomes for delivery of therapeutic agents

Families Citing this family (93)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3045136B1 (en) 2003-09-12 2021-02-24 Vessix Vascular, Inc. Selectable eccentric remodeling and/or ablation of atherosclerotic material
JP4468989B2 (en) * 2004-08-16 2010-05-26 クアーク・ファーマスーティカルス、インコーポレイテッド Use of RTP801 inhibitors for therapy
US8396548B2 (en) 2008-11-14 2013-03-12 Vessix Vascular, Inc. Selective drug delivery in a lumen
US9713730B2 (en) 2004-09-10 2017-07-25 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Apparatus and method for treatment of in-stent restenosis
US8920414B2 (en) 2004-09-10 2014-12-30 Vessix Vascular, Inc. Tuned RF energy and electrical tissue characterization for selective treatment of target tissues
NL2000439C2 (en) 2006-01-20 2009-03-16 Quark Biotech Therapeutic applications of inhibitors of RTP801.
US7825099B2 (en) * 2006-01-20 2010-11-02 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment or prevention of oto-pathologies by inhibition of pro-apoptotic genes
US8019435B2 (en) 2006-05-02 2011-09-13 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Control of arterial smooth muscle tone
WO2008054534A2 (en) * 2006-05-11 2008-05-08 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Screening systems utilizing rtp801
EP2026843A4 (en) * 2006-06-09 2011-06-22 Quark Pharmaceuticals Inc Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of rtp801l
ES2560006T3 (en) 2006-10-18 2016-02-17 Vessix Vascular, Inc. Induction of desirable temperature effects on body tissue
AU2007310991B2 (en) 2006-10-18 2013-06-20 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. System for inducing desirable temperature effects on body tissue
JP2010518880A (en) * 2007-02-26 2010-06-03 クアーク・ファーマスーティカルス、インコーポレイテッド Inhibitors of RTP801 and their use in the treatment of diseases
US7812002B2 (en) * 2007-03-21 2010-10-12 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligoribonucleotide inhibitors of NRF2 and methods of use thereof for treatment of cancer
DK2170403T3 (en) * 2007-06-27 2014-06-16 Quark Pharmaceuticals Inc Compositions and Methods for Inhibiting the Expression of Proapoptotic Genes
US20110105584A1 (en) * 2007-12-12 2011-05-05 Elena Feinstein Rtp80il sirna compounds and methods of use thereof
US8614311B2 (en) 2007-12-12 2013-12-24 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. RTP801L siRNA compounds and methods of use thereof
WO2009147684A2 (en) * 2008-06-06 2009-12-10 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of ear disorders
WO2010056745A1 (en) 2008-11-17 2010-05-20 Minnow Medical, Inc. Selective accumulation of energy with or without knowledge of tissue topography
CA2795229A1 (en) 2010-04-09 2011-10-13 Vessix Vascular, Inc. Power generating and control apparatus for the treatment of tissue
US9192790B2 (en) 2010-04-14 2015-11-24 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Focused ultrasonic renal denervation
US8473067B2 (en) 2010-06-11 2013-06-25 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation and stimulation employing wireless vascular energy transfer arrangement
US9408661B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2016-08-09 Patrick A. Haverkost RF electrodes on multiple flexible wires for renal nerve ablation
US9358365B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2016-06-07 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Precision electrode movement control for renal nerve ablation
US9084609B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2015-07-21 Boston Scientific Scime, Inc. Spiral balloon catheter for renal nerve ablation
US9155589B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2015-10-13 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Sequential activation RF electrode set for renal nerve ablation
US9463062B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2016-10-11 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Cooled conductive balloon RF catheter for renal nerve ablation
US8974451B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2015-03-10 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal nerve ablation using conductive fluid jet and RF energy
US9220558B2 (en) 2010-10-27 2015-12-29 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. RF renal denervation catheter with multiple independent electrodes
US9028485B2 (en) 2010-11-15 2015-05-12 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Self-expanding cooling electrode for renal nerve ablation
US9668811B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2017-06-06 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Minimally invasive access for renal nerve ablation
US9089350B2 (en) 2010-11-16 2015-07-28 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation catheter with RF electrode and integral contrast dye injection arrangement
US9326751B2 (en) 2010-11-17 2016-05-03 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Catheter guidance of external energy for renal denervation
US9060761B2 (en) 2010-11-18 2015-06-23 Boston Scientific Scime, Inc. Catheter-focused magnetic field induced renal nerve ablation
US9023034B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2015-05-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal ablation electrode with force-activatable conduction apparatus
US9192435B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2015-11-24 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal denervation catheter with cooled RF electrode
US20120157993A1 (en) 2010-12-15 2012-06-21 Jenson Mark L Bipolar Off-Wall Electrode Device for Renal Nerve Ablation
WO2012100095A1 (en) 2011-01-19 2012-07-26 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Guide-compatible large-electrode catheter for renal nerve ablation with reduced arterial injury
US20130309246A1 (en) * 2011-02-02 2013-11-21 The Trustees Of Princeton University Jagged1 as a marker and therapeutic target for breast cancer bone metastasis
US9173609B2 (en) 2011-04-20 2015-11-03 Medtronic, Inc. Brain condition monitoring based on co-activation of neural networks
WO2012145265A1 (en) 2011-04-20 2012-10-26 Medtronic, Inc. Electrical therapy parameter determination based on a bioelectrical resonance response
EP2699310B1 (en) 2011-04-20 2018-09-19 Medtronic, Inc. Apparatus for assessing neural activation
US8892207B2 (en) 2011-04-20 2014-11-18 Medtronic, Inc. Electrical therapy for facilitating inter-area brain synchronization
US8812098B2 (en) 2011-04-28 2014-08-19 Medtronic, Inc. Seizure probability metrics
US9878161B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2018-01-30 Medtronic, Inc. Entrainment of bioelectrical brain signals
CN103813745B (en) 2011-07-20 2016-06-29 波士顿科学西美德公司 In order to visualize, be directed at and to melt transcutaneous device and the method for nerve
WO2013016203A1 (en) 2011-07-22 2013-01-31 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Nerve modulation system with a nerve modulation element positionable in a helical guide
WO2013055826A1 (en) 2011-10-10 2013-04-18 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices including ablation electrodes
EP2765940B1 (en) 2011-10-11 2015-08-26 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Off-wall electrode device for nerve modulation
US9420955B2 (en) 2011-10-11 2016-08-23 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Intravascular temperature monitoring system and method
US9364284B2 (en) 2011-10-12 2016-06-14 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Method of making an off-wall spacer cage
US9162046B2 (en) 2011-10-18 2015-10-20 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Deflectable medical devices
WO2013059202A1 (en) 2011-10-18 2013-04-25 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Integrated crossing balloon catheter
CN104023662B (en) 2011-11-08 2018-02-09 波士顿科学西美德公司 Hole portion renal nerve melts
WO2013074813A1 (en) 2011-11-15 2013-05-23 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Device and methods for renal nerve modulation monitoring
US9119632B2 (en) 2011-11-21 2015-09-01 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Deflectable renal nerve ablation catheter
US9265969B2 (en) 2011-12-21 2016-02-23 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Methods for modulating cell function
US9174050B2 (en) 2011-12-23 2015-11-03 Vessix Vascular, Inc. Methods and apparatuses for remodeling tissue of or adjacent to a body passage
EP2797534A1 (en) 2011-12-28 2014-11-05 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Device and methods for nerve modulation using a novel ablation catheter with polymeric ablative elements
US9050106B2 (en) 2011-12-29 2015-06-09 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Off-wall electrode device and methods for nerve modulation
WO2013169927A1 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-11-14 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal nerve modulation devices
CN104540465A (en) 2012-08-24 2015-04-22 波士顿科学西美德公司 Intravascular catheter with a balloon comprising separate microporous regions
WO2014043687A2 (en) 2012-09-17 2014-03-20 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Self-positioning electrode system and method for renal nerve modulation
WO2014047454A2 (en) 2012-09-21 2014-03-27 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Self-cooling ultrasound ablation catheter
US10398464B2 (en) 2012-09-21 2019-09-03 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. System for nerve modulation and innocuous thermal gradient nerve block
US10835305B2 (en) 2012-10-10 2020-11-17 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Renal nerve modulation devices and methods
US9956033B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2018-05-01 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices for modulating nerves
US9693821B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2017-07-04 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices for modulating nerves
US9808311B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2017-11-07 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Deflectable medical devices
JP6220044B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-10-25 ボストン サイエンティフィック サイムド，インコーポレイテッドＢｏｓｔｏｎ Ｓｃｉｅｎｔｉｆｉｃ Ｓｃｉｍｅｄ，Ｉｎｃ． Medical device for renal nerve ablation
JP6139772B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-05-31 ボストン サイエンティフィック サイムド，インコーポレイテッドＢｏｓｔｏｎ Ｓｃｉｅｎｔｉｆｉｃ Ｓｃｉｍｅｄ，Ｉｎｃ． Control unit for use with electrode pads and method for estimating leakage
US10265122B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-04-23 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Nerve ablation devices and related methods of use
CN105473091B (en) 2013-06-21 2020-01-21 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Renal denervation balloon catheter with co-movable electrode supports
WO2014205399A1 (en) 2013-06-21 2014-12-24 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices for renal nerve ablation having rotatable shafts
US9707036B2 (en) 2013-06-25 2017-07-18 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Devices and methods for nerve modulation using localized indifferent electrodes
JP6204579B2 (en) 2013-07-01 2017-09-27 ボストン サイエンティフィック サイムド，インコーポレイテッドＢｏｓｔｏｎ Ｓｃｉｅｎｔｉｆｉｃ Ｓｃｉｍｅｄ，Ｉｎｃ． Renal nerve ablation medical device
EP3019106A1 (en) 2013-07-11 2016-05-18 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical device with stretchable electrode assemblies
CN105377169B (en) 2013-07-11 2019-04-19 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Device and method for neuromodulation
WO2015010074A1 (en) 2013-07-19 2015-01-22 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Spiral bipolar electrode renal denervation balloon
US10342609B2 (en) 2013-07-22 2019-07-09 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Medical devices for renal nerve ablation
CN105392435B (en) 2013-07-22 2018-11-09 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Renal nerve ablation catheter with twisting sacculus
CN105473093B (en) 2013-08-22 2019-02-05 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Flexible circuit with the improved adhesion strength to renal nerve modulation sacculus
CN105555218B (en) 2013-09-04 2019-01-15 波士顿科学国际有限公司 With radio frequency (RF) foley's tube rinsed with cooling capacity
EP3043733A1 (en) 2013-09-13 2016-07-20 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Ablation balloon with vapor deposited cover layer
WO2015057521A1 (en) 2013-10-14 2015-04-23 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. High resolution cardiac mapping electrode array catheter
US11246654B2 (en) 2013-10-14 2022-02-15 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Flexible renal nerve ablation devices and related methods of use and manufacture
US9770606B2 (en) 2013-10-15 2017-09-26 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Ultrasound ablation catheter with cooling infusion and centering basket
JP6259098B2 (en) 2013-10-15 2018-01-10 ボストン サイエンティフィック サイムド，インコーポレイテッドＢｏｓｔｏｎ Ｓｃｉｅｎｔｉｆｉｃ Ｓｃｉｍｅｄ，Ｉｎｃ． Medical device and method for manufacturing the medical device
EP3057521B1 (en) 2013-10-18 2020-03-25 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Balloon catheters with flexible conducting wires
WO2015061457A1 (en) 2013-10-25 2015-04-30 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Embedded thermocouple in denervation flex circuit
CN105899157B (en) 2014-01-06 2019-08-09 波士顿科学国际有限公司 Tear-proof flexible circuit assembly
US11000679B2 (en) 2014-02-04 2021-05-11 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Balloon protection and rewrapping devices and related methods of use
WO2015119890A1 (en) 2014-02-04 2015-08-13 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Alternative placement of thermal sensors on bipolar electrode

Family Cites Families (64)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2006A (en) * 1841-03-16 Clamp for crimping leather
US2005A (en) * 1841-03-16 Improvement in the manner of constructing molds for casting butt-hinges
CA234602A (en) 1923-10-02 Percy Lancaster Henry Concrete pile
US2007A (en) * 1841-03-16 Improvement in the mode of harvesting grain
US2008A (en) * 1841-03-18 Gas-lamp eok conducting gas pkom ah elevated buhner to one below it
US6372249B1 (en) 1991-12-16 2002-04-16 Baylor College Of Medicine Senscent cell-derived inhibitors of DNA synthesis
US5898031A (en) 1996-06-06 1999-04-27 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligoribonucleotides for cleaving RNA
US20030104973A1 (en) 1997-08-21 2003-06-05 Quark Biotech, Inc. Hypoxia-regulated genes
AU9110798A (en) 1997-08-21 1999-03-08 Quark Biotech, Inc. Hypoxia-regulated genes
US6506559B1 (en) * 1997-12-23 2003-01-14 Carnegie Institute Of Washington Genetic inhibition by double-stranded RNA
DE19816395A1 (en) 1998-04-03 1999-10-07 Metagen Gesellschaft Fuer Genomforschung Mbh Human nucleic acid sequences from ovarian normal tissue
US6228585B1 (en) 1998-09-04 2001-05-08 Washington University Gene markers for chronic mucosal injury
DE19956568A1 (en) 1999-01-30 2000-08-17 Roland Kreutzer Method and medicament for inhibiting the expression of a given gene
EP1173477A4 (en) 1999-04-09 2003-02-26 Human Genome Sciences Inc 49 human secreted proteins
EP1185543A4 (en) 1999-06-11 2003-09-03 Human Genome Sciences Inc 50 human secreted proteins
CA2311201A1 (en) 1999-08-05 2001-02-05 Genset S.A. Ests and encoded human proteins
WO2001012659A2 (en) 1999-08-18 2001-02-22 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft Zur Foerderung Der Angewandten Forschung E.V. Human dna sequences
GB9927444D0 (en) 1999-11-19 2000-01-19 Cancer Res Campaign Tech Inhibiting gene expression
DE10160151A1 (en) 2001-01-09 2003-06-26 Ribopharma Ag Inhibiting expression of target gene, useful e.g. for inhibiting oncogenes, by administering double-stranded RNA complementary to the target and having an overhang
WO2003070918A2 (en) 2002-02-20 2003-08-28 Ribozyme Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated Rna interference by modified short interfering nucleic acid
AU4592601A (en) 2000-03-21 2001-10-03 Millennium Predictive Medicine Novel genes, compositions, kits, and method for identification, assessment, prevention, and therapy of ovarian cancer
WO2001075164A2 (en) 2000-03-30 2001-10-11 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Rna sequence-specific mediators of rna interference
US20030027139A1 (en) 2000-04-06 2003-02-06 Kenneth Jacobs Polynucleotides encoding novel secreted proteins
AU2001268466A1 (en) 2000-06-13 2001-12-24 Agensys, Inc. 55p4h4: gene expressed in various cancers
US6727066B2 (en) 2000-07-28 2004-04-27 Incyte Corporation Genes expressed in treated human C3A liver cell cultures
US6673545B2 (en) 2000-07-28 2004-01-06 Incyte Corporation Prostate cancer markers
EP1325120A4 (en) 2000-10-12 2005-05-25 Nuvelo Inc Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
US6673549B1 (en) 2000-10-12 2004-01-06 Incyte Corporation Genes expressed in C3A liver cell cultures treated with steroids
US20020137077A1 (en) 2000-10-25 2002-09-26 Hopkins Christopher M. Genes regulated in activated T cells
TR200401292T3 (en) 2000-12-01 2004-07-21 Max@Planck@Gesellschaft�Zur�F�Rderung�Der�Wissenschaften the rnaágirişimineáyoláaçanáküçükárnaámolekül
AU2002220920A1 (en) 2000-12-08 2002-06-18 Oxford Biomedica (Uk) Limited Method for identification of genes involved in specific diseases
AU2002255478A1 (en) 2001-01-10 2002-09-12 Pe Corporation (Ny) Kits, such as nucleic acid arrays, comprising a majority of human exons or transcripts, for detecting expression and other uses thereof
US20030165864A1 (en) 2001-01-16 2003-09-04 Lasek Amy W. Genes regulated by DNA methylation in tumor cells
US20070270579A1 (en) * 2001-05-18 2007-11-22 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA interference mediated inhibition of gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (siNA)
WO2002101075A2 (en) 2001-06-13 2002-12-19 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel genes, compositions, kits, and methods for identification, assessment, prevention, and therapy of cervical cancer
WO2003010205A1 (en) 2001-07-26 2003-02-06 Duke University Medical Center Genes induced by hypoxia
AU2002330039A1 (en) 2001-09-17 2003-04-01 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of cancer compositions and methods of screening for modulators of cancer
EP1430112A4 (en) 2001-09-24 2005-06-15 Nuvelo Inc Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
EP1432724A4 (en) 2002-02-20 2006-02-01 Sirna Therapeutics Inc Rna interference mediated inhibition of map kinase genes
JP2003259877A (en) 2002-03-11 2003-09-16 Sumitomo Pharmaceut Co Ltd Marker for hepatic fibrosis disease and application of the same
US7193069B2 (en) 2002-03-22 2007-03-20 Research Association For Biotechnology Full-length cDNA
AU2003223520A1 (en) 2002-04-12 2003-10-27 Mitokor Targets for therapeutic intervention identified in the mitochondrial proteome
AU2003240495A1 (en) 2002-06-04 2003-12-19 Incyte Corporation Diagnostics markers for lung cancer
AU2003260370B2 (en) 2002-08-05 2008-05-22 Silence Therapeutics Gmbh Further novel forms of interfering RNA molecules
JP2004121218A (en) 2002-08-06 2004-04-22 Jenokkusu Soyaku Kenkyusho:Kk Method for testing bronchial asthma or chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
CA2496272A1 (en) 2002-08-20 2004-03-04 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Integrin b6 markers for compositions, kits, and methods for identification, assessment, prevention and therapy of cervical cancer
CA2500405A1 (en) * 2002-09-30 2004-04-15 Oncotherapy Science, Inc. Genes and polypeptides relating to human myeloid leukemia
WO2004030615A2 (en) 2002-10-02 2004-04-15 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
AU2003303144A1 (en) 2002-10-18 2004-07-29 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
EP2322202A3 (en) 2002-10-29 2011-07-27 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of immune diseases
US9150605B2 (en) 2002-11-05 2015-10-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising alternating 2′-modified nucleosides for use in gene modulation
JP2006507841A (en) * 2002-11-14 2006-03-09 ダーマコン， インコーポレイテッド Functional and ultrafunctional siRNA
WO2004045545A2 (en) 2002-11-18 2004-06-03 Fox Chase Cancer Center Compositions and methods for the treatment of cancer, screening of putative anti-cancer compounds, and assessing cancer progression
AU2003298786A1 (en) 2002-11-26 2004-06-18 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Methods of detecting soft tissue sarcoma, compositions and methods of screening for soft tissue sarcoma modulators
ES2339113T3 (en) 2003-02-21 2010-05-17 University Of Utah Research Foundation VEGF PLASMY INDUCIBLE BY HYPOXIA FOR AN ISCHEMICAL DISEASE.
EP2233926A3 (en) 2003-04-01 2011-01-12 The Johns Hopkins University Breast Endothelial Cell Expression Patterns
WO2005016000A1 (en) 2003-08-05 2005-02-24 Avalon Pharmaceuticals Derivatives of cyclic quinone and uses thereof
CA2543013A1 (en) 2003-10-23 2005-05-19 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. Rna interference mediated inhibition of nogo and nogo receptor gene expression using short interfering nucleic acid (sina)
AU2005252662B2 (en) 2004-06-03 2011-08-18 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double strand compositions comprising differentially modified strands for use in gene modulation
JP4468989B2 (en) 2004-08-16 2010-05-26 クアーク・ファーマスーティカルス、インコーポレイテッド Use of RTP801 inhibitors for therapy
KR100698614B1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-03-22 삼성전자주식회사 Plasma accelerating apparatus and plasma processing system having the same
WO2008054534A2 (en) 2006-05-11 2008-05-08 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Screening systems utilizing rtp801
EP2026843A4 (en) 2006-06-09 2011-06-22 Quark Pharmaceuticals Inc Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of rtp801l
WO2008001361A2 (en) 2006-06-28 2008-01-03 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Systèmes de dépistage utilisant rtp801l

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of EP2026843A4 *

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011066475A1 (en) 2009-11-26 2011-06-03 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sirna compounds comprising terminal substitutions
US8796239B2 (en) 2009-11-26 2014-08-05 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sirna compounds comprising terminal substitutions
US9701960B2 (en) 2009-11-26 2017-07-11 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. siRNA compounds comprising terminal substitutions
US10494631B2 (en) 2009-11-26 2019-12-03 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. siRNA compounds comprising terminal substitutions
WO2011072091A1 (en) 2009-12-09 2011-06-16 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating diseases, disorders or injury of the cns
EP2862929A1 (en) 2009-12-09 2015-04-22 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating diseases, disorders or injury of the CNS
WO2012078536A2 (en) 2010-12-06 2012-06-14 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Double stranded oligonucleotide compounds comprising positional modifications
WO2013070821A1 (en) 2011-11-08 2013-05-16 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating diseases, disorders or injury of the nervous system
EP4035659A1 (en) 2016-11-29 2022-08-03 PureTech LYT, Inc. Exosomes for delivery of therapeutic agents
CN109581185A (en) * 2018-11-16 2019-04-05 北京时代民芯科技有限公司 The detection of SoC chip laser analog single particle radiation and Fault Locating Method and system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2026843A4 (en) 2011-06-22
EP2026843A2 (en) 2009-02-25
US20120108647A1 (en) 2012-05-03
US9222087B2 (en) 2015-12-29
US20100168204A1 (en) 2010-07-01
WO2007141796A3 (en) 2010-12-16
US8017764B2 (en) 2011-09-13
US7626015B2 (en) 2009-12-01
US20130303590A1 (en) 2013-11-14
US20080064650A1 (en) 2008-03-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9222087B2 (en) Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of RTP801L
US8067570B2 (en) Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of RTP801
US8642571B2 (en) Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of RTP801
US7872119B2 (en) Inhibitors of RTP801 and their use in disease treatment
WO2009074990A2 (en) Rtp801l sirna compounds and methods of use thereof
ZA200701364B (en) Therapeutic uses of inhibitors of RTP801

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07736435

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 195722

Country of ref document: IL

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007736435

Country of ref document: EP